912 views

Uploaded by werewaro

MECH 2

- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter09 Probs38 53
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions CH05
- Jesus-santamaria-llontop
- Philpot MoM 2nd Ch07-11 ISM
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter08 Probs19 30
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter09 Probs1 10
- Philpot Mechanics of materials 2nd Ch12-16 Ism
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter08 Probs31 41
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter07 Probs01 06
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter10 Probs29 46
- Solution Manual for Mechanics of Materials 3rd Edition by Philpot
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter08 Probs1 18
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter10 Probs1 20
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter08 Probs65 81
- Mechanics of Materials Philpot 3rd Edition Solutions Manual
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter06 Probs42 66
- Mechanics of Materials Chapter06 Probs79 93
- Bending Moment
- Mechanics of Materials Solutions Chapter06 Probs67 78
- 25741750 1 1 a Stainless Steel Tube With An

You are on page 1of 625

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

Fig. P7.1

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy Ay w0 L

MA

Ay

w0 L

MA

w0 L

MA

Section a-a:

Fy w0 L

L

2

w0 L2

2

w0 x V

Ma

w0 L

0

w0 x

w0 ( L

x)

x

2

w0 L2

2

w0 Lx

w0 x

w0 L2

2

w0 x 2

2

w0 L x

0

w0 2

(L

2

x 2 ) w0 Lx

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

Fig. P7.2

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy Ay C y P

MA

Pa C y (a b)

Cy

Pa

a b

and

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < a:

Pb

Fy Ay V

V

a b

Ma

Ay x M

Pb

a b

Pb

x M

a b

Section b-b:

For the interval a x < b:

Pb

Fy Ay P V

a b

Pa

V

a b

Mb

Ay

P V

Ay x

P( x a) M

Pb

x

a b

Pb

a b

Pb

x

a b

Pb

x

a b

P( x a) M

P( x a)

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

Fig. P7.3

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

wa a wbb C y

Cy

MC

wa a wbb

wa a b

MC

a

2

b

2

wbb

MC

a

2

wa a b

wbb

0

b

2

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < a:

Fy

wa x V 0

Ma

x

wa x

2

Section b-b:

For the interval a x < b:

Fy

wa a wb x a

V

Mb

wa a x

M

wa a

wa x

wa x 2

2

wb x a

a

2

wa a x

wb x a

a

2

x a

2

wb x a

2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

loading shown,

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

Fig. P7.4

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MC

a

2

wa a b

b

2

Ay (a b)

2(a b)

Ay

MA

wbb

a

2

wa a

wa a 2

Cy

b

2

wbb a

C y (a b)

wbb(2a b)

2(a b)

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < a:

Fy

Ma

Ay

wa x V

Ay x

x

2

wa x

wa x 2

2

V

M

Ay x

Section b-b:

For the interval a x < b:

Fy Ay wa a wb ( x a ) V

V

Ay

wa a

wb ( x

wa a (a 2b)

2(a b)

Mb

M

Ay x

Ay x

Ay

wa a (a 2b) wbb 2

2(a b)

wa x

0

wa x 2

2

wa a (a 2b) wbb 2

x

2(a b)

a)

wbb 2

2(a b)

wa a x

wa a x

wa x

a

2

a

2

wa a

wb ( x a )

wb x a

x a

wb

2

x a

2

wa a(a 2b)

2(a b)

0

wbb 2

x

2(a b)

wa a x

a

2

x a

wb

2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

Fig. P7.5

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

w0 L

Fy

By 0

2

w0 L L

MB

MB

2 3

By

0

MB

w0 L

2

w0 L2

6

Section a-a:

w0 x x

L 2

Fy

Ma

w0 x x

L 2

V

x

3

V

M

w0 x 2

2L

w0 x3

6L

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

(c) Determine the location and the magnitude of the

maximum bending moment.

Fig. P7.6

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

w0 L L

2 3

Ay

w0 L

6

w0 L 2 L

2

3

By

w0 L

3

Ay L

MA

By L

Section a-a:

Fy

w0 x x

L 2

Ay

V

Ma

Ay x

w0 L

6

w0 L

6

w0 x 2

2L

w0 x 2

2L

w0 x x

L 2

x

3

w0 Lx

6

w0 x 3

6L

w0 x 3 w0 Lx

6L

6

(b) Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

M

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The maximum bending moment is located at the location where V = 0. Therefore, the maximum

bending moment occurs at:

w0 L w0 x 2

V

0

6

2L

w0 x 2

2L

w0 L

6

L2

3

L

3

0.577350 L

Substitute this value of x into the bending moment equation to determine the moment magnitude:

w0 x3 w0 Lx

M

6L

6

w0 (0.577350 L)3 w0 L(0.577350 L)

M max

0.064150w0 L2

6L

6

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

loading shown,

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

(c) Report the maximum bending moment and its

location.

Fig. P7.7

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

(50 kN)(3 m) (75 kN)(6 m) Dy (10 m) 0

Dy

Fy

Ay

60 kN

Dy

50 kN 75 kN

Ay

65 kN

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < 3 m:

Fy Ay V 65 kN V

Ma

Ay x M

(65 kN)x M

Section b-b:

For the interval 3 m x < 6 m:

Fy Ay 50 kN V 65 kN 50 kN V

V

Mb

65 kN

(65 kN) x

15 kN

Ay x (50 kN)(x 3 m) M

M

Section c-c:

For the interval 6 m x < 10 m:

Fy Ay 50 kN 75 kN V

65 kN 50 kN 75 kN V

V

Mc

60 kN

(65 kN)x (50 kN)(x 3 m) (75 kN)(x 6 m) M

M

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

and its location

Mmax = 240 kN-m @ x = 6 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

loading shown,

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,

the maximum negative bending moment, and their

respective locations.

Fig. P7.8

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

M B (20 kN)(2 m) (60 kN)(6 m) Dy (8 m) 0

Dy

Fy

By

40 kN

Dy

By

20 kN 60 kN

40 kN

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < 2 m:

Fy

20 kN V 0

Ma

(20 kN)x M

V

0

20 kN

(20 kN) x

Section b-b:

For the interval 2 m x < 8 m:

Fy

20 kN By V

20 kN 40 kN V

V

Mb

20 kN

(20 kN)x By ( x 2 m) M

M

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section c-c:

For the interval 8 m x < 10 m:

Fy

20 kN By 60 kN V

20 kN 40 kN 60 kN V

V

Mc

40 kN

(20 kN)x (40 kN)( x 2 m) (60 kN)(x 8 m) M

M

and its location

Mmax-positive = 80 kN-m @ x = 8 m

Mmax-negative = 40 kN-m @ x = 2 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

loading shown,

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,

the maximum negative bending moment, and their

respective locations.

Fig. P7.9

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

M C (7 kips/ft)(30 ft)(15 ft) By (21 ft) 0

By

Fy

By

150 kips

Cy

Cy

(7 kips/ft)(30 ft) 0

60 kips

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < 9 ft:

Fy

(7 kips/ft)x V 0

Ma

(7 kips/ft)(x)

x

2

Section b-b:

For the interval 9 ft x < 30 ft:

Fy

(7 kips/ft)x By V

V

Mb

(7 kips/ft) 2

x

2

(7 kips/ft)(x)

x

2

By ( x 9 ft) M

(7 kips/ft)(x)

x

2

(7 kips/ft) x

(7 kips/ft) 2

x

2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

and its location

Mmax-positive = 257.14 kip-ft @ x = 21.43 ft

Mmax-negative = 283.50 kip-ft @ x = 9 ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

Fig. P7.10

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy (4 kips/ft)(8 ft) C y

Cy

MC

32 kips

MC

384 kip-ft

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < 8 ft:

Fy (4 kips/ft)x V 0

Ma

(4 kips/ft)(x)

x

2

V

M

(4 kips/ft) x

4 kips/ft 2

x

2

Section b-b:

For the interval 8 ft x < 16 ft:

Fy (4 kips/ft)(8 ft) V 0

V

Mb

32 kips

M

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

loading shown,

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

(c) Report the maximum bending moment and its

location.

Fig. P7.11

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

(42 kips)(10 ft) (6 kips/ft)(20 ft)(20 ft)

C y (30 ft) 0

Cy

Fy

Ay

Cy

Ay

94 kips

68 kips

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < 10 ft:

Fy Ay V 68 kips V

Ma

Ay x M

(68 kips) x M

V

0

68 kips

(68 kips) x

Section b-b:

For the interval 10 ft x < 30 ft:

Fy Ay 42 kips (6 kips/ft)(x 10 ft) V

68 kips 42 kips (6 kips/ft)(x 10 ft) V

V

Mb

(6 kips/ft) x 86 kips

(68 kips) x (42 kips)( x 10 ft)

M

x 10 ft

2

6 kips/ft

(x 10 ft) 2

2

M

M

3x 2 86 x 120 kip-ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

and its location

Mmax = 736.33 kip-ft @ x = 14.33 ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

loading shown,

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,

the maximum negative bending moment, and their

respective locations.

Fig. P7.12

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

M A 180 kN-m C y (9 m) (36 kN)(12 m) 0

Cy

Fy

Ay

28 kN

Cy

Ay

36 kN

8 kN

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < 4 m:

Fy Ay V 8 kN V

Ma

Ay x M

(8 kN) x M

Section b-b:

For the interval 4 m x < 9 m:

Fy Ay V 8 kN V 0

Mx

8 kN

(8 kN) x

8 kN

Ay x 180 kN-m M

(8 kN) x 180 kN-m M

M

Section c-c:

For the interval 9 m x < 12 m:

Fy Ay C y V 8 kN 28 kN V

V

Mc

36 kN

Ay x C y ( x 9 m) 180 kN-m M

M

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

and its location

Mmax-positive = 32 kN-m @ x = 4 m

Mmax-negative = 148 kN-m @ x = 4 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

Fig. P7.13

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

Cy

5 kips/ft 6 ft

Cy

30 kips

M C 120 kip-ft

5 kips/ft 6 ft 3 ft

MC

MC

210 kip-ft

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < 8 ft:

Fy

M a -a

120 kip-ft M

0 kips

120 kip-ft

Section b-b:

For the interval 8 ft x < 14 ft:

Fy

5 kips/ft x 8 ft

V

M b -b

5 x 40 kips

120 kip-ft

2.5 x 2

5 kips/ft x 8 ft

x 8 ft

2

M =0

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

Fig. P7.14

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

1

2

Ay

Ay

MA

6 kips/ft 9 ft

1

2

MA

MA

6 kips/ft 9 ft 6 ft

0

400 kip-ft

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < 9 ft:

1 6x

Fy Ay

x V

2 9

V

x2

3

44 kips

MA

Ay x

1

2

44 kips

17 kips 14 ft

Ma

17 kips

400 kip-ft

x3

9

1

2

44 kips

6x

x

9

x

3

1

2

44 kips x

6x

x V

9

M

6x

x

9

x

3

Section b-b:

For the interval 9 ft x < 14 ft:

Fy

1

6 kips/ft 9 ft

2

Ay

44 kips

V

1

6 kips/ft 9 ft

2

17 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

M b -b

MA

Ay x

400 kip-ft

M

1

6 kips/ft 9 ft x 6 ft

2

44 kips x

1

6 kips/ft 9 ft x 6 ft

2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

loading shown,

(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the

bending moment M for any location in the beam.

(Place the origin at point A.)

(b) Plot the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.

(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,

the maximum negative bending moment, and their

respective locations.

Fig. P7.15

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

250 kip-ft

7 kips/ft 25 ft 12.5 ft

C y 17 ft

Cy

Fy

Ay

113.97 kips

Cy

7 kips/ft 25 ft

Ay 113.97 kips

Ay

7 kips/ft 25 ft

61.03 kips

Section a-a:

For the interval 0 x < 13 ft:

Fy

Ay

7 kips/ft x V

V

Ma

7 kips/ft x

61.03 kips x

M

3.5 x 2

x

2

Mb

Ay x

7 kips/ft x

x

2

61.03 x kip-ft

7 kips/ft x V

7 x 61.03 kips

7 kips/ft x

61.03 kips x

M

Section b-b:

For the interval 13 ft x < 17 ft:

Fy Ay 7 kips/ft x V 61.03 kips

7 kips/ft x V

7 x 61.03 kips

Ay x

61.03 kips

3.5 x 2

x

2

250 kip-ft

7 kips/ft x

x

2

250 kip-ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section c-c:

For the interval 17 ft x < 25 ft:

Fy Ay C y 7 kips/ft x V

V

Mc

7 x 175 kips

Ay x C y ( x 17 ft)

250 kip-ft

175 kips x

7 kips/ft x

x

2

250 kip-ft

M

7 kips/ft x V

7 kips/ft x

x

2

(c) Maximum bending moment and its

location

Mmax-positive = 266.04 kip-ft

@ x = 8.72 ft

Mmax-nagative = 224.0 kip-ft

@ x = 17 ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.16

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

Fy

28 kips 4 ft

42 kips 8 ft

Dy

32.00 kips

Ay

Dy

34 kips 56 kips

Ay

Ay

Dy 14 ft

38.00 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.17

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

Fy

35 kN 4 m

45 kN 8 m

15 kN 14 m

Dy 10 m

Dy

71 kN

Ay

Dy

35 kN

Ay

71 kN 35 kN

Ay

45 kN 15 kN

45 kN 15 kN

24 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.18

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

15 kips 25 kips C y

Cy

MC

10 kips

15 kips 9 ft

MC

25 kips 3 ft

MC

60 kip-ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.19

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

10 kips/ft 12 ft 6 ft

Cy

Fy

40 kips

Ay

Cy

Ay

40 kips

Ay

C y 18 ft

10 kips/ft 12 ft

10 kips/ft 12 ft

80 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.20

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

4.5 kips/ft 12 ft 9 ft

Cy

Fy

40.50 kips

Ay

Cy

Ay

40.50 kips

Ay

C y 12 ft

4.5 kips/ft 12 ft

4.5 kips/ft 12 ft

13.50 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.21

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

Ay

40 kN/m 3 m

Ay

MA

MA

50 kN

70 kN

40 kN/m 3 m 1.5 m

MA

90 kN-m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.22

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

28 kips

Cy

MC

9 kips/ft 5 ft

17 kips

28 kips 8 ft

MC

Cy

9 kips/ft 5 ft 2.5 ft

MC

111.5 kip-ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.23

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

Fy

10 kips/ft 9 ft 4.5 ft 6 ft

Ay

Dy

47.25 kips

Dy

10 kips/ft 9 ft

Ay

42.75 kips

Dy 20 ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.24

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

4.5 kips/ft 7 ft 7 ft

38 kips 14.5 ft

E y 18 ft

E y 18.36 kip

Fy

Ay

Ey

4.5 kips/ft 7 ft

Ay 18.36 kips

Ay

38 kips

4.5 kips/ft 7 ft

38 kips 0

11.86 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.25

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

60 kN 2.5 m

Dy 9 m

Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy

45 kN/m 5 m 7.5 m

156.67 kN

60 kN

45 kN/m 4 m

Ay 156.67 kN 60 kN

Ay

45 kN/m 4 m

83.33 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.26

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

10 kips C y

C y 10 kips

MC

10 kips 10 ft

MC

60 kip-ft M C

40 kip-ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.27

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

Ay

2 kN 11 kN

Ay

MA

13 kN

M A 50 kN-m

11 kN 6 m

MA

2 kN 3.5 m

0

23 kN-m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.28

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

66 kN-m 96 kN-m Dy 12 m

Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy

Ay

13.50 kN

Ay 13.50 kN

13.50 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.29

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

80 kN-m

25 kN/m 6 m 3 m

50 kN-m By 6 m

By

Fy

70 kN

Ay

By

Ay

70 kN

Ay

25 kN/m 6 m

25 kN/m 6 m

80 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments (both

positive and negative) along with their respective

locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line and

curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.30

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

25 kN-m

15 kN 8 m

7 kN/m 3 m 13.5 m

Dy

Fy

Ay

31.54 kN

Dy 15 kN

7 kN/m 3 m

Ay 31.54 kN 15 kN

Ay

Dy 12 m

7 kN/m 3 m

4.46 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

diagram for the beam shown in Fig. P7.31. Assume

the upward reaction provided by the ground to be

uniformly distributed. Label all significant points

on each diagram. Determine the maximum value of

(a) the internal shear force and (b) the internal

bending moment.

Fig. P7.31

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

2 kips/ft 8 ft

25 kips 25 kips w 16 ft

w 4.125 kips/ft

(a) Maximum value of internal shear force:

V = 16.50 kips @ x = 4 ft

Ans.

V = 16.50 kips @ x = 12 ft

Ans.

moment:

M = 33 kip-ft @ x = 4 ft, 12 ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Ans.

diagram for the beam shown in Fig. P7.32. Assume

the upward reaction provided by the ground to be

uniformly distributed. Label all significant points

on each diagram. Determine the maximum value of

(a) the internal shear force and (b) the internal

bending moment.

Fig. P7.32

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

40 kN/m 1 m

50 kN

40 kN/m 1 m

w 4m

w 32.5 kN/m

(a) Maximum value of internal shear force:

V = 25 kN @ x = 2 m

Ans.

M = 4.62 kN-m @ x = 1.23 m

M = 4.62 kN-m @ x = 2.77 m

Mmax = 5.00 kN-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Additionally:

(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point

located 0.75 m to the right of B.

(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point

located 1.25 m to the left of C.

Fig. P7.33

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

125 kN 3 m

C y 15 m

Cy

Fy

50 kN/m 12 m 9 m

0

385.00 kN

Ay

C y 125 kN

Ay

385.00 kN 125 kN

Ay

50 kN/m 12 m

50 kN/m 12 m

340.00 kN

Shear force V and bending moment M

at specific locations:

(a) At x = 3.75 m,

V = 177.5 kN

Ans.

M = 1,167 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 13.75 m,

V = 323 kN

Ans.

M = 442 kN-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Additionally:

(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point

located 0.75 m to the right of B.

(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point

located 1.25 m to the left of C.

Fig. P7.34

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

15 kN 3 m

40 kN/m 6 m 3 m

18 kN 10 m

Cy

Fy

By

Cy 6 m

142.50 kN

C y 15 kN

40 kN/m 6 m

By 142.5 kN 15 kN

By

0

18 kN

40 kN/m 6 m

18 kN

130.50 kN

Shear force V and bending moment M

at specific locations:

(a) At x = 3.75 m,

V = 85.5 kN

Ans.

M = 30.4 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 7.75 m,

V = 74.5 kN

Ans.

M = 52.4 kN-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.35 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam

shown. Label all significant points on each diagram

and identify the maximum moments along with their

respective locations. Additionally:

(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located

0.75 m to the right of B.

(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point

located 1.25 m to the left of C.

Fig. P7.35

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

25 kN/m 3 m 1.5 m

65 kN/m 5 m 2.5 m

Cy

Fy

By C y

185.00 kN

25 kN/m 3 m

By 185.00 kN

65 kN/m 5 m

By

Cy 5 m

65 kN/m 5 m

25 kN/m 3 m

0

65.00 kN

Shear force V and bending moment M

at specific locations:

(a) At x = 3.75 m,

V = 91.3 kN

Ans.

M = 199.2 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 6.75 m,

V = 103.8 kN

Ans.

M = 180.5 kN-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.36 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam

shown. Label all significant points on each diagram

and identify the maximum moments along with their

respective locations. Additionally:

(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located

0.75 m to the right of B.

(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point

located 1.25 m to the left of C.

Fig. P7.36

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy

75 kN 60 kN

Cy

MC

35 kN/m 6 m

75.00 kN

75 kN 6 m

60 kN 3.5 m

35 kN/m 6 m 3 m

MC

Cy

MC

120 kN-m

0

90.00 kN-m

Shear force V and bending moment M

at specific locations:

(a) At x = 3.25 m,

V = 21.3 kN

Ans.

M = 16.09 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 4.75 m,

V = 31.25 kN

Ans.

M = 23.6 kN-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.37 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam

shown. Label all significant points on each diagram

and identify the maximum moments along with their

respective locations. Additionally:

(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located

1.50 m to the right of B.

(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point

located 1.25 m to the left of D.

Fig. P7.37

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

52 kN 3 m

150 kN-m

Dy

Fy

35 kN/m 9 m 4.5 m

36 kN 12 m

204.83 kN

By

Dy

By

204.83 kN 52 kN

By

Dy 9 m

52 kN

35 kN/m 9 m

36 kN

35 kN/m 9 m

36 kN

198.17 kN

Shear force V and bending moment M

at specific locations:

(a) At x = 4.5 m,

V = 93.7 kN

Ans.

M = 23.9 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 10.75 m,

V = 125.1 kN

Ans.

M = 75.7 kN-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.38 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam

shown. Label all significant points on each diagram

and identify the maximum moments along with their

respective locations. Additionally:

(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located

1.50 m to the right of B.

(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point

located 1.25 m to the left of D.

Fig. P7.38

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

25 kN/m 12.5 m 6.25 m

80 kN 5.5 m

20 kN 12.5 m

Dy

Fy

By

Dy

Dy 10 m

161.00 kN

25 kN/m 16 m

By 161.00 kN

80 kN 20 kN

25 kN/m 16 m

80 kN 20 kN

By 179.00 kN

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Shear force V and bending moment M

at specific locations:

(a) At x = 5.0 m,

V = 54.0 kN

Ans.

M = 44.0 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 12.25 m,

V = 47.3 kN

Ans.

M = 49.5 kN-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.39 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam

shown. Label all significant points on each diagram

and identify the maximum moments along with their

respective locations. Additionally:

(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located

1.50 m to the right of B.

(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point

located 1.25 m to the left of D.

Fig. P7.39

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

160 kN 2 m

50 kN/m 2 m 1 m

50 kN/m 2 m 1 m

120 kN/m 5 m 4.5 m

Dy

Fy

By

Dy 7 m

340 kN

Dy 160 kN

50 kN/m 4 m

120 kN/m 5 m

By 340 kN 160 kN

120 kN/m 5 m

By

50 kN/m 4 m

620 kN

Shear force V and bending moment M

at specific locations:

(a) At x = 3.50 m,

V = 285 kN

Ans.

M = 63.8 kN-m

Ans.

(b) At x = 7.75 m,

V = 190.0 kN

Ans.

M = 331 kN-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.40

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

225 kN-m

120 kN/m 4 m 2 m

Cy

Fy

Ay C y

Ay

273 kN

120 kN/m 4 m

273 kN

60 kN/m 2.5 m

120 kN/m 4 m

60 kN/m 2.5 m

Ay

C y 7.5 m

357 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.41

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

25 kip-ft

5 kips/ft 3 ft 1.5 ft

5 kips/ft 5 ft 2.5 ft

E y 15 ft

25 kips 10 ft

E y 17.67 kips

Fy

By

Ey

5 kips/ft 8 ft

By 17.67 kips

By

25 kips

5 kips/ft 8 ft

25 kips 0

47.33 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.42

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

35 kip-ft

8 kips/ft 9 ft 4.5 ft

17 kips 12 ft

Cy

Fy

By C y

By

62.56 kips

8 kips/ft 9 ft

62.56 kips

By

C y 9 ft

17 kips

8 kips/ft 9 ft

17 kips 0

26.44 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.43

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

6 kips/ft 30 ft 15 ft

60 kips 20 ft

3 kips/ft 10 ft 35 ft

90 kip-ft Dy 30 ft

Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy

60 kips 10 ft

0

62.00 kips

6 kips/ft 30 ft

3 kips/ft 10 ft

60 kips 60 kips

Ay 62.00 kips

6 kips/ft 30 ft

3 kips/ft 10 ft

60 kips 60 kips 0

Ay

28.00 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

7.44 Use the graphical method to construct the shearforce and bending-moment diagrams for the beam

shown. Label all significant points on each diagram

and identify the maximum moments along with their

respective locations. Clearly differentiate straight-line

and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.44

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

5 kips 5 ft

15 kips 8 ft

Dy

Fy

2 kips/ft 20 ft 10 ft

10 kips 23 ft

25 kip-ft

Dy 20 ft

23 kips

By

Dy 5 kips

2 kips/ft 20 ft

By

23 kips 5 kips

15 kips 10 kips

2 kips/ft 20 ft

15 kips 10 kips 0

By 17 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.45

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

MA

50 kN/m 2 m 1 m

25 kN/m 3 m 3.5 m

MA

Fy

Ay

50 kN 5 m

47.50 kN-m

50 kN/m 2 m

25 kN/m 3 m

Ay

20 kN 2 m

20 kN

50 kN 0

55 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.46

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MC

20 kips 15 ft

6 kips/ft 8 ft 11 ft

12 kips/ft 7 ft 3.5 ft

70 kips 7 ft

MC

Fy

20 kips

MC

32.00 kip-ft

6 kips/ft 8 ft

12 kips/ft 7 ft

Cy

Cy

70 kips

0

42.00 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.47

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

4,000 lb-ft

9,000 lb-ft

800 lb/ft 4 ft 2 ft

600 lb/ft 10 ft 10 ft

3,600 lb 10 ft

Ey

Fy

By

Ey

5,640 lb

800 lb/ft 4 ft

By 5,640 lb

By

E y 15 ft

600 lb/ft 10 ft

800 lb/ft 4 ft

3,600 lb

600 lb/ft 10 ft

3,600 lb 0

7,160 lb

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.48

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

60 kN 2 m 1 m

120 kN/m 4 m 4 m

60 kN/m 2 m 7 m

Ey

Fy

By

Ey

60 kN 2 m

530 kN

120 kN/m 4 m

150 kN

60 kN 2 m

60 kN 2 m

By

Ey 8 m

530 kN

60 kN 2 m

By

150 kN 6 m

120 kN/m 4 m

150 kN

340 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.49

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MD

55 kN/m 3 m 1.5 m

Ey

Fy

Dy

82.5 kN

Ey

55 kN/m 3 m

Dy 82.5 kN

Dy

Ey 3 m

55 kN/m 3 m

82.5 kN

MA

60 kN-m

75 kN/m 5 m 2.5 m

100 kN 2.5 m

60 kN-m

Fy

Ay C y

Ay

C y 3.5 m

75 kN/m 5 m 2.5 m

100 kN 2.5 m

Cy

Dy 5 m

82.5 kN 5 m

C y 3.5 m

440 kN

75 kN/m 5 m

440 kN

100 kN Dy

75 kN/m 5 m

100 kN 82.5 kN 0

Ay 117.5 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.50

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

500 lb/ft 10 ft 5 ft C y 15 ft

C y 1,666.67 lb

Fy

Ay C y

500 lb/ft 10 ft

Ay 1,666.67 lb

Ay

500 lb/ft 10 ft

3,333.33 lb

Fy

C y E y 1, 200 lb

1, 666.67 lb

Ey

ME

E y 1, 200 lb 0

2,866.67 lb

C y 10 ft

1, 200 lb 8 ft

1, 666.67 lb 10 ft

ME

ME

1, 200 lb 8 ft

ME

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.51

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

70 kN/m 7 m (3.5 m)

1

2

70 kN/m 3 m 8 m

55 kN 10 m

By

Fy

Ay

Ay

443.57 kN

By

1

2

By 7 m

70 kN/m 7 m

70 kN/m 3 m

443.57 kN

55 kN

70 kN/m 7 m

1

2

70 kN/m 3 m

Ay

206.43 kN

55 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.52

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

1

2

8 ft

3

6 kips/ft 8 ft

Dy

Fy

By

Dy

47.41 kips

1

2

6 kips/ft 8 ft

4 kips/ft 15 ft

By

47.41 kips

1

2

6 kips/ft 8 ft

4 kips/ft 15 ft

By

36.59 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.53

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

(9 kips)(4 ft)

1

2

MA

Fy

270.00 kip-ft

1

2

Ay

(9 kips)

Ay

27.00 kips

4 kips/ft 9 ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.54

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MD

(25 kN)(6 m)

1

2

30 kN/m 3 m 3 m

MD

Fy

Dy

285.00 kN-m

25 kN

Dy

MD

1

2

30 kN/m 3 m

70 kN

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shear-force and bending-moment diagrams for the

beam shown. Label all significant points on each

diagram and identify the maximum moments along

with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate

straight-line and curved portions of the diagrams.

Fig. P7.55

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

1

2

2(8 ft)

3

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 22 ft

By (22 ft) 0

By 110.73 kips

Fy

Ay

By (6 kips/ft)(22 ft)

1

2

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft)

Ay

1

2

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 0

57.27 kips

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.56

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

(180 lb)(2 ft) (450 lb)(6 ft)

Dy

Fy

Ay

340 lb

Dy 180 lb 450 lb

Ay

Dy (9 ft)

290 lb

w( x)

290 lb x 0 ft

180 lb x 2 ft

450 lb x 6 ft

340 lb x 9 ft

Ans.

V ( x)

M ( x)

290 lb x 0 ft

290 lb x 0 ft

0

1

180 lb x 2 ft

180 lb x 2 ft

0

1

450 lb x 6 ft

450 lb x 6 ft

0

1

340 lb x 9 ft

340 lb x 9 ft

0

1

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.57

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

M B (10 kN)(2.5 m) (35 kN)(3 m)

Dy

Fy

By

16 kN

Dy 10 kN 35 kN

By

Dy (5 m)

29 kN

w( x)

10 kN x 0 m

29 kN x 2.5 m

35 kN x 5.5 m

16 kN x 7.5 m

Ans.

V ( x)

M ( x)

10 kN x 0 m

10 kN x 0 m

0

1

29 kN x 2.5 m

29 kN x 2.5 m

0

1

35 kN x 5.5 m

35 kN x 5.5 m

0

1

16 kN x 7.5 m

16 kN x 7.5 m

0

1

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.58

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

(30 kN)(3 m) (20 kN)(7 m)

(15 kN)(15 m)

Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy

Ay

Dy (10 m)

45.5 kN

30 kN

20 kN 15 kN

19.5 kN

w( x) 19.5 kN x 0 m

30 kN x 3 m

1

45.5 kN x 10 m

20 kN x 7 m

1

15 kN x 15 m

0

0

V ( x) 19.5 kN x 0 m

30 kN x 3 m

20 kN x 7 m

0

45.5 kN x 10 m

M ( x) 19.5 kN x 0 m

45.5 kN x 10 m

15 kN x 15 m

30 kN x 3 m

15 kN x 15 m

Ans.

Ans.

20 kN x 7 m

1

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.59

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy C y 5 kN

Cy

MC

5 kN

(5 kN)(6 m) 20 kN-m M C

MC

10 kN-m

w( x)

5 kN x 0 m

20 kN-m x 3 m

5 kN x 6 m

10 kN-m x 6 m

Ans.

V ( x)

M ( x)

5 kN x 0 m

5 kN x 0 m

0

1

20 kN-m x 3 m

20 kN-m x 3 m

1

0

5 kN x 6 m

5 kN x 6 m

0

1

10 kN-m x 6 m

10 kN-m x 6 m

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.60

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy Ay (35 kN/m)(2 m)

Ay

MA

70 kN

MA

280 kN-m

w( x)

70 kN x 0 m

280 kN-m x 0 m

35 kN/m x 3 m

35 kN/m x 5 m

Ans.

V ( x)

M ( x)

70 kN x 0 m

70 kN x 0 m

280 kN-m x 0 m

280 kN-m x 0 m

35 kN/m x 3 m

35 kN/m

x 3m

2

35 kN/m x 5 m

35 kN/m

x 5m

2

Ans.

2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.61

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

(25 kN)(4 m)(2 m) (32 kN)(6 m)

Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy

Ay

Dy (8 m)

49 kN

(25 kN)(4 m) 32 kN

83 kN

w( x) 83 kN x 0 m

1

1

32 kN x 6 m

25 kN/m x 0 m

25 kN/m x 4 m

49 kN x 8 m

Ans.

0

1

V ( x) 83 kN x 0 m

25 kN/m x 0 m

25 kN/m x 4 m

32 kN x 6 m

M ( x)

83 kN x 0 m

32 kN x 6 m

49 kN x 8 m

25 kN/m

x 0m

2

49 kN x 8 m

Ans.

2

25 kN/m

x 4m

2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.62

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

(3,000 lb)(5 ft) 8,000 lb-ft

(800 lb)(7 ft)(12.5 ft)

Ey

Fy

Ay

Ey

Ay

E y (20 ft)

3,850 lb

3,000 lb (800 lb)(7 ft)

4,750 lb

w( x) 4,750 lb x 0 ft

3,000 lb x 5 ft

8,000 lb-ft x 5 ft

800 lb/ft x 9 ft

800 lb/ft x 16 ft

3,850 lb x 20 ft

Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0

0

1

V ( x) 4,750 lb x 0 ft

3,000 lb x 5 ft

8,000 lb-ft x 5 ft

800 lb/ft x 9 ft

M ( x)

4,750 lb x 0 ft

800 lb/ft x 16 ft

3,000 lb x 5 ft

800 lb/ft

800 lb/ft

2

x 9 ft

x 16 ft

2

2

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

3,850 lb x 20 ft

8,000 lb-ft x 5 ft

2

Ans.

Ans.

3,850 lb x 20 ft

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.63

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy Ay (800 lb/ft)(12 ft) (800 lb)(6 ft)

Ay

MA

14, 400 lb

(800 lb)(6 ft)(21 ft) M A

MA

w( x) 14,400 lb x 0 ft

158,400 lb-ft x 0 ft

0

800 lb/ft x 18 ft

Ans.

800 lb/ft x 12 ft

800 lb/ft x 18 ft

800 lb/ft x 24 ft

Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0

1

V ( x) 14,400 lb x 0 ft

158,400 lb-ft x 0 ft

800 lb-ft x 0 ft

800 lb/ft x 12 ft

800 lb-ft x 0 ft

800 lb/ft x 24 ft

800 lb-ft

1

0

M ( x) 14, 400 lb x 0 ft

158, 400 lb-ft x 0 ft

x 0 ft

2

800 lb/ft

800 lb/ft

800 lb/ft

2

2

x 12 ft

x 18 ft

x 24 ft

2

2

2

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

Ans.

2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.64

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

12 kN-m (18 kN/m)(2 m)(2 m)

Dy

Fy

Ay

12 kN

Dy

Ay

Dy (5 m)

(18 kN/m)(2 m)

24 kN

w( x)

24 kN x 0 m

12 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m x 3 m

12 kN x 5 m

Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

0

1

V ( x)

24 kN x 0 m

12 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m x 1 m

18 kN/m x 3 m

M ( x)

24 kN x 0 m

18 kN/m x 1 m

12 kN x 5 m

Ans.

1

Ans.

12 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m

2

x 3m

12 kN x 5 m

2

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

18 kN/m

x 1m

2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.65

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

1

2

2(8 ft)

3

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 22 ft

By (22 ft) 0

By 110.73 kips

Fy

Ay

1

2

By (6 kips/ft)(22 ft)

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft)

Ay

1

2

(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 0

57.27 kips

w( x) 57.27 kips x 0 ft

9 kips/ft

x 22 ft

8 ft

6 kips/ft x 0 ft

9 kips/ft

x 30 ft

8 ft

9 kips/ft x 30 ft

0

1

V ( x) 57.27 kips x 0 ft

6 kips/ft x 0 ft

110.73 kips x 22 ft

9 kips/ft

x 22 ft

2(8 ft)

M ( x)

57.27 kips x 0 ft

9 kips/ft

x 22 ft

6(8 ft)

110.73 kips x 22 ft

6 kips/ft x 22 ft

9 kips/ft

2

1

x 30 ft

9 kips/ft x 30 ft

2(8 ft)

6 kips/ft

2

1

x 0 ft

110.73 kips x 22 ft

2

9 kips/ft

9 kips/ft

3

2

x 30 ft

x 30 ft

6(8 ft)

2

Ans.

6 kips/ft x 22 ft

Ans.

6 kips/ft

x 22 ft

2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shear-force and

bending-moment diagrams.

Fig. P7.66

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

Fy C y (20 kN/m)(3 m)

Cy

MC

1

2

(30 kN/m)(3 m)

105 kN

1

2

MC

MC

240 kN-m

w( x)

20 kN/m x 0 m

30 kN/m

x 0m

3m

20 kN/m x 3 m

30 kN/m x 3 m

105 kN x 4 m

240 kN-m x 4 m

Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

30 kN/m

1

2

V ( x)

20 kN/m x 0 m

x 0m

20 kN/m x 3 m

2(3 m)

30 kN/m x 3 m

105 kN x 4 m

240 kN-m x 4 m

Ans.

30 kN/m

x 3m

2(3 m)

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

20 kN/m

2

3

x 0m

x 0m

x 3m

2

6(3 m)

2

30 kN/m

2

1

0

x 3m

105 kN x 4 m

240 kN-m x 4 m

2

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams:

M ( x)

30 kN/m

x 3m

3m

Ans.

2

30 kN/m

x 3m

6(3 m)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in

the beam between the two simple supports.

Fig. P7.67

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

M B 9 kN-m 12 (18 kN/m)(3 m)(1 m) C y (3 m)

Cy

Fy

By

6 kN

Cy

By

1

2

(18 kN/m)(3 m)

21 kN

w( x)

9 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m

x 1m

3m

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m

x 4m

3m

6 kN x 4 m

1

0

V ( x)

9 kN-m x 0 m

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m x 1 m

18 kN/m

x 1m

2(3 m)

M ( x)

9 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m

x 1m

6(3 m)

18 kN/m

x 4m

2(3 m)

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m x 1 m

18 kN/m

x 4m

6(3 m)

6 kN x 4 m

18 kN/m

x 1m

2

3

6 kN x 4 m

Ans.

Ans.

2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Mmax = 5.66 kN-m at x = 2.59 m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in

the beam between the two simple supports.

Fig. P7.68

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

1

2

MA

Cy

Fy

Ay

9.64 kips

Cy

Ay

1

2

(5 kips/ft)(9 ft) 0

12.86 kips

1

w( x) 12.86 kips x 0 ft

5 kips/ft x 9 ft

5 kips/ft

x 0 ft

9 ft

5 kips/ft

x 9 ft

9 ft

9.64 kips x 14 ft

Ans.

5 kips/ft

5 kips/ft

0

2

V ( x) 12.86 kips x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 9 ft

2(9 ft)

2(9 ft)

5 kips/ft x 9 ft

M ( x) 12.86 kips x 0 ft

5 kips/ft

x 9 ft

2

5 kips/ft

x 0 ft

6(9 ft)

9.64 kips x 14 ft

1

Ans.

5 kips/ft

x 9 ft

6(9 ft)

9.64 kips x 14 ft

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Mmax = 58.3 kip-ft at x = 6.80 ft

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in

the beam between the two simple supports.

Fig. P7.69

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

1

2

(9 kips/ft)(21 ft) 6 ft

Cy

Fy

C y (16 ft) 0

82.41 kips

Ay C y

Ay

21 ft

3

1

2

(5 kips/ft)(6 ft)

(9 kips/ft)(21 ft) 0

42.09 kips

w( x) 42.09 kips x 0 ft

9 kips/ft

x 6 ft

21 ft

5 kips/ft x 0 ft

82.41 kips x 16 ft

M ( x)

42.09 kips x 0 ft

9 kips/ft

x 6 ft

6(21 ft)

9 kips/ft x 6 ft

9 kips/ft

x 27 ft

21 ft

0

1

V ( x) 42.09 kips x 0 ft

5 kips/ft x 0 ft

5 kips/ft x 6 ft

9 kips/ft

x 6 ft

2(21 ft)

5 kips/ft x 6 ft

9 kips/ft x 6 ft

Ans.

9 kips/ft

2

x 27 ft

2(21 ft)

5 kips/ft

5 kips/ft

9 kips/ft

2

2

x 0 ft

x 6 ft

x 6 ft

2

2

2

9 kips/ft

1

3

82.41 kips x 16 ft

x 27 ft

6(21 ft)

82.41 kips x 16 ft

Ans.

2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Mmax = 170.9 kip-ft at x = 7.39 ft

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in

the beam between the two simple supports.

Fig. P7.70

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MA

(25 kN/m)(4.0 m)(4.5 m)

1

2

Dy

Fy

Ay

2(4.0 m)

3

114.38 kN

Dy

Ay

Dy (8 m)

(25 kN/m)(4.0 m)

1

2

(45 kN/m)(4.0 m)

75.63 kN

w( x)

75.63 kN x 0 m

45 kN/m

x 6.5 m

4.0 m

25 kN/m x 2.5 m

1

45 kN/m x 6.5 m

45 kN/m

x 2.5 m

4.0 m

25 kN/m x 6.5 m

114.38 kN x 8 m

Ans.

V ( x)

75.63 kN x 0 m

45 kN/m

x 6.5 m

2(4.0 m)

M ( x)

25 kN/m x 2.5 m

2

45 kN/m x 6.5 m

25 kN/m x 6.5 m

1

114.38 kN x 8 m

45 kN/m

x 2.5 m

2(4.0 m)

0

25 kN/m

25 kN/m

45 kN/m

2

2

x 2.5 m

x 6.5 m

x 2.5 m

2

2

6(4.0 m)

45 kN/m

45 kN/m

3

2

1

x 6.5 m

x 6.5 m

114.38 kN x 8 m

6(4.0 m)

2

75.63 kN x 0 m

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Mmax = 275 kN-m at x = 4.57 m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in

the beam between the two simple supports.

Fig. P7.71

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MC

1

2

(50 kN/m)(2.0 m)(1.0 m)

By

Fy

By

(40 kN/m)(7.0 m)

By (5.5 m)

2(7.0 m)

3

234.24 kN

Cy

1

2

(30 kN/m)(7.0 m)

(50 kN/m)(2.0 m)

C y 215.76 kN

(40 kN/m)(7.0 m)

w( x)

30 kN/m x 0 m

40 kN/m

1

x 0m

7.0 m

40 kN/m

0

30 kN/m x 7 m

x 7m

7.0 m

40 kN/m x 0 m

1

234.24 kN x 1.5 m

1

215.76 kN x 7 m

50 kN/m x 7.0 m

50 kN/m x 9.0 m

40 kN/m

1

1

2

V ( x)

30 kN/m x 0 m

40 kN/m x 0 m

x 0m

2(7.0 m)

40 kN/m

0

1

234.24 kN x 1.5 m

30 kN/m x 7 m

x 7m

2(7.0 m)

0

M ( x)

215.76 kN x 7 m

30 kN/m

2

x 0m

2

Ans.

50 kN/m x 7.0 m

50 kN/m x 9.0 m

40 kN/m

40 kN/m

2

3

x 0m

x 0m

2

6(7.0 m)

30 kN/m

40 kN/m

1

2

3

234.24 kN x 1.5 m

x 7m

x 7m

2

6(7.0 m)

50 kN/m

50 kN/m

1

2

215.76 kN x 7 m

x 7.0 m

x 9.0 m

2

2

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Mmax = 86.6 kN-m at x = 4.00 m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the

expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in

this expression.

(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and

M(x).

(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in

the beam between the two simple supports.

Fig. P7.72

Solution

Beam equilibrium:

MB

(60 kN)(1.5 m)

Dy (6.5 m)

Dy

Fy

By

Dy

By

1

2

(90 kN/m)(4.5 m)

1

2

(90 kN/m)(4.5 m)

2(4.5 m)

3

79.62 kN

60 kN

182.88 kN

w( x)

60 kN x 0 m

90 kN/m

x 6m

4.5 m

182.88 kN x 1.5 m

1

90 kN/m x 6 m

90 kN/m

x 1.5 m

4.5 m

79.62 kN x 8 m

90 kN/m

0

0

2

V ( x)

60 kN x 0 m

182.88 kN x 1.5 m

x 1.5 m

2(4.5 m)

90 kN/m

2

1

0

x 6m

90 kN/m x 6 m

79.62 kN x 8 m

2(4.5 m)

90 kN/m

1

1

3

M ( x)

60 kN x 0 m

182.88 kN x 1.5 m

x 1.5 m

6(4.5 m)

90 kN/m

90 kN/m

3

2

1

x 6m

x 6m

79.62 kN x 8 m

6(4.5 m)

2

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Mmax = 197.2 kN-m at x = 5.01 m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.1 During fabrication of a laminated timber arch, one of the 10 in. wide by 1 in. thick Douglas fir [E =

1,900 ksi] planks is bent to a radius of curvature of 40 ft. Determine the maximum bending stress

developed in the plank.

Solution

From Eq. (8.3):

E

1,900 ksi

x y

(0.5 in.) 1.979 ksi 1.979 ksi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.2 A high-strength steel [E = 200 GPa] tube having an outside diameter of 80 mm and a wall thickness

of 3 mm is bent into a circular curve having a 52-m radius of curvature. Determine the maximum

bending stress developed in the tube.

Solution

From Eq. (8.3):

E

200,000 MPa

x y

(80 mm / 2) 153.846 MPa 153.8 MPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.3 A high-strength steel [E = 200 GPa] band saw blade wraps around a pulley that has a diameter of

450 mm. Determine the maximum bending stress developed in the blade. The blade is 12-mm wide and

1-mm thick.

Solution

The radius of curvature of the band saw blade is:

450 mm 1 mm

225.5 mm

2

2

From Eq. (8.3):

E

200,000 MPa

x y

(0.5 mm) 443.459 MPa 443 MPa

225.5 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.4 The boards for a concrete form are to be bent into a circular shape having an inside radius of 10 m.

What maximum thickness can be used for the boards if the normal stress is not to exceed 7 MPa?

Assume that the modulus of elasticity for the wood is 12 GPa.

Solution

The radius of curvature of the concrete form is dependent on the board thickness:

t

10,000 mm

2

From Eq. (8.3):

E

12,000 MPa t

x y

7 MPa

t 2

10,000 mm

2

Solve for t:

t

t

2

2

6,000t 70,000 3.5t

5,996.5t 70,000

t 11.67 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.5 A beam having a tee-shaped cross section is subjected to equal 12 kN-m bending moments, as

shown in Fig. P8.5a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.5b. Determine:

(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus

about the z axis.

(b) the bending stress at point H. State whether the normal stress at H is tension or compression.

(c) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or

compression.

Fig. P8.5a

Fig. P8.5b

Solution

(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of tee shape)

yi

Shape

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

2

(mm )

(mm)

(mm3)

top flange

2,500.0

162.5

406,250.0

stem

3,750.0

75.0

281,250.0

2

6,250.0 mm

687,500.0 mm3

yi Ai

Ai

687,500.0 mm3

110.0 mm (measured upward from bottom edge of stem)

6,250.0 mm2

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top flange

130,208.33

52.50

6,890,625.00

stem

7,031,250.00

35.00

4,593,750.00

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

Ans.

IC + dA

(mm4)

7,020,833.33

11,625,000.00

18,645,833.33

I z 18,656,000 mm4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section moduli:

Iz

18,645,833.33 mm 4

S top

286,858.974 mm3

ctop (175 mm 110 mm)

Sbot

I z 18,645,833.33 mm 4

169,507.576 mm3

cbot

110 mm

S 169,500 mm3

Ans.

My

x

Iz

18,654,833.33 mm4

Ans.

The maximum bending stress occurs at either the top or the bottom surface of the beam. The top of the

cross section is at y = +65 mm, and the bottom of the cross section is at y = 110 mm. The larger

bending stress magnitude occurs at the larger magnitude of these two values; in this case, at the bottom

of the cross section.

My

x

Iz

18,654,833.33 mm 4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.6 A beam is subjected to equal 6.5 kip-ft bending moments, as shown in Fig. P8.6a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.6b. Determine:

(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus

about the z axis.

(b) the bending stress at point H, which is located 2 in. below the z centroidal axis. State whether the

normal stress at H is tension or compression.

(c) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or

compression.

Fig. P8.6a

Fig. P8.6b

Solution

(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)

yi

Shape

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

(in.2)

(in.)

(in.3)

left side

8.0

4.0

32.0

top flange

4.0

7.5

30.0

right side

8.0

4.0

32.0

20.0 in.2

94.0 in.3

yi Ai

Ai

94.0 in.3

4.70 in. (measured upward from bottom edge of section)

20.0 in.2

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left side

42.667

0.700

3.920

top flange

0.333

2.800

31.360

right side

42.667

0.700

3.920

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

Ans.

IC + dA

(in.4)

46.587

31.693

46.587

124.867

I z 124.9 in.4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section moduli:

Iz

124.867 in.4

S top

37.8384 in.3

ctop (8 in. 4.7 in.)

S bot

I z 124.867 in.4

26.5674 in.3

cbot

4.7 in.

S 26.6 in.3

Ans.

My

x

Iz

124.867 in.4

Ans.

The maximum bending stress occurs at either the top or the bottom surface of the beam. The top of the

cross section is at y = +3.30 in., and the bottom of the cross section is at y = 4.7 in. The larger bending

stress magnitude occurs at the larger magnitude of these two values; in this case, at the bottom of the

cross section.

My

x

Iz

124.867 in.4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.7 A beam is subjected to equal 470 N-m bending moments, as shown in Fig. P8.7a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.7b. Determine:

(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus

about the z axis.

(b) the bending stress at point H. State whether the normal stress at H is tension or compression.

(c) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or

compression.

Fig. P8.7a

Fig. P8.7b

Solution

(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of U shape)

yi

Shape

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

(mm2)

(mm)

(mm3)

left side

400.0

25.0

10,000.0

bottom flange

272.0

4.0

1,088.0

right side

400.0

25.0

10,000.0

1,072.0 mm2

21,088.0 mm3

yi Ai

21,088.0 mm3

y

Ai

1,072.0 mm2

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

left side

83,333.33

5.33

11,356.56

bottom flange

1,450.67

15.67

66,803.30

right side

83,333.33

5.33

11,356.56

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

Ans.

IC + dA

(mm4)

94,689.89

68,253.96

94,689.89

257,633.75

I z 257,600 mm4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section moduli:

Iz

257,633.75 mm 4

S top

8,494.814 mm3

ctop (50 mm 19.672 mm)

Sbot

Iz

257,633.75 mm 4

13,096.708 mm3

cbot

19.672 mm

S 8,495 mm3

Ans.

My

x

Iz

257,633.75 mm 4

Ans.

The maximum bending stress occurs at either the top or the bottom surface of the beam. The top of the

cross section is at y = +30.328 mm, and the bottom of the cross section is at y = 19.672 mm. The larger

bending stress magnitude occurs at the larger magnitude of these two values; in this case, at the top of

the cross section.

My

x

Iz

257,633.75 mm 4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.8 A beam is subjected to equal 17.5 kip-ft bending moments, as shown in Fig. P8.8a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.8b. Determine:

(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus

about the z axis.

(b) the bending stress at point H. State whether the normal stress at H is tension or compression.

(c) the bending stress at point K. State whether the normal stress at K is tension or compression.

(d) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or

compression.

Fig. P8.8a

Fig. P8.8b

Solution

(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)

yi

Shape

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

(in.2)

(in.)

(in.3)

top flange

12.0000

13.0000

156.0000

web

20.0000

7.0000

140.0000

bottom flange

20.0000

1.0000

20.0000

2

52.0000 in.

316.0000 in.3

yi Ai

316.0 in.3

y

Ai

52.0 in.2

flange)

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange

4.000

6.923

575.148

web

166.667

0.923

17.041

bottom flange

6.667

-5.077

515.503

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

Ans.

IC + dA

(in.4)

579.148

183.708

522.170

1,285.026

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section Moduli

cbot 6.0769 in.

Sbot

I z 1, 285.026 in.4

211.460 in.3

cbot

6.0769 in.

Stop

I z 1, 285.026 in.4

162.188 in.3

ctop

7.9231 in.

The controlling section modulus is the smaller of the two values; therefore,

S 162.2 in.3

Bending stress at point H:

From the flexure formula:

My

( 17.5 kip-ft)(7.9231 in. 2 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Iz

1,285.0256 in.4

Bending stress at point K:

From the flexure formula:

My

( 17.5 kip-ft)( 6.0769 in. 2 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Iz

1,285.026 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

Since ctop > cbot, the maximum bending stress occurs at the top of the flanged shape. From the flexure

formula:

My

( 17.5 kip-ft)(7.9231 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

Iz

1,285.026 in.4

Also, note that the same maximum bending stress magnitude can be calculated with the section

modulus:

M (17.5 kip-ft)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

S

162.1877 in.3

The sense of the stress (either tension or compression) would be determined by inspection.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P8.9.

(a) If the bending stress at point K is 43 MPa (C),

determine the internal bending moment Mz acting

about the z centroidal axis of the beam.

(b) Determine the bending stress at point H. State

whether the normal stress at H is tension or

compression.

Fig. P8.9

Solution

Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of double-tee shape)

yi

Shape

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

2

(mm )

(mm)

(mm3)

top flange

375.0

47.5

17,812.5

left stem

225.0

22.5

5,062.5

right stem

225.0

22.5

5,062.5

2

825.0 mm

27,937.5 mm3

yi Ai 27,937.5 mm3

y

Ai

825.0 mm2

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

IC + dA

4

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm )

(mm4)

top flange

781.250

13.636

69,731.405

70,512.655

left stem

37,968.750

11.364

29,054.752

67,023.502

right stem

37,968.750

11.364

29,054.752

67,023.502

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) =

204,559.659

(a) Determine bending moment:

At point K, y = 50 mm 5 mm 33.864 mm = 11.136 mm. The bending stress at K is x = 43 MPa;

therefore, the bending moment magnitude can be determined from the flexure formula:

My

x

Iz

xIz

( 43 N/mm 2 )(204,559.659 mm 4 )

M

y

11.136 mm

789,850.765 N-mm 790 N-m

(b) Bending stress at point H:

At point H, y = 33.864 mm. The bending stress is computed with the flexure formula:

My

(789,850.765 N-mm)( 33.864 mm)

x

Iz

204,559.659 mm 4

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P8.10.

(a) If the bending stress at point K is 2,600 psi (T),

determine the internal bending moment Mz acting

about the z centroidal axis of the beam.

(b) Determine the bending stress at point H. State

whether the normal stress at H is tension or

compression.

Fig. P8.10

Solution

Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of inverted-tee shape)

yi

Shape

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

2

(in. )

(in.)

(in.3)

bottom flange

0.56250

0.12500

0.07031

stem

0.56250

1.37500

0.77344

2

1.12500 in.

0.84375 in.3

yi Ai 0.84375 in.3

(measured upward from bottom edge of section)

y

0.750 in.

Ai

1.1250 in.2

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

IC + dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

(in.4)

bottom flange

0.00293

0.62500

0.21973

0.22266

stem

0.23730

0.62500

0.21973

0.45703

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in. ) =

0.67969

(a) Determine bending moment:

At point K, y = 2.50 in. 0.75 in. = 1.750 in. The bending stress at K is x = +2,600 psi; therefore, the

bending moment magnitude can be determined from the flexure formula:

My

x

Iz

xIz

M

y

1.750 in.

1,009.820 lb-in. 1,010 lb-in. 84.2 lb-ft

(b) Bending stress at point H:

At point H, y = 0.75 in. The bending stress is computed with the flexure formula:

My

( 1,009.820 lb-in.)( 0.75 in.)

x

Iz

0.67969 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.11 The cross-sectional dimensions of a boxshaped beam are shown in Fig. P8.11. If the

maximum allowable bending stress is b =

15,000 psi, determine the maximum internal

bending moment Mz magnitude that can be

applied to the beam.

Fig. P8.11

Solution

Moment of inertia about z axis:

(3 in.)(2 in.)3 (2.5 in.)(1 in.)3

Iz

1.791667 in.4

12

12

Maximum internal bending moment Mz:

Mc

x z

Iz

xIz

c

26,875 lb-in. 2,240 lb-ft

1 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P8.12. The internal bending moment

about the z centroidal axis is Mz = +2.70 kip-ft.

Determine:

(a) the maximum tension bending stress in the

beam.

(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the

beam.

Fig. P8.12

Solution

Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)

yi

Shape

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

2

(in. )

(in.)

(in.3)

left stem

2.000

2.000

4.000

top flange

2.500

3.750

9.375

right stem

2.000

2.000

4.000

2

6.500 in.

17.375 in.3

yi Ai 17.375 in.3

y

2.673 in.

Ai

6.500 in.2

(measured upward from bottom edge of section)

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left stem

2.66667

0.67308

0.90607

top flange

0.05208

1.07692

2.89941

right stem

2.66667

0.67308

0.90607

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

3.57273

2.95149

3.57273

10.09696

For a positive bending moment, tension bending stresses will be created below the neutral axis.

Therefore, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at point K (i.e., y = 2.673 in.):

My

(2.70 kip-ft)( 2.673 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

Iz

10.09696 in.4

(b) Determine maximum compression bending stress:

For a positive bending moment, compression bending stresses will be created above the neutral axis.

Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress will occur at point H (i.e., y = 4 in. 2.673 in. =

1.327 in.):

My

(2.70 kip-ft)(1.327 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

Iz

10.09696 in.4

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P8.13.

(a) If the bending stress at point K is 35.0 MPa (T),

determine the bending stress at point H. State

whether the normal stress at H is tension or

compression.

(b) If the allowable bending stress is b = 165 MPa,

determine the magnitude of the maximum bending

moment Mz that can be supported by the beam.

Fig. P8.13

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top flange

540,000.000

160.000

184,320,000.000

web

32,518,666.667

0.000

0.000

bottom flange

540,000.000

160.000

184,320,000.000

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

184,860,000.000

32,518,666.667

184,860,000.000

402,238,666.667

(a) At point K, y = 90 mm, and at point H, y = 175 mm. The bending stress at K is x = +35 MPa, and

the bending stress is distributed linearly over the depth of the cross section. Therefore, the bending

stress at H can be found from the ratio:

H

yH

K

yK

H K

yH

175 mm

(35.0 MPa)

68.056 MPa 68.1 MPa (T)

yK

90 mm

Ans.

Mc

x z

Iz

xIz

Mz

c

175 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P8.14.

(a) If the bending stress at point K is 9.0 MPa (T),

determine the bending stress at point H. State

whether the normal stress at H is tension or

compression.

(b) If the allowable bending stress is b = 165 MPa,

determine the magnitude of the maximum bending

moment Mz that can be supported by the beam.

Fig. P8.14

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(mm )

(mm)

left flange

9,720,000

0

web

31,680

0

right flange

9,720,000

0

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

dA

(mm4)

0

0

0

IC + dA

(mm4)

9,720,000

31,680

9,720,000

19,471,680

(a) At point K, y = 60 mm, and at point H, y = +90 mm. The bending stress at K is x = +9.0 MPa, and

the bending stress is distributed linearly over the depth of the cross section. Therefore, the bending

stress at H can be found from the ratio:

H

yH

K

yK

H K

yH

90 mm

(9.0 MPa)

13.50 MPa 13.50 MPa (C)

yK

60 mm

Ans.

Mc

x z

Iz

xIz

M

c

90 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P8.15. The internal bending moment

about the z centroidal axis is Mz = 1.55 kip-ft.

Determine:

(a) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam.

(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the

beam.

Fig. P8.15

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

top flange

left web

left bottom flange

right web

right bottom flange

yi Ai

Ai

Area Ai

(in.2)

8.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

20.0 in.2

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

4.5

2.5

0.5

2.5

0.5

yi Ai

(in.3)

36.0

7.5

1.5

7.5

1.5

54.0 in.3

54.0 in.3

2.70 in. (measured upward from bottom edge of bottom flange)

20.0 in.2

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange

0.6667

1.8000

25.9200

left web

2.2500

0.2000

0.1200

left bottom flange

0.2500

2.2000

14.5200

right web

2.2500

0.2000

0.1200

right bottom flange

0.2500

2.2000

14.5200

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

26.5867

2.3700

14.7700

2.3700

14.7700

60.8667

For a negative bending moment, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the top surface of the

cross section. From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the top surface is:

My

( 1.55 kip-ft)(5.0 in. 2.70 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

Iz

60.8667 in.4

(b) Maximum compression bending stress:

The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the bottom surface of the cross section. From

the flexure formula, the bending stress at the bottom surface is:

My

( 1.55 kip-ft)( 2.70 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

Iz

60.8667 in.4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P8.16. The internal bending moment

about the z centroidal axis is Mz = +270 lb-ft.

Determine:

(a) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam.

(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the

beam.

Solution

Fig. P8.16

yi

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

2

(in. )

(in.)

(in.3)

bottom flange

0.40625

0.06250

0.02539

left web

0.28125

1.25000

0.35156

left top flange

0.09375

2.43750

0.22852

right web

0.28125

1.25000

0.35156

right top flange

0.09375

2.43750

0.22852

2

1.15625 in.

1.18555 in.3

yi Ai 1.18555 in.3

y

Ai

1.15625 in.2

Shape

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

bottom flange

0.000529

0.962838

0.376617

left web

0.118652

0.224662

0.014196

left top flange

0.000122

1.412162

0.186956

right web

0.118652

0.224662

0.014196

right top flange

0.000122

1.412162

0.186956

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

0.377146

0.132848

0.187079

0.132848

0.187079

1.016999

For a positive bending moment of Mz = +270 lb-ft, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the

bottom surface of the cross section (i.e., y = 1.0253 in.). From the flexure formula, the bending stress

at the bottom of the cross section is:

My

(270 lb-ft)( 1.0253 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

Iz

1.016999 in.4

(b) Maximum compression bending stress:

The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the top surface of the cross section (i.e., y = 2.50

in. 1.0253 in. = 1.4747 in.). From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the top of the cross

section is:

My

(270 lb-ft)(1.4747 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

Iz

1.016999 in.4

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.17 Two vertical forces are applied to a simply supported beam (Fig. P8.17a) having the cross section

shown in Fig. P8.17b. Determine the maximum tension and compression bending stresses produced in

segment BC of the beam.

Fig. P8.17a

Fig. P8.17b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

top flange

stem

yi Ai

Ai

Area Ai

(mm2)

3,000.0

1,440.0

4,440 mm2

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

167.5

80.0

yi Ai

(mm3)

502,500.0

115,200.0

617,700 mm3

139.1216 mm (measured upward from bottom edge of stem)

4,440 mm2

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top flange

56,250.00

28.38

2,415,997.08

stem

3,072,000.00

59.12

5,033,327.25

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

2,472,247.08

8,105,327.25

10,577,574.32

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The maximum moment occurs between B and C. The moment magnitude is 12 kN-m.

Maximum tension bending stress:

For a positive bending moment, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the bottom surface of

this cross section. From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the bottom of the tee stem is:

My

(12 kN-m)( 139.1216 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)

x

Ans.

Iz

10.5776 106 mm 4

Maximum compression bending stress:

The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the top of the flange:

My

x

Iz

10.5776 106 mm 4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.18 Two vertical forces are applied to a simply supported beam (Fig. P8.18a) having the cross section

shown in Fig. P8.18b. Determine the maximum tension and compression bending stresses produced in

segment BC of the beam.

Fig. P8.18a

Fig. P8.18b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

left stem

bottom flange

right stem

Area Ai

(in.2)

0.7500

0.5000

0.7500

2.000 in.2

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

1.5000

0.1250

1.5000

yi Ai

(in.3)

1.1250

0.0625

1.1250

2.3125 in.3

yi Ai

2.3125 in.3

y

Ai

2.000 in.2

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left stem

0.56250

0.34375

0.08862

bottom flange

0.00260

1.03125

0.53174

right stem

0.56250

0.34375

0.08862

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

0.65112

0.53434

0.65112

1.83659

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The maximum moment occurs between B and C. The moment magnitude is 600 lb-ft.

Maximum tension bending stress:

For a positive bending moment, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the bottom surface of

this cross section at y = 1.1563 in. From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the bottom of the U

shape is:

My

(600 lb-ft)( 1.1563 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

Iz

1.83659 in.4

Maximum compression bending stress:

The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the top of the U shape, where y = 1.8438 in.:

My

(600 lb-ft)(1.8438 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

Ans.

Iz

1.83659 in.4

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.19 A WT230 26 standard steel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.19a.

The dimensions from the top and bottom of the shape to the centroidal axis are shown on the sketch of

the cross section (Fig. P8.19b). Consider the entire 4-m length of the beam and determine:

(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and

(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.19a

Fig. P8.19b

Solution

Section properties

From Appendix B:

Iz

16.7 106 mm 4

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 13.61 kN-m

negative M = 20.00 kN-m

Bending stresses at max positive moment

(13.61 kN-m)(60.7 mm)(1,000) 2

x

16.7 106 mm 4

49.5 MPa (C)

x

16.7 106 mm 4

133.9 MPa (T)

( 20 kN-m)(60.7 mm)(1,000)2

x

16.7 106 mm 4

72.7 MPa (T)

x

16.7 106 mm 4

196.8 MPa (C)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.20 A WT305 41 standard steel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.20a.

The dimensions from the top and bottom of the shape to the centroidal axis are shown on the sketch of

the cross section (Fig. P8.19b). Consider the entire 10-m length of the beam and determine:

(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and

(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.20a

Fig. P8.20b

Solution

Section properties

From Appendix B:

Iz

48.7 106 mm 4

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 45.84 kN-m

negative M = 24.00 kN-m

Bending stresses at max positive moment

(45.84 kN-m)(88.9 mm)(1,000) 2

x

48.7 106 mm 4

83.7 MPa (C)

x

48.7 106 mm 4

198.7 MPa (T)

( 24 kN-m)(88.9 mm)(1,000) 2

x

48.7 106 mm 4

43.8 MPa (T)

x

48.7 106 mm 4

104.0 MPa (C)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.21 A steel tee shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.21a. The dimensions of

the shape are shown in Fig. P8.21b. Consider the entire 24-ft length of the beam and determine:

(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and

(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.21a

Fig. P8.21b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

top flange

stem

yi Ai

Ai

Area Ai

(in.2)

24.0000

13.8750

37.875 in.2

590.3438 in.3

37.8750 in.2

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

19.2500

9.2500

yi Ai

(in.3)

462.0000

128.3438

590.3438 in.3

15.5866 in.

4.4134 in.

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange

4.5000

3.6634

322.0861

stem

395.7266

6.3366

557.1219

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

326.5861

952.8484

1,279.4345

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 100.75 kip-ft

negative M = 68.00 kip-ft

Bending stresses at max positive moment

(100.75 kip-ft)(4.4134 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

1, 279.4345 in.4

4.17 ksi (C)

(100.75 kip-ft)( 15.5866 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

1, 279.4345 in.4

14.73 ksi (T)

Bending stresses at max negative moment

( 68 kip-ft)(4.4134 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

1, 279.4345 in.4

2.81 ksi (T)

( 68 kip-ft)( 15.5866 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

1, 279.4345 in.4

9.94 ksi (C)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.22 A flanged wooden shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.22a. The

dimensions of the shape are shown in Fig. P8.22b. Consider the entire 18-ft length of the beam and

determine:

(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and

(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.22a

Fig. P8.22b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

top flange

web

bottom flange

yi Ai

Ai

Area Ai

(in.2)

20.0

16.0

12.0

48.0 in.2

328.0 in.3

48.0 in.2

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

11.0

6.0

1.0

yi Ai

(in.3)

220.0

96.0

12.0

328.0 in.3

5.1667 in.

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange

6.667

4.167

347.222

web

85.333

0.833

11.111

bottom flange

4.000

5.833

408.333

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

353.889

96.444

412.333

862.667

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 10,580 lb-ft

negative M = 8,400 lb-ft

Bending stresses at max positive moment

(10,580 lb-ft)(5.1667 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

862.667 in.4

760.4 psi (C)

x

862.667 in.4

1,005.6 psi (T)

( 8, 400 lb-ft)(5.1667 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

862.667 in.4

603.7 psi (T)

x

862.667 in.4

798.5 psi (C)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.23 A channel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.23a. The dimensions of

the shape are shown in Fig. P8.23b. Consider the entire 12-ft length of the beam and determine:

(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and

(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.23a

Fig. P8.23b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

left stem

top flange

right stem

yi Ai

Ai

Area Ai

(in.2)

3.000

5.500

3.000

11.500 in.2

49.625 in.3

11.500 in.2

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

3.000

5.750

3.000

4.3152 in.

1.6848 in.

yi Ai

(in.3)

9.000

31.625

9.000

49.625 in.3

(from top of shape to centroid)

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left stem

9.0000

1.3152

5.1894

top flange

0.1146

1.4348

11.3223

right stem

9.0000

1.3152

5.1894

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

14.1894

11.4369

14.1894

39.8157

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 8,850 lb-ft

negative M = 9,839 lb-ft

Bending stresses at max positive moment

(8,850 lb-ft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

39.8157 in.4

4, 494 psi (C) 4.49 ksi (C)

x

39.8157 in.4

11,510 psi (T) 11.51 ksi (T)

( 9,839 lb-ft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)

x

39.8157 in.4

4,996 psi (T) 5.00 ksi (T)

x

39.8157 in.4

12, 796 psi (C) 12.80 ksi (C)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.24 A W360 72 standard steel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.24a.

The shape is oriented so that bending occurs about the weak axis as shown in Fig. P8.24b. Consider the

entire 6-m length of the beam and determine:

(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and

(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.

Fig. P8.24a

Fig. P8.24b

Solution

Section properties

From Appendix B:

Iz

bf

204 mm

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 31.50 kN-m

negative M = 25.87 kN-m

Since the shape is symmetric about the z axis,

the largest bending stresses will occur at the

location of the largest moment magnitude

either positive or negative. In this case, the

largest bending stresses will occur where the

moment magnitude is 31.50 kN-m.

Bending stresses at maximum moment

(31.50 kN-m)( 204 mm/2)(1,000)2

x

21.4 106 mm4

150.1 MPa (T) and (C)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shaft supports loads PA = 180 lb and PC

= 240 lb as shown in Fig. P8.25.

Assume L1 = 5 in., L2 = 16 in., and L3 =

8 in. The bearing at B can be idealized

as a roller support and the bearing at D

can be idealized as a pin support.

Determine the magnitude and location

of the maximum bending stress in the

shaft.

Fig. P8.25

Solution

Section properties

I

64

D4

64

(1.00 in.)4

0.049087 in.4

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 980 lb-in.

negative M = 900 lb-in.

Since the circular cross section is symmetric

about the z axis, the largest bending stresses

will occur at the location of the largest moment

magnitude either positive or negative. In this

case, the largest bending stresses will occur at

C, where the moment magnitude is 980 lb-in.

Bending stresses at maximum moment

(980 lb-in.)( 1.00 in./2)

x

0.049087 in.4

9,980 psi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shaft supports loads PA = 1,400 N and

PC = 2,600 N as shown in Fig. P8.26.

Assume L1 = 100 mm, L2 = 200 mm,

and L3 = 150 mm. The bearing at B can

be idealized as a roller support and the

bearing at D can be idealized as a pin

support. Determine the magnitude and

location of the maximum bending stress

in the shaft.

Fig. P8.26

Solution

Section properties

I

64

D4

64

(30 mm)4

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 162,857 N-mm

negative M = 140,000 N-mm

Since the circular cross section is symmetric

about the z axis, the largest bending stresses

will occur at the location of the largest moment

magnitude either positive or negative. In this

case, the largest bending stresses will occur

where the moment magnitude is 162,857 Nmm.

Bending stresses at maximum moment

(162,857 N-mm)( 30 mm/2)

x

39,760.8 mm 4

61.4 MPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

supports loads PA = 500 N, PC = 1,750

N, and PE = 500 N as shown in Fig.

P8.27. Assume L1 = 90 mm, L2 = 260

mm, L3 = 140 mm, and L4 = 160 mm.

The bearing at B can be idealized as a

roller support and the bearing at D can

be idealized as a pin support. Determine

the magnitude and location of the

maximum bending stress in the shaft.

Fig. P8.27

Solution

Section properties

Iz

64

D4

64

(20 mm)4

7,853.9816 mm4

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 91,500 N-mm

negative M = 80,000 N-mm

Since the circular cross section is symmetric

about the z axis, the largest bending stresses

will occur at the location of the largest moment

magnitude either positive or negative. In this

case, the largest bending stresses will occur at

C, where the moment magnitude is 91,500 Nmm.

Bending stresses at maximum moment

(91,500 N-mm)( 20 mm/2)

x

7,853.9816 mm 4

116.5 MPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

supports loads PA = 250 lb, PC = 600 lb,

and PE = 250 lb as shown in Fig. P8.28.

Assume L1 = 9 in., L2 = 24 in., L3 = 12

in., and L4 = 15 in. The bearing at B can

be idealized as a roller support and the

bearing at D can be idealized as a pin

support. Determine the magnitude and

location of the maximum bending stress

in the shaft.

Fig. P8.28

Solution

Section properties

I

64

D4

64

(1.75 in.)4

0.460386 in.4

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 1,550 lb-in.

negative M = 3,750 lb-in.

Since the circular cross section is symmetric

about the z axis, the largest bending stresses

will occur at the location of the largest moment

magnitude either positive or negative. In this

case, the largest bending stresses will occur at

support D, where the moment magnitude is

3,750 lb-in.

Bending stresses at maximum moment

( 3,750 lb-in.)( 1.75 in./2)

x

0.460386 in.4

7,130 psi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

is used to support the loads shown on the

beam in Fig. P8.29. The shape is oriented so

that bending occurs about the strong axis.

Determine the magnitude and location of the

maximum bending stress in the beam.

Fig. P8.29

Solution

Section properties

From Appendix B:

Iz

333 in.4

12 in.

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 124.59 kip-ft

negative M = 72.00 kip-ft

Since the shape is symmetric about the z axis,

the largest bending stresses will occur at the

location of the largest moment magnitude

either positive or negative. In this case, the

largest bending stresses will occur at C, where

the moment magnitude is 124.59 kip-ft.

(124.59 kip-ft)( 12 in./2)(12 in./ft)

x

333 in.4

26.9 ksi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

is used to support the loads shown on

the beam in Fig. P8.30. The shape is

oriented so that bending occurs about

the strong axis. Determine the

magnitude and location of the

maximum bending stress in the beam.

Fig. P8.30

Solution

Section properties

From Appendix B:

Iz

216 106 mm 4

406 mm

Maximum bending moments

positive M = 50 kN-m

negative M = 70 kN-m

Since the shape is symmetric about the z axis,

the largest bending stresses will occur at the

location of the largest moment magnitude

either positive or negative. In this case, the

largest bending stresses will occur between B

and C, where the moment magnitude is 70 kNm.

(70 kN-m)( 406 mm/2)(1,000)2

65.8 MPa

x

216 106 mm 4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

PA = 200 lb and PD = 300 lb as shown

in Fig. P8.31. Assume L1 = 6 in.,

L2 = 20 in., and L3 = 10 in. The bearing

at B can be idealized as a roller support

and the bearing at C can be idealized

as a pin support. If the allowable

bending stress is 8 ksi, determine the

minimum diameter that can be used for

the shaft.

Fig. P8.31

Solution

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moment magnitude

M = 3,000 lb-in.

Minimum required section modulus

M

x

S

M

S

3, 000 lb-in.

0.375 in.3

8, 000 psi

d3

S

32

Minimum shaft diameter

d 3

0.375 in.3

32

d 1.563 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

PA = 500 N and PD = 400 N as shown

in Fig. P8.32. Assume L1 = 200 mm,

L2 = 660 mm, and L3 = 340 mm. The

bearing at B can be idealized as a roller

support and the bearing at C can be

idealized as a pin support. If the

allowable bending stress is 25 MPa,

determine the minimum diameter that

can be used for the shaft.

Fig. P8.32

Solution

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moment magnitude

M = 136,000 N-mm

Minimum required section modulus

M

x

S

M

S

5, 440 mm3

25 N/mm 2

d3

S

32

Minimum shaft diameter

d 3

5,440 mm3

32

d 38.1 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.33 A simply supported wood beam (Fig. P8.33a) with a span of L = 20 ft supports a uniformly

distributed load of w = 800 lb/ft. The allowable bending stress of the wood is 1,400 psi. If the aspect

ratio of the solid rectangular wood beam is specified as h/b = 1.5 (Fig. P8.33b), determine the minimum

width b that can be used for the beam.

Fig. P8.33a

Fig. P8.33b

Solution

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Also, see Example 7-3 for shear-force and bending-moment diagram development.

Maximum bending moment

wL2 (800 lb/ft)(20 ft) 2

M max

8

8

40, 000 lb-ft 480, 000 lb-in.

Minimum required section modulus

M

x

S

M

S

342.8571 in.3

1, 400 psi

I bh3 /12 bh 2

S

c

h/2

6

The aspect ratio of the solid rectangular wood beam is specified as h/b = 1.5; therefore, the section

modulus can be expressed as:

bh 2 b(1.5b) 2 2.25b3

S

0.3750b3

6

6

6

Minimum allowable beam width

0.3750b3 342.8571 in.3

b 9.71 in.

Ans.

h / b 1.5

h 1.5b 1.5(9.71 in.) 14.57 in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.34 A simply supported wood beam (Fig. P8.34a) with a span of L = 14 ft supports a uniformly

distributed load of w. The beam width is b = 6 in. and the beam height is h = 10 in. (Fig. P8.34b). The

allowable bending stress of the wood is 900 psi. Determine the magnitude of the maximum load w that

may be carried by the beam.

Fig. P8.34a

Fig. P8.34b

Solution

Moment of inertia for rectangular cross section about horizontal centroidal axis

bh3 (6 in.)(10 in.)3

I

500 in.4

12

12

Maximum allowable moment

x I (900 psi)(500 in.4 )

Mc

x

M

I

c

5 in.

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Also, see Example 7-3 for shear-force and bending-moment diagram development.

Determine distributed load intensity

Equate the moment expression from the bendingmoment diagram to the maximum allowable moment

that can be applied to the rectangular cross section:

wL2

M max

7,500 lb-ft

8

Solve for the maximum distributed load w that can be

applied to the 14-ft simple span:

wL2 w(14 ft) 2

7,500 lb-ft

8

8

8(7,500 lb-ft)

Ans.

w

306 lb/ft

(14 ft) 2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.35 A cantilever timber beam (Fig. P8.35a) with a span of L = 2.5 m supports a uniformly distributed

load of w = 4 kN/m. The allowable bending stress of the wood is 9 MPa. If the aspect ratio of the solid

rectangular timber is specified as h/b = 0.5 (Fig. P8.35b), determine the minimum width b that can be

used for the beam.

Fig. P8.35a

Fig. P8.35b

Solution

Maximum moment magnitude:

The maximum bending moment magnitude in the cantilever beam occurs at support A:

wL2 (4 kN/m)(2.5 m) 2

M max

2

2

Minimum required section modulus

M

x

S

M

S

1.3889 106 mm3

2

9 N/mm

I bh3 /12 bh 2

S

c

h/2

6

The aspect ratio of the solid rectangular wood beam is specified as h/b = 0.5; therefore, the section

modulus can be expressed as:

bh 2 b(0.5b) 2 0.25b3

S

0.0416667b3

6

6

6

Minimum allowable beam width

0.0416667b3 1.3889 106 mm3

b 321.83 mm 322 mm

Ans.

h / b 0.5

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.36 A cantilever timber beam (Fig. P8.36a) with a span of L = 3 m supports a uniformly distributed

load of w. The beam width is b = 300 mm and the beam height is h = 200 mm (Fig. P8.36b). The

allowable bending stress of the wood is 6 MPa. Determine the magnitude of the maximum load w that

may be carried by the beam.

Fig. P8.36a

Fig. P8.36b

Solution

Section modulus for solid rectangular section

I bh3 /12 bh 2 (300 mm)(200 mm) 2

S

2 106 mm3

c

h/2

6

6

Maximum allowable bending moment:

M

x

M allow x S (6 N/mm2 )(2 106 mm3 ) 12 106 N-mm

S

Maximum bending moment in cantilever span:

The maximum bending moment magnitude in the cantilever beam occurs at support A:

wL2

M max

2

Maximum distributed load:

wL2

M allow

2

2M allow

2(12 106 N-mm)

wallow

L2

[(3 m)(1,000 mm/m)]2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

constructed from a standard steel W-shape

using an allowable bending stress of 24 ksi.

(a) Develop a list of five acceptable shapes

that could be used for this beam. On this list,

include the most economical W10, W12,

W14, W16, and W18 shapes.

(b) Select the most economical W shape for

this beam.

Fig. P8.37

Solution

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moment magnitude

M = 90 kip-ft

Minimum required section modulus

M

x

S

M

S

45 in.3

24 ksi

W10 45,

S 49.1 in.3

W12 40,

S 51.5 in.3

W14 34,

S 48.6 in.3

W16 31,

S 47.2 in.3

W18 35,

S 57.6 in.3

W16 31

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

constructed from a standard steel W-shape using

an allowable bending stress of 165 MPa.

(a) Develop a list of four acceptable shapes that

could be used for this beam. Include the most

economical W360, W410, W460, and W530

shapes on the list of possibilities.

(b) Select the most economical W shape for this

beam.

Fig. P8.38

Solution

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moment magnitude

M = 206.630 kN-m

Minimum required section modulus

M

x

S

M

S

(206.63 kN-m)(1,000) 2

1, 252 103 mm3

2

165 N/mm

W360 79,

S 1, 270 103 mm3

W410 75,

W460 74,

W530 66,

W530 66

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

constructed from a standard steel W-shape using

an allowable bending stress of 165 MPa.

(a) Develop a list of four acceptable shapes that

could be used for this beam. Include the most

economical W360, W410, W460, and W530

shapes on the list of possibilities.

(b) Select the most economical W shape for this

beam.

Fig. P8.39

Solution

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moment magnitude

M = 238.57 kN-m

Minimum required section modulus

M

x

S

M

S

(238.57 kN-m)(1,000)2

1, 446 103 mm3

2

165 N/mm

W360 101, S 1, 690 103 mm3

W410 85,

W460 74,

W530 74,

W460 74 or W530 74

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.40 The beam shown in Fig. P8.40 will be constructed from a standard

steel W-shape using an allowable bending stress of 165 MPa.

(a) Develop a list of four acceptable shapes that could be used for this

beam. Include the most economical W310, W360, W410, and W460

shapes on the list of possibilities.

(b) Select the most economical W shape for this beam.

Fig. P8.40

Solution

Maximum moment magnitude:

The maximum bending moment magnitude occurs at the base of the cantilever beam:

1

1

M max (15 kN)(3.0 m) (40 kN/m)(3.0 m) (3.0 m)

2

3

6

105.0 kN-m 105.0 10 N-mm

Minimum required section modulus

M

x

S

M (105.0 kN-m)(1,000) 2

S

2

x

165 N/mm

(a) Acceptable steel W-shapes

W310 60,

S 844 103 mm3

W360 44,

W460 52,

W360 44

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

constructed from a standard steel HSS-shape

using an allowable bending stress of 30 ksi.

(a) Develop a list of three acceptable shapes that

could be used for this beam. On this list, include

the most economical HSS8, HSS10, and HSS12

shapes.

(b) Select the most economical HSS-shape for this

beam.

Fig. P8.41

Solution

Shear-force and bending-moment diagrams

Maximum bending moment magnitude

M = 45.56 kip-ft

Minimum required section modulus

M

x

S

M

S

18.22 in.3

30 ksi

HSS8 none are acceptable

HSS10 4 3 / 8,

S 20.8 in.3

HSS10 6 3 / 8,

S 27.4 in.3

HSS12 6 3 / 8,

S 35.9 in.3

HSS12 8 3 / 8,

S 43.7 in.3

HSS10 4 3 / 8

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.42 A composite beam is fabricated by bolting two 3 in. wide 12 in. deep timber planks to the sides

of a 0.50 in. 12 in. steel plate (Fig. P8.42b). The moduli of elasticity of the timber and the steel are

1,800 ksi and 30,000 ksi, respectively. The simply supported beam spans a distance of 20 ft and carries

two concentrated loads P, which are applied at the quarter points of the span (Fig. P8.42a).

(a) Determine the maximum bending stresses produced in the timber planks and the steel plate if P = 3

kips.

(b) Assume that the allowable bending stresses of the timber and the steel are 1,200 psi and 24,000 psi,

respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for concentrated loads P. (You may neglect

the weight of the beam in your calculations.)

Fig. P8.42a

Fig. P8.42b

Solution

Let the timber be denoted as material (1) and the steel plate as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 30, 000 ksi

n

16.6667

E1

1,800 ksi

Transform the steel plate (2) into an equivalent amount of wood (1) by multiplying its width by the

modular ratio: b2, trans = 16.6667(0.50 in.) = 8.3333 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 12 in. 0.50

in. steel plate is replaced by a wood board that is 12 in. deep and 8.3333-in. thick.

Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(in. )

(in.)

timber (1)

864

0

transformed steel plate (2)

1,200

0

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA

(in.4)

0

0

IC + dA

(in.4)

864

1,200

2,064 in.4

The maximum bending moment in the simply supported beam with two 3-kip concentrated loads is:

M max (3 kips)(5 ft) 15 kip-ft 180 kip-in.

Bending stress in timber (1)

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in timber (1) is:

My

(180 kip-in.)( 6 in.)

0.5233 ksi 523 psi

1

I

2, 064 in.4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the

maximum bending stress in steel plate (2) is:

My

(180 kip-in.)( 6 in.)

n

(16.6667)

8.7209 ksi 8,720 psi

Ans.

2

I

2,064 in.4

Determine maximum P

If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 1,200 psi, then the maximum bending moment that may

be supported by the beam is:

My

(1.200 ksi)(2, 064 in.4 )

1I

M

412.80 kip-in.

1

max

I

y

6 in.

If the allowable bending stress in the steel is 165 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be

supported by the beam is:

My

(24.00 ksi)(2,064 in.4 )

2I

n

M

495.36 kip-in.

2

max

I

ny

(16.667)(6 in.)

Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment

magnitude is of interest here.

From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 412.80 kip-in. The

maximum concentrated load magnitude P that can be supported is found from:

M max (5 ft)P

M max

5 ft

412.80 kip-in.

(5 ft)(12 in./ft)

6.88 kips

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

consists of 4-mm-thick fiberglass faces bonded to a 20mm-thick particleboard core is shown in Fig. P8.43.

The beam is subjected to a bending moment of 55 N-m

acting about the z axis. The elastic moduli for the

fiberglass and the particleboard are 30 GPa and 10 GPa,

respectively. Determine:

(a) the maximum bending stresses in the fiberglass

faces and the particleboard core.

(b) the stress in the fiberglass at the joint where the two

materials are bonded together.

Fig. P8.43

Solution

Let the particleboard be denoted as material (1) and the fiberglass as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 30 GPa

n

3

E1 10 GPa

Transform the fiberglass faces into an equivalent amount of particleboard by multiplying their width by

the modular ratio: b2, trans = 3(50 mm) = 150 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 50 mm 4 mm

fiberglass faces are replaced by particleboard faces that are 150-mm wide and 4-mm thick.

Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(mm )

(mm)

transformed fiberglass top face

800.00

12.00

particleboard core

33,333.33

0

transformed fiberglass bot face

800.00

12.00

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA

(mm4)

86,400.00

0

86,400.00

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in the particleboard core is:

My

(55 N-m)( 10 mm)(1,000 mm/m)

2.65 MPa

1

I

207,733.33 mm 4

IC + dA

(mm4)

87,200.00

33,333.33

87,200.00

207,733.33 mm4

Ans.

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the

maximum bending stress in the fiberglass faces (2) is:

My

(55 N-m)( 14 mm)(1,000 mm/m)

n

(3)

11.12 MPa

Ans.

2

I

207,733.33 mm 4

Bending stress in fiberglass (2) at interface

At the interface between the particleboard and the fiberglass, y = 10 mm:

My

(55 N-m)( 10 mm)(1,000 mm/m)

n

(3)

7.94 MPa

2

I

207,733.33 mm 4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

100 GPa] plates bonded to an aluminum [E = 75

GPa] bar, as shown in Fig. P8.44. The beam is

subjected to a bending moment of 1,750 N-m acting

about the z axis. Determine:

(a) the maximum bending stresses in the brass

plates and the aluminum bar.

(b) the stress in the brass at the joints where the two

materials are bonded together.

Fig. P8.44

Solution

Let the aluminum be denoted as material (1) and the brass as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 100 GPa

n

1.3333

E1 75 GPa

Transform the brass plates into an equivalent amount of aluminum by multiplying their width by the

modular ratio: b2, trans = 1.3333(50 mm) = 66.6666 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 50 mm 10

mm brass plates are replaced by aluminum plates that are 66.6666-mm wide and 10-mm thick.

Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(mm )

(mm)

transformed top brass plate

5,555.55

20

aluminum bar

112,500.00

0

transformed bot brass plate

5,555.55

20

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA

(mm4)

266,666.40

0

266,666.40

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in the aluminum bar is:

My

(1,750 N-m)( 15 mm)(1,000 mm/m)

40.0 MPa

1

I

656,943.90 mm 4

IC + dA

(mm4)

272,221.95

112,500.00

272,221.95

656,943.90 mm4

Ans.

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the

maximum bending stress in the brass plates (2) is:

My

(1,750 N-m)( 25 mm)(1,000 mm/m)

n

(1.3333)

88.8 MPa

Ans.

2

I

656,943.90 mm 4

Bending stress in brass plates (2) at interface

At the interface between the brass plates and the aluminum bar, y = 15 mm:

My

(1,750 N-m)( 15 mm)(1,000 mm/m)

n

(1.3333)

53.3 MPa

2

I

656,943.90 mm 4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.45 An aluminum [E = 10,000 ksi] bar is bonded to a steel [E = 30,000 ksi] bar to form a composite

beam (Fig. P8.45b). The composite beam is subjected to a bending moment of M = +300 lb-ft about the

z axis (Fig. P8.45a). Determine:

(a) the maximum bending stresses in the aluminum and steel bars.

(b) the stress in the two materials at the joint where they are bonded together.

Fig. P8.45a

Fig. P8.45b

Solution

Denote the aluminum as material (1) and denote the steel as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 30, 000 ksi

n

3

E1 10,000 ksi

Transform the steel bar (2) into an equivalent amount of aluminum (1) by multiplying its width by the

modular ratio: b2, trans = 3(2.00 in.) = 6.00 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 2.00 in. 0.75 in. steel

bar is replaced by an aluminum bar that is 6.00-in. wide and 0.75-in. thick.

Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction

Shape

aluminum bar (1)

transformed steel bar (2)

yi Ai

Ai

4.1875 in.3

5.50 in.2

Width b

(in.)

2.00

6.00

Height h

(in.)

0.50

0.75

Area Ai

(in.2)

1.00

4.50

5.50

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

0.25

0.875

yi Ai

(in.3)

0.2500

3.9375

4.1875

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(in. )

(in.)

aluminum bar (1)

0.02083

0.5114

transformed steel bar (2)

0.2109

0.1136

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA

(in.4)

0.2615

0.05811

IC + dA

(in.4)

0.2823

0.2690

0.5514 in.4

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in aluminum bar (1) is:

My

(300 lb-ft)( 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)

4,970 psi (T)

1

I

0.5514 in.4

Ans.

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the

maximum bending stress in steel bar (2) is:

My

(300 lb-ft)(1.250 in. 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)

Ans.

(3)

9,570 psi (C)

2

I

0.5514 in.4

(b) Bending stress in aluminum bar (1) at interface

My

(300 lb-ft)(0.50 in. 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)

1

I

0.5514 in.4

My

(300 lb-ft)(0.50 in. 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)

(3)

2

I

0.5514 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.46 An aluminum [E = 10,000 ksi] bar is bonded to a steel [E = 30,000 ksi] bar to form a composite

beam (Fig. P8.46b). The allowable bending stresses for the aluminum and steel bars are 20 ksi and 30

ksi, respectively. Determine the maximum bending moment M that can be applied to the beam.

Fig. P8.46a

Fig. P8.46b

Solution

Denote the aluminum as material (1) and denote the steel as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 30, 000 ksi

n

3

E1 10,000 ksi

Transform the steel bar (2) into an equivalent amount of aluminum (1) by multiplying its width by the

modular ratio: b2, trans = 3(2.00 in.) = 6.00 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 2.00 in. 0.75 in. steel

bar is replaced by an aluminum bar that is 6.00-in. wide and 0.75-in. thick.

Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction

Shape

aluminum bar (1)

transformed steel bar (2)

yi Ai

Ai

4.1875 in.3

5.50 in.2

Width b

(in.)

2.00

6.00

Height h

(in.)

0.50

0.75

Area Ai

(in.2)

1.00

4.50

5.50

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

0.25

0.875

yi Ai

(in.3)

0.2500

3.9375

4.1875

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(in. )

(in.)

aluminum bar (1)

0.02083

0.5114

transformed steel bar (2)

0.2109

0.1136

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA

(in.4)

0.2615

0.05811

IC + dA

(in.4)

0.2823

0.2690

0.5514 in.4

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Based on an allowable bending stress of 20 ksi for the aluminum, the maximum bending moment

magnitude that be applied to the cross section is:

My

(20 ksi)(0.5514 in.4 )

1I

(a)

M

14.484 kip-in.

1

I

y

0.7614 in.

Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable steel stress

Based on an allowable bending stress of 30 ksi for the steel, the maximum bending moment magnitude

that be applied to the cross section is:

My

(30 ksi)(0.5514 in.4 )

2I

(b)

n

M

11.285 kip-in.

2

I

ny

(3)(1.25 in. 0.7614 in.)

Maximum bending moment magnitude

From the values obtained in Eqs. (a) and (b), the maximum bending moment that can be applied to the

cross section is

Ans.

M max 11.285 kip-in. 940 lb-ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

attached to a Southern pine [E = 1,800 ksi] timber

to form a composite beam (Fig. P8.47). The

allowable bending stress for the steel plates is

24,000 psi and the allowable bending stress for the

Southern pine is 1,200 psi. Determine the maximum

bending moment that can be applied about the

horizontal axis of the beam.

Fig. P8.47

Solution

Denote the timber as material (1) and denote the steel as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 30, 000 ksi

n

16.6667

E1

1,800 ksi

Transform the steel plates into an equivalent amount of timber by multiplying their width by the

modular ratio: b2, trans = 16.6667(8 in.) = 133.3333 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 8 in. 0.25 in.

steel plates can be replaced by wood plates that are 133.3333-in. wide and 0.25-in. thick.

Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(in. )

(in.)

transformed steel plate at top

0.1736

8.125

timber (1)

3,413.3333

0

transformed steel plate at bottom

0.1736

8.125

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA

(in.4)

2,200.52

0

2,200.52

IC + dA

(in.4)

2,200.694

3,413.333

2,200.694

7,814.72 in.4

(a) Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable Southern pine stress

Based on an allowable bending stress of 1,200 psi for the Southern pine timber, the maximum bending

moment magnitude that be applied to the cross section is:

My

(1.200 ksi)(7,814.72 in.4 )

1I

(a)

M

1,172.208 kip-in.

1

I

y

8 in.

Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable steel stress

Based on an allowable bending stress of 24,000 psi for the steel plates, the maximum bending moment

magnitude that be applied to the cross section is:

My

(24 ksi)(7,814.72 in.4 )

2I

(b)

n

M

1,364.021 kip-in.

2

I

ny

(16.6667)( 8.25 in.)

Maximum bending moment magnitude

From the values obtained in Eqs. (a) and (b), the maximum bending moment that can be applied to the

cross section is

Ans.

M max 1,172.208 kip-in. 97.7 kip-ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.48 A simply supported composite beam 5 m long carries a uniformly distributed load w (Fig. P8.48a).

The beam is constructed of a Southern pine [E = 12 GPa] timber, 200 mm wide by 360 mm deep, that is

reinforced on its lower surface by a steel [E = 200 GPa] plate that is 150 mm wide by 12 mm thick (Fig.

P8.48b).

(a) Determine the maximum bending stresses produced in the timber and the steel if w = 12 kN/m.

(b) Assume that the allowable bending stresses of the timber and the steel are 9 MPa and 165 MPa,

respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for distributed load w. (You may neglect the

weight of the beam in your calculations.)

Fig. P8.48a

Fig. P8.48b

Solution

Let the timber be denoted as material (1) and the steel plate as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 200 GPa

n

16.6667

E1 12 GPa

Transform the steel plate (2) into an equivalent amount of wood (1) by multiplying its width by the

modular ratio: b2, trans = 16.6667(150 mm) = 2,500 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 150 mm

12 mm steel plate is replaced by a wood board that is 2,500-mm wide and 12-mm thick.

Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction

Shape

timber (1)

transformed steel plate (2)

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(mm)

200

2,500

14,004,000 mm3

102,000 mm2

Height h

(mm)

360

12

Area Ai

(mm2)

72,000

30,000

102,000

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

192

6

yi Ai

(mm3)

13,824,000

180,000

14,004,000

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(mm )

(mm)

timber (1)

777,600,000

54.71

transformed steel plate (2)

360,000

131.29

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA

(mm4)

215,476,817

517,144,360

IC + dA

(mm4)

993,076,817

517,504,360

1,510,581,176 mm4

= 1.5106 109 mm4

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The bending moment in the simply supported beam with a uniformly distributed load of 12 kN/m is:

wL2 (12 kN/m)(5 m) 2

M max

37.5 kN-m 37.5 106 N-mm

8

8

Bending stress in timber (1)

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in timber (1) is:

My

(37.5 106 N-mm)(372 mm 137.294 mm)

5.83 MPa (C)

1

I

1.5106 109 mm4

Ans.

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the

maximum bending stress in steel plate (2) is:

My

(37.5 106 N-mm)( 137.294 mm)

(16.6667)

56.8 MPa (T)

Ans.

2

I

1.5106 109 mm 4

Determine maximum w

If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 9 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be

supported by the beam is:

My

(9 N/mm 2 )(1.5106 109 mm 4 )

1I

M

57.925 106 N-mm

1

max

I

y

(372 mm 137.294 mm)

If the allowable bending stress in the steel is 165 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be

supported by the beam is:

My

(165 N/mm2 )(1.5106 109 mm4 )

2I

n

M

108.926 106 N-mm

2

max

I

ny

(16.6667)(137.294 mm)

Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment

magnitude is of interest here.

From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 57.925106 N-mm. The

maximum distributed load magnitude w that can be supported is found from:

wL2

M max

8

8M max 8(57.925 106 N-mm)(1 m/1000 mm)

Ans.

w

18,536 N/m 18.54 kN/m

L2

(5 m)2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.49 A glue-laminated timber beam is reinforced by carbon fiber reinforced plastic (CFRP) material

bonded to its bottom surface. The cross section of the composite beam is shown in Fig. P8.49b. The

elastic modulus of the wood is E = 12 GPa and the elastic modulus of the CFRP is 112 GPa. The simply

supported beam spans 6 m and carries a concentrated load P at midspan (Fig. P8.49a).

(a) Determine the maximum bending stresses produced in the timber and the CFRP if P = 4 kN.

(b) Assume that the allowable bending stresses of the timber and the CFRP are 9 MPa and 1,500 MPa,

respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for concentrated load P. (You may neglect the

weight of the beam in your calculations.)

Fig. P8.49a

Fig. P8.49b

Solution

Denoted the timber as material (1) and denote the CFRP as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 112 GPa

n

9.3333

E1 12 GPa

Transform the CFRP into an equivalent amount of wood by multiplying its width by the modular ratio:

b2, trans = 9.3333(40 mm) = 373.33 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 40 mm 3 mm CFRP is

replaced by a wood board that is 373.33-mm wide and 3-mm thick.

Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction

Shape

timber (1)

transformed CFRP (2)

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(mm)

90

373.33

2,881,680 mm3

23,620 mm2

Height h

(mm)

250

3

Area Ai

(mm2)

22,500

1,120

23,620

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

128

1.5

yi Ai

(mm3)

2,880,000

1,680

2,881,680

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(mm )

(mm)

timber (1)

117,187,500

6.00

transformed CFRP (2)

840

120.50

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA

(mm4)

810,000

16,262,680

IC + dA

(mm4)

117,997,500

16,263,520

134,261,020 mm4

= 134.261 106 mm4

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The maximum bending moment in the simply supported beam with a concentrated load of 4 kN at

midspan is:

PL (4 kN)(6 m)

M max

6 kN-m 6 106 N-mm

4

4

(a) Bending stress in timber (1)

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in timber (1) is:

My

(6 106 N-mm)(253 mm 122.00 mm)

5.85 MPa (C)

1

I

134.261 106 mm 4

Ans.

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the

maximum bending stress in the CFRP is:

My

(6 106 N-mm)( 122.00 mm)

(9.3333)

50.9 MPa (T)

Ans.

2

I

134.261 106 mm 4

(b) Determine maximum P

If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 9 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be

supported by the beam is:

My

(9 N/mm 2 )(134.261 106 mm 4 )

1I

M

9.224 106 N-mm

1

max

I

y

(253 mm 122.00 mm)

If the allowable bending stress in the CFRP is 1,500 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may

be supported by the beam is:

My

(1,500 N/mm2 )(134.261 106 mm4 )

2I

n

M

176.867 106 N-mm

2

max

I

ny

(9.3333)(122.00 mm)

Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment

magnitude is of interest here.

From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 9.224106 N-mm. The

maximum concentrated load magnitude P that can be supported is found from:

PL

M max

4

4M max 4(9.224 106 N-mm)(1 m/1000 mm)

Ans.

P

6,149 N 6.15 kN

L

(6 m)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.50 Two steel plates, each 4 in. wide and 0.25 in.

thick, reinforce a wood beam that is 3 in. wide and

8 in. deep. The steel plates are attached to the

vertical sides of the wood beam in a position such

that the composite shape is symmetric about the z

axis, as shown in the sketch of the beam cross

section (Fig. P8.50). Determine the maximum

bending stresses produced in both the wood and the

steel if a bending moment of Mz = +50 kip-in is

applied about the z axis. Assume Ewood = 2,000 ksi

and Esteel = 30,000 ksi.

Fig. P8.50

Solution

Let the wood be denoted as material (1) and the steel plates as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 30, 000 ksi

n

15

E1

2,000 ksi

Transform the steel plates (2) into an equivalent amount of wood (1) by multiplying the plate

thicknesses by the modular ratio: b2, trans = 15(0.25 in.) = 3.75 in. (each). Thus, for calculation purposes,

each 4 in. 0.25 in. steel plate is replaced by a wood board that is 4-in. tall and 3.75-in. wide.

Centroid location: Since the transformed section is doubly symmetric, the centroid location is found

from symmetry.

Moment of inertia about the z centroidal axis

Shape

IC

(in.4)

wood beam (1)

128

two transformed steel plates (2)

40

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

d = yi y

(in.)

0

0

dA

(in.4)

0

0

From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in wood beam (1) is:

M z c (50 kip-in.)(4 in.)

1.190 ksi 1,190 psi

1

Iz

168 in.4

IC + dA

(in.4)

128

40

168 in.4

Ans.

The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the

maximum bending stress in the steel plates (2) is:

M c

(50 kip-in.)(2 in.)

n z

(15)

8.93 ksi 8,930 psi

Ans.

2

Iz

168 in.4

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.51 A glue-laminated timber beam is reinforced by carbon fiber reinforced plastic (CFRP) material

bonded to its bottom surface. The cross section of the composite beam is shown in Fig. P8.51b. The

elastic modulus of the wood is 1,700 ksi and the elastic modulus of the CFRP is 23,800 ksi. The simply

supported beam spans 24 ft and carries two concentrated loads P, which act at the quarter-points of the

span (Fig. P8.51a). The allowable bending stresses of the timber and the CFRP are 2,400 psi and

175,000 psi, respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for the concentrated loads P.

(You may neglect the weight of the beam in your calculations.)

Fig. P8.51a

Fig. P8.51b

Solution

Denoted the timber as material (1) and denote the CFRP as material (2). The modular ratio is:

E2 23,800 ksi

n

14

E1

1,700 ksi

Transform the CFRP into an equivalent amount of wood by multiplying its width by the modular ratio:

b2, trans = 14(3 in.) = 42 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 3 in. 0.125 in. CFRP is replaced by a

wood board that is 42-in. wide and 0.125-in. thick.

Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction

Shape

timber (1)

transformed CFRP (2)

yi Ai

Ai

404.5781 in.3

71.25 in.2

Width b

(in.)

5.5

42.0

Height h

(in.)

12

0.125

Area Ai

(in.2)

66

5.25

71.25

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

6.125

0.0625

yi Ai

(in.3)

404.25

0.3281

404.5781

d = yi y

Shape

IC

4

(in. )

(in.)

timber (1)

792

0.4467

transformed CFRP (2)

0.00684

5.6158

Moment of inertia about the z axis =

dA

(in.4)

13.1703

165.5697

IC + dA

(in.4)

805.170

165.577

970.747 in.4

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Determine maximum P

If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 2,400 psi, then the maximum bending moment that may

be supported by the beam is:

My

(2.40 ksi)(970.747 in.4 )

1I

M

361.393 kip-in.

1

max

I

y

(12.125 in. 5.6783 in.)

If the allowable bending stress in the CFRP is 175,000 psi, then the maximum bending moment that may

be supported by the beam is:

My

(175 ksi)(970.747 in.4 )

2I

n

M

2,137 kip-in.

2

max

I

ny

(14)(5.6783 in.)

Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment

magnitude is of interest here.

From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 351.393 kip-in. = 30.116

kip-ft. The maximum concentrated load magnitude P that can be supported is found from:

M max (6 ft)P

P

M max

6 ft

30.116 kip-ft

6 ft

5.02 kips

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

concentrated load of P = 22 kN as shown in

Fig. P8.52. The outside diameter of the pipe is

142 mm and the wall thickness is 6.5 mm.

Determine the normal stresses produced at

points H and K.

Fig. P8.52

Solution

Section properties

d D 2t 142 mm 2(6.5 mm) 129 mm

A

Iz

4

4

D 4 d 4

(142 mm) 4 (129 mm) 4 6,364,867 mm 4

64

64

F 22 kN 22,000 N

M z (22,000 N)(370 mm) 8,140,000 N-mm

Stresses

axial

bending

F

22,000 N

A 2,766.958 mm 2

M c (8,140,000 N-mm)(142 mm/2)

z

90.802 MPa

Iz

6,364,867 mm 4

Normal stress at H

By inspection, the bending stress at H will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at H is:

H 7.951 MPa 90.802 MPa 98.753 MPa 98.8 MPa (C)

Ans.

Normal stress at K

By inspection, the bending stress at K will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at K is:

K 7.951 MPa 90.802 MPa 82.851 MPa 82.9 MPa (T)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

force of 350 lb on the wood blocks. Determine the

normal stresses produced at points H and K. The

clamp cross-sectional dimensions at the section of

interest are 1.25 in. by 0.375 in. thick.

Fig. P8.53

Solution

Section properties

A (0.375 in.)(1.250 in.) 0.468750 in.2

Iz

0.061035 in.4

12

Internal forces and moments

F 350 lb

M z (350 lb)(3.75 in. 1.25 in./2) 1,531.25 lb-in.

Stresses

axial

bending

F

350 lb

A 0.468750 in.2

M c (1,531.25 lb-in.)(1.250 in./2)

z

15,680.0 psi

Iz

0.061035 in.4

Normal stress at H

By inspection, the bending stress at H will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at H is:

H 746.667 psi 15,680 psi 16,426.667 psi 16,430 psi (T)

Ans.

Normal stress at K

By inspection, the bending stress at K will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at K is:

K 746.667 psi 15,680 psi 14,933.333 psi 14,930 psi (C)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.54 Determine the normal stresses produced at points H and K of the pier support shown in Fig. P8.54a.

Fig. P8.54a

Solution

Section properties

A (250 mm)(500 mm) 125, 000 mm 2

Iz

2.60417 109 mm 4

12

F 250 kN 400 kN 650 kN

M z (250 kN)(3.25 m) (400 kN)(2.25 m) 87.50 kN-m

Stresses

axial

F

650, 000 N

A 125, 000 mm 2

bending

8.40 MPa

Iz

2.60417 109 mm 4

Normal stress at H

By inspection, the bending stress at H will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at H is:

H 5.20 MPa 8.40 MPa 3.20 MPa 3.20 MPa (T)

Ans.

Normal stress at K

By inspection, the bending stress at K will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at K is:

K 5.20 MPa 8.40 MPa 13.60 MPa 13.60 MPa (C)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

horizontal cantilever arm ABC, as shown in Fig.

P8.55. Column CD has an outside diameter of

10.75 in. and a wall thickness of 0.365 in.

Determine the maximum compression stress at

the base of column CD.

Fig. P8.55

Solution

Section properties

d D 2t 10.750 in. 2(0.365 in.) 10.020 in.

A

Iz

4

4

D 4 d 4

(10.750 in.) 4 (10.020 in.) 4 160.734 in.4

64

64

F 700 lb 900 lb 1, 600 lb

M (700 lb)(13 ft) (900 lb)(23 ft) 29,800 lb-ft 357, 600 lb-in.

Stresses

axial

bending

F

1, 600 lb

A 11.908 in.2

M c (357, 600 lb-in.)(10.75 in./2)

11,958.27 psi

I

160.734 in.4

compression 134.36 psi 11,958.27 psi 12,092.63 psi 12.09 ksi (C)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.56 Determine the normal stresses acting at points H and K for the structure shown in Fig. P8.56a. The

cross-sectional dimensions of the vertical member are shown in Fig. P8.56b.

Fig. P8.56a

Solution

Section properties

A (4 in.)(8 in.) 32 in.2

(4 in.)(8 in.)3

Iz

170.6667 in.4

12

Internal forces and moments

F 1, 200 lb 2,800 lb 4,000 lb

M z (1, 200 lb)(12 in. 8 in./2) 19, 200 lb-in.

Stresses

axial

bending

F 4,000 lb

A

32 in.2

M c (19,200 lb-in.)(8 in./2)

z

450 psi

Iz

170.6667 in.4

Normal stress at H

By inspection, the bending stress at H will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at H is:

H 125 psi 450 psi 575 psi 575 psi (C)

Ans.

Normal stress at K

By inspection, the bending stress at K will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at K is:

K 125 psi 450 psi 325 psi 325 psi (T)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

subjected to a tension force P that is applied

15 in. above the bottom surface of the wideflange shape as shown in Fig. P8.57. If the

tension normal stress of the upper surface of

the W-shape must be limited to 18 ksi,

determine the allowable force P that may be

applied to the member.

Fig. P8.57

Solution

Section properties (from Appendix B)

Depth d 17.7 in.

A 10.3 in.2

I z 510 in.4

Stresses

axial

bending

F

P

A 10.3 in.2

M c P(15 in. 17.7 in./2)(17.7 in./2) P(6.15 in.)(8.85 in.) P(54.4275 in.2 )

z

Iz

510 in.4

510 in.4

510 in.4

The tension normal stress on the upper surface is equal to the sum of the axial and bending stresses.

Since these stresses are expressed in terms of the unknown force P, the tension normal stress is given

by:

P

P(54.4275 in.2 )

upper surface

10.3 in.2

510 in.4

P(0.097087 in.2 0.106721 in.2 )

(0.203808 in.2 ) P

The normal stress on the upper surface of the W-shape must be limited to 18 ksi; therefore,

(0.203808 in.2 ) P 18 ksi

18 ksi

88.3 kips

0.203808 in.2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

subjected to a tension force P that is applied 250

mm above the bottom surface of the tee shape, as

shown in Fig. P8.58. If the tension normal stress

of the upper surface of the WT-shape must be

limited to 150 MPa, determine the allowable

force P that may be applied to the member.

Fig. P8.58

Solution

Section properties (from Appendix B)

Depth d 300 mm

A 5, 230 mm 2

I z 48.7 106 mm 4

Stresses

axial

bending

F

P

P(1.9120 104 mm 2 )

A 5, 230 mm 2

M c P(250 mm 88.9 mm)(300 mm 88.9 mm)

z

Iz

48.7 106 mm 4

48.7 106 mm 4

P(6.9832 104 mm 2 )

The tension normal stress on the upper surface is equal to the sum of the axial and bending stresses.

Since these stresses are expressed in terms of the unknown force P, the tension normal stress is given

by:

upper surface P(1.9120 104 mm2 ) P(6.9832 104 mm2 )

(8.8953 104 mm2 ) P

The normal stress on the upper surface of the WT-shape must be limited to 150 MPa; therefore,

(8.8953 104 mm2 ) P 150 MPa

150 N/mm2

P

168,629 N 168.6 kN

8.8953 104 mm2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

plate 60 mm wide by 10 mm thick. The pin

carries a load of 1,200 N. Determine the

normal stresses acting at points H and K for

the structure shown in Fig. P8.59.

Fig. P8.59

Solution

Section properties

A (60 mm)(10 mm) 600 mm 2

5, 000 mm4

12

F 1, 200 N

M (1, 200 N)(30 mm 10 mm/2) 42,000 N-mm

Stresses

axial

bending

F 1, 200 N

A 600 mm 2

M c (42,000 N-mm)(10 mm/2)

42.00 MPa

I

5,000 mm 4

Normal stress at H

By inspection, the bending stress at H will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at H is:

H 2.00 MPa 42.00 MPa 40.00 MPa 40.0 MPa (C)

Ans.

Normal stress at K

By inspection, the bending stress at K will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at K is:

K 2.00 MPa 42.00 MPa 44.00 MPa 44.0 MPa (T)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.60 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.60b is used as a short post to support a load of P = 4,600 lb. The

load P is applied at a distance of 5 in. from the surface of the flange, as shown in Fig. P8.60a. Determine

the normal stresses at points H and K, which are located on section aa.

Fig. P8.60a

Solution

Centroid location in x direction:

Shape

width b

(in.)

12

2

flange

stem

xi Ai

Ai

height h

(in.)

2

10

164 in.3

3.7273 in.

44 in.2

8.2727 in.

Area Ai

(in.2)

24

20

44 in.2

xi

(from left)

(in.)

1

7

xi Ai

(in.3)

24

140

164 in.3

(from right side to centroid)

Shape

IC

d = xi x

dA

(in.4)

(in.)

(in.4)

flange

8

2.7273

178.5160

stem

166.6667

3.2727

214.2113

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

186.5160

380.8790

567.3940

F 4,600 lb

M z (4,600 lb)(5 in. 3.7273 in.) 40,145.455 lb-in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Stresses

F 4,600 lb

104.545 psi

A

44 in.2

M x (40,145.455 lb-in.)( 3.7273 in.)

H ,bending z

263.720 psi

Iz

567.3940 in.4

axial

K ,bending

585.329 psi

Iz

567.3940 in.4

Normal stress at H

H 104.545 psi 263.720 psi 368.265 psi 368 psi (C)

Ans.

Normal stress at K

K 104.545 psi 585.329 psi 480.784 psi 481 psi (T)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.61 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.61b is used as a short post to support a load of P. The load P is

applied at a distance of 5 in. from the surface of the flange, as shown in Fig. P8.61a. The tension and

compression normal stresses in the post must be limited to 1,000 psi and 800 psi, respectively.

Determine the maximum magnitude of load P that satisfies both the tension and compression stress

limits.

Fig. P8.61a

Solution

Centroid location in x direction:

Shape

width b

(in.)

12

2

flange

stem

xi Ai

Ai

height h

(in.)

2

10

164 in.3

3.7273 in.

44 in.2

8.2727 in.

Area Ai

(in.2)

24

20

44 in.2

xi

(from left)

(in.)

1

7

xi Ai

(in.3)

24

140

164 in.3

(from right side to centroid)

Shape

IC

d = xi x

dA

(in.4)

(in.)

(in.4)

flange

8

2.7273

178.5160

stem

166.6667

3.2727

214.2113

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

186.5160

380.8790

567.3940

FP

M z P(5 in. 3.7273 in.) (8.7273 in.)P

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Stresses

F

P

(0.022727 in.2 ) P

A

44 in.2

M x (8.7273 in.)P( 3.7273 in.)

H ,bending z

(0.057331 in.2 ) P

Iz

567.3940 in.4

axial

K ,bending

(0.127246 in.2 ) P

4

Iz

567.3940 in.

H (0.022727 in.2 ) P (0.057331 in.2 ) P (0.080058 in.2 ) P

(0.080058 in.2 ) P 800 psi

P 9,992.76 lb

K (0.022727 in.2 ) P (0.127246 in.2 ) P (0.104519 in.2 ) P

(0.104519 in.2 ) P 1, 000 psi

P 9,567.64 lb

Pmax 9,570 lb

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.62 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.62b is used as a post that supports a load of P = 25 kN. Note that

the load P is applied 400 mm from the flange of the tee shape, as shown in Fig. P8.62a. Determine the

normal stresses at points H and K.

Fig. P8.62a

Solution

Centroid location in x direction:

Shape

width b

(mm)

20

120

stem

flange

xi Ai

Ai

height h

(mm)

130

20

101.0 mm

5,000 mm 2

49.0 mm

Area Ai

(mm2)

2,600

2,400

5,000

xi

(from left)

(mm)

65

140

xi Ai

(mm3)

169,000

336,000

505,000

(from right side to centroid)

Shape

IC

d = xi x

dA

IC + dA

(mm4)

(mm)

(mm4)

(mm4)

stem

3,661,666.67

36.0

3,369,600.00

7,031,266.67

flange

80,000.00

39.0

3,650,400.00

3,730,400.00

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 10,761,666.67

Internal forces and moments

F 25 kN 25, 000 N

M z (25, 000 N)(400 mm 49.0 mm) 11, 225, 000 N-mm

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Stresses

F 25, 000 N

5 MPa

A 5, 000 mm 2

M x (11, 225, 000 N-mm)( 101.0 mm)

H ,bending z

105.35 MPa

Iz

10,761,666.67 mm 4

axial

K ,bending

51.11 MPa

Iz

10,761,666.67 mm 4

Normal stress at H

H 5 MPa 105.35 MPa 100.4 MPa (T)

Ans.

Normal stress at K

K 5 MPa 51.11 MPa 56.1 MPa (C)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.63 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.63b is used as a post that supports a load of P, which is applied 400

mm from the flange of the tee shape, as shown in Fig. P8.63a. The tension and compression normal

stresses in the post must be limited to 165 MPa and 80 MPa, respectively. Determine the maximum

magnitude of load P that satisfies both the tension and compression stress limits.

Fig. P8.63a

Solution

Centroid location in x direction:

Shape

stem

flange

width b

(mm)

20

120

height h

(mm)

130

20

xi Ai

x

101.0 mm

Ai

5,000 mm 2

49.0 mm

Area Ai

(mm2)

2,600

2,400

5,000

xi

(from left)

(mm)

65

140

xi Ai

(mm3)

169,000

336,000

505,000

(from right side to centroid)

Shape

IC

d = xi x

dA

IC + dA

4

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm )

(mm4)

stem

3,661,666.67

36.0

3,369,600.00

7,031,266.67

flange

80,000.00

39.0

3,650,400.00

3,730,400.00

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 10,761,666.67

Internal forces and moments

FP

M z P(400 mm 49.0 mm) (449.0 mm)P

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Stresses

F

P

(2 104 mm 2 ) P

2

A

5, 000 mm

M x (449 mm)P( 101.0 mm)

H ,bending z

(4.21394 103 mm 2 ) P

4

Iz

10,761,666.67 mm

axial

K ,bending

(2.04439 103 mm 2 ) P

Iz

10,761,666.67 mm 4

(4.01394 103 mm 2 ) P

(4.01394 103 mm 2 ) P 165 N/mm 2

P 41,106.7 N

Compression stress limit (at K)

K (2 104 mm 2 ) P (2.04439 103 mm 2 ) P (2.24439 10 3 mm 2 ) P

(2.24439 103 mm 2 ) P 80 N/mm 2

P 35, 644.43 N

Pmax 35.6 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

8.64 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.64b is used as a post that supports a load of P = 25 kN, which is

applied 400 mm from the flange of the tee shape, as shown in Fig. P8.64a. Determine the magnitudes

and locations of the maximum tension and compression normal stresses within the vertical portion BC of

the post.

Fig. P8.64a

Solution

Centroid location in x direction:

Shape

stem

flange

width b

(mm)

20

120

height h

(mm)

130

20

xi Ai

x

101.0 mm

Ai

5,000 mm 2

49.0 mm

Area Ai

(mm2)

2,600

2,400

5,000

xi

(from left)

(mm)

65

140

xi Ai

(mm3)

169,000

336,000

505,000

(from right side to centroid)

Shape

IC

d = xi x

dA

IC + dA

4

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm )

(mm4)

stem

3,661,666.67

36.0

3,369,600.00

7,031,266.67

flange

80,000.00

39.0

3,650,400.00

3,730,400.00

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 10,761,666.67

Internal forces and moments

F (25 kN) cos 35 20.4788 kN 20, 478.8 N

(vertical component)

V (25 kN) sin 35 14.3394 kN 14,339.4 N

(horizontal component)

at B M z (20, 478.8 N)(400 mm 49.0 mm) 9,194,981.2 N-mm

at C M z (20, 478.8 N)(400 mm 49.0 mm) (14,339.4 N)(1,200 mm) 8, 012, 298.8 N-mm

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

F 20, 478.8 N

axial

4.0958 MPa

A 5, 000 mm 2

M x (9,194,981.2 N-mm)( 101.0 mm)

H ,bending z

86.2964 MPa

Iz

10,761,666.67 mm 4

Normal stress at H at location C

M x (8, 012, 298.8 N-mm)( 101.0 mm)

H ,bending z

75.1967 MPa

Iz

10,761,666.67 mm4

Normal stress at K at location B

M x (9,194,981.2 N-mm)(49.0 mm)

K ,bending z

41.8666 MPa

Iz

10,761,666.67 mm4

Normal stress at K at location C

M x (8, 012, 298.8 N-mm)(49.0 mm)

K ,bending z

36.4816 MPa

Iz

10,761,666.67 mm4

Maximum tension stress

max tension 82.2 MPa (T)

at location B

Ans.

max compression 79.3 MPa (C)

at location C

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

a resultant moment magnitude of 2,100 N-m acting

at the angle shown in Fig. P8.65. Determine:

(a) the maximum tension and the maximum

compression bending stresses in the beam.

(b) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the

+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross

section.

Fig. P8.65

Solution

Section properties

(90 mm)(55 mm)3

Iy

12

(55 mm)(90 mm)3

Iz

12

12

(45 mm)(80 mm)3

12

Moment components

M y (2,100 N-m)sin 30

Mz

640,312.5 mm 4

1, 421, 250.0 mm 4

1, 050 N-m

1,818.65 N-m

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-24) can be used to determine bending stresses.

Compute normal stress at y = 45 mm, z = 27.5 mm:

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

640,312.5 mm 4

45.0952 MPa 57.5827 MPa

102.6779 MPa

1,421,250.0 mm 4

Ans.

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

640,312.5 mm 4

45.0952 MPa 57.5827 MPa

102.6779 MPa

1,421,250.0 mm 4

Ans.

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-25) can be used to determine the orientation of

the neutral axis:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

tan

M yIz

M zIy

( 1,818.65 N-m)(640,312.5 mm 4 )

52.03

1.2815

z axis)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

T-beam has a magnitude of 22 kip-ft and is oriented

as shown in Fig. P8.66. Determine:

(a) the bending stress at point H.

(b) the bending stress at point K.

(c) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the

+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross

section.

Fig. P8.66

Solution

Section properties

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

top flange

stem

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(in.)

7.00

0.75

95.80469 in.3

14.5625 in.2

Height h

(in.)

1.25

7.75

Area Ai

(in.2)

8.7500

5.8125

14.5625

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

8.375

3.875

6.5789 in.

2.4211 in.

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange

1.1393

1.7961

28.2273

stem

29.0928

2.7039

42.4956

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

Moment of inertia about the y axis:

(1.25 in.)(7.00 in.)3 (7.75 in.)(0.75 in.) 3

Iy

12

12

Moment components

My

(22 kip-ft) cos55

Mz

(22 kip-ft)sin 55

yi Ai

(in.3)

73.28125

22.52344

95.80469

IC + dA

(in.4)

29.3666

71.5884

100.9550

36.0016 in.4

12.6187 kip-ft

151.4242 kip-in.

18.0213 kip-ft

216.2561 kip-in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-24) can be used to determine bending stresses.

To compute the normal stress at H, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.4211 in. and z = 3.5 in.:

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

( 151.4242 kip-in.)( 3.50 in.)

36.0016 in.4

14.7211 ksi 5.1862 ksi

19.9074 ksi

100.9550 in.4

Ans.

To compute the normal stress at K, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 6.5789 in. and z = 0.375 in.:

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

( 151.4242 kip-in.)(0.375 in.)

36.0016 in.4

1.5773 ksi 14.0927 ksi

15.6700 ksi

100.9550 in.4

Ans.

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-25) can be used to determine the orientation of

the neutral axis:

M y I z ( 151.4242 kip-in.)(100.9550 in.4 )

tan

1.9635

M zIy

( 216.2561 kip-in.)(36.0016 in.4 )

63.01

z axis)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

a resultant moment magnitude of 75 kip-in. acting

at the angle shown in Fig. P8.67. Determine:

(a) the bending stress at point H.

(b) the bending stress at point K.

(c) the maximum tension and the maximum

compression bending stresses in the beam.

(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the

+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross

section.

Fig. P8.67

Solution

Section properties

(4 in.)(6 in.)3

Iy

12

(6 in.)(4 in.)3

Iz

12

12

(5.25 in.)(3.25 in.)3

12

Moment components

M y (75 kip-in.) cos 20

Mz

(75 kip-in.)sin 20

32.8096 in.4

16.9814 in.4

70.4769 kip-in.

25.6515 kip-in.

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-24) can be used to determine bending stresses.

To compute the normal stress at H, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

(70.4769 kip-in.)( 3.0 in.)

32.8096 in.4

6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi

3.4231 ksi

16.9814 in.4

Ans.

To compute the normal stress at K, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

(70.4769 kip-in.)(3.0 in.)

32.8096 in.4

6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi

3.4231 ksi

16.9814 in.4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The maximum tension normal stress occurs at the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

(70.4769 kip-in.)(3.0 in.)

32.8096 in.4

6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi

9.4653 ksi

16.9814 in.4

Ans.

The maximum compression normal stress occurs at the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

(70.4769 kip-in.)( 3.0 in.)

32.8096 in.4

6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi

9.4653 ksi

16.9814 in.4

Ans.

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-25) can be used to determine the orientation of

the neutral axis:

M y I z (70.4769 kip-in.)(16.9814 in.4 )

tan

1.4220

M z I y (25.6515 kip-in.)(32.8096 in.4 )

54.88

z axis)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

wide-flange beam has a magnitude of M = 12 kN-m and

is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.68. Determine:

(a) the bending stress at point H.

(b) the bending stress at point K.

(c) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the +z

axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross section.

Fig. P8.68

Solution

Section properties

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top flange

59,062.5

97.5

29,944,687.5

web

4,860,000

0

0

bottom flange

59,062.5

97.5

29,944,687.5

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

Moment of inertia about the y axis:

(15 mm)(210 mm)3 (180 mm)(10 mm) 3

Iy 2

12

12

Moment components

M y (12 kN-m)sin 35

Mz

IC + dA

(mm4)

30,003,750

4,860,000

30,003,750

64,867,500

23,167,500 mm 4

9.8298 kN-m 9.8298 106 N-mm

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-24) can be used to determine bending stresses.

To compute the normal stress at H, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 105 mm and z = 105 mm:

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

23,167,500 mm 4

31.1948 MPa 15.9114 MPa

47.1062 MPa

64, 867,500 mm 4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

To compute the normal stress at K, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 105 mm and z = 105 mm:

M yz Mz y

x

Iy

Iz

23,167,500 mm 4

31.1948 MPa 15.9114 MPa

47.1062 MPa

64,867,500 mm 4

Ans.

For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (8-25) can be used to determine the orientation of

the neutral axis:

M y I z (6.8829 kN-m)(64,867,500 mm 4 )

tan

1.9605

M z I y (9.8298 kN-m)(23,167,500 mm 4 )

62.98

z axis)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

determine the maximum magnitude of the bending

moment M so that the bending stress in the wideflange shape does not exceed 165 MPa.

Fig. P8.69

Solution

Section properties

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top flange

59,062.5

97.5

29,944,687.5

web

4,860,000

0

0

bottom flange

59,062.5

97.5

29,944,687.5

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

Moment of inertia about the y axis:

(15 mm)(210 mm)3 (180 mm)(10 mm) 3

Iy 2

12

12

Moment components

M y M sin 35

Mz

IC + dA

(mm4)

30,003,750

4,860,000

30,003,750

64,867,500

23,167,500 mm 4

M cos 35

The maximum tension bending stress should occur at point K, which has the (y, z) coordinates y = 105

mm and z = 105 mm:

M y z M z y M sin 35 (105 mm) M cos35 ( 105 mm)

165 MPa

x

Iy

Iz

23,167,500 mm4

64,867,500 mm 4

M 2.59957 10

M

mm

1.32595 10

mm

42.0 kN-m

165 N/mm 2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

moment of Mz = 20 kip-in. that acts at the orientation

shown in Fig. P8.70. Determine:

(a) the bending stress at point H.

(b) the bending stress at point K.

(c) the maximum tension and the maximum

compression bending stresses in the cross section.

(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the +z

axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross section.

Fig. P8.70

Solution

Section properties

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

upright leg

bottom leg

y

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(in.)

0.375

2.625

3.18457 in.3

2.4844 in.2

Height h

(in.)

4.000

0.375

Area Ai

(in.2)

1.5000

0.9844

2.4844

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

2.00

0.1875

yi Ai

(in.3)

3.00

0.18457

3.18457

2.7182 in.

Shape

upright leg

bottom leg

z

zi Ai

Ai

Area Ai

(in.2)

1.5000

0.9844

2.4844

1.94243 in.3

2.4844 in.2

zi

(from right edge)

(in.)

0.1875

1.6875

zi Ai

(in.3)

0.2813

1.6612

1.94243

0.7818 in.

2.2182 in.

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

upright leg

2.000

0.7182

0.77372

bottom leg

0.011536

1.0943

1.17881

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

2.7737

1.1903

3.9640

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Shape

IC

d = zi z

dA

(in.4)

(in.)

(in.4)

upright leg

0.017578

0.5943

0.52979

bottom leg

0.565247

0.9057

0.80750

Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.4) =

Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:

Shape

Iyz

yc

zc

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.)

upright leg

0

0.7182

0.5943

bottom leg

0

1.0943

0.9057

IC + dA

(in.4)

0.5474

1.3727

1.9201

Area Ai

yc zc Ai

2

(in. )

(in.4)

1.5000

0.6402

0.9844

0.9757

Product of inertia (in.4) =

Iyz

(in.4)

0.6402

0.9757

1.6159

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the

bending stresses. Equation (8.22) will be used here. Note that the bending moment component about

the y axis is zero (i.e., My = 0); therefore, the first term in Eq. (8.22) is eliminated. To compute the

normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 2.7182 in. and z = 0.4068 in.:

I y y I yz z

Mz

x

I y I z I yz2

(1.9201 in.4 )(2.7182 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )( 0.4068 in.)

(20 kip-in.)

(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 )2

4.5619 in.5

(20 kip-in.)

5.0001 in.8

18.2469 ksi

Ans.

To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 0.9068 in. and z = 2.2182 in.:

I y y I yz z

Mz

x

I y I z I yz2

(1.9201 in.4 )( 0.9068 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )(2.2182 in.)

(20 kip-in.)

(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 ) 2

1.8432 in.5

(20 kip-in.)

5.0001 in.8

7.3728 ksi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.23) must be used to determine the orientation of

the neutral axis:

M y I z M z I yz (20 kip-in.)( 1.6159 in.4 )

tan

0.8416

M z I y M y I yz

(20 kip-in.)(1.9201 in.4 )

40.08

z axis)

Ans.

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the angle cross section that are

farthest from the neutral axis are point H and the corner of the angle. The bending stress at H has

already been computed. To compute the normal stress at the corner of the angle, use (y, z) coordinates

of y = 1.2818 in. and z = 0.7818 in.

I y y I yz z

Mz

x

I y I z I yz2

(1.9201 in.4 )( 1.2818 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )( 0.7818 in.)

(20 kip-in.)

(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 ) 2

3.7245 in.5

(20 kip-in.)

5.0001 in.8

14.8977 ksi

18.25 ksi (C)

x

Ans.

14.90 ksi (T)

x

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

determine the maximum magnitude of the bending

moment M so that the bending stress in the unequalleg angle shape does not exceed 24 ksi.

Fig. P8.71

Solution

Section properties

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

upright leg

bottom leg

y

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(in.)

0.375

2.625

3.18457 in.3

2.4844 in.2

Height h

(in.)

4.000

0.375

Area Ai

(in.2)

1.5000

0.9844

2.4844

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

2.00

0.1875

yi Ai

(in.3)

3.00

0.18457

3.18457

2.7182 in.

Shape

upright leg

bottom leg

z

zi Ai

Ai

Area Ai

(in.2)

1.5000

0.9844

2.4844

1.94243 in.3

2.4844 in.2

zi

(from right edge)

(in.)

0.1875

1.6875

zi Ai

(in.3)

0.2813

1.6612

1.94243

0.7818 in.

2.2182 in.

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

upright leg

2.000

0.7182

0.77372

bottom leg

0.011536

1.0943

1.17881

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

2.7737

1.1903

3.9640

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Shape

IC

d = zi z

dA

(in.4)

(in.)

(in.4)

upright leg

0.017578

0.5943

0.52979

bottom leg

0.565247

0.9057

0.80750

Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.4) =

Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:

Shape

Iyz

yc

zc

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.)

upright leg

0

0.7182

0.5943

bottom leg

0

1.0943

0.9057

IC + dA

(in.4)

0.5474

1.3727

1.9201

Area Ai

yc zc Ai

2

(in. )

(in.4)

1.5000

0.6402

0.9844

0.9757

Product of inertia (in.4) =

Iyz

(in.4)

0.6402

0.9757

1.6159

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral

axis from Eq. (8.23) before beginning the stress calculations:

M y I z M z I yz (20 kip-in.)( 1.6159 in.4 )

tan

0.8416

M z I y M y I yz

(20 kip-in.)(1.9201 in.4 )

40.08

z axis)

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the angle cross section that are

farthest from the neutral axis are point H and the corner of the angle. To compute the normal stress at

H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 2.7182 in. and z = 0.4068 in.:

I y y I yz z

(1.9201 in.4 )(2.7182 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )( 0.4068 in.)

Mz

Mz

x

I y I z I yz2

(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 )2

4.5619 in.5

M z ( 0.9124 in. 3 )M z

8

5.0001 in.

Therefore, based on an allowable bending stress of 24 ksi at H, the maximum magnitude of Mz is:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(0.9124 in. 3 )M z

Mz

24 ksi

(a)

26.3054 kip-in.

To compute the normal stress at the corner of the angle, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 1.2818 in. and z =

0.7818 in.

I y y I yz z

(1.9201 in.4 )( 1.2818 in.) ( 1.6159 in.4 )( 0.7818 in.)

M

Mz

x

z

I y I z I yz2

(1.9201 in.4 )(3.9640 in.4 ) ( 1.6159 in.4 ) 2

3.7245 in.5

Mz

5.0001 in.8

(0.7449 in. 3 ) M z

Therefore, based on the bending stress at the corner of the angle, the maximum magnitude of Mz is:

(0.7449 in. 3 )M z 24 ksi

Mz

32.2197 kip-in.

(b)

Compare the results in Eqs. (a) and (b) to find that the maximum bending moment that can be applied to

the angle shape is:

Ans.

M z 26.3 kip-in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

the unequal-leg angle has a magnitude of M = 20

kip-in. and is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.72.

Determine:

(a) the bending stress at point H.

(b) the bending stress at point K.

(c) the maximum tension and the maximum

compression bending stresses in the cross section.

(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to

the +z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the

cross section.

Fig. P8.72

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

Area Ai

dA

4

2

(mm )

(mm)

(mm )

(mm4)

top flange

130,208.3

112.5

2,500

31,640,625.0

web

10,666,666.7

0

3,200

0

bottom flange

130,208.3

112.5

2,500

31,640,625.0

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

31,770,883.3

10,666,666.7

31,770,883.3

74,208,333.3

Shape

IC

d = zi z

Area Ai

dA

IC + dA

4

2

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm )

(mm )

(mm4)

top flange

2,083,333.3

42.0

2,500

4,410,000

6,493,333.3

web

68,266.7

0

3,200

0

68,266.7

bottom flange

2,083,333.3

42.0

2,500

4,410,000

6,493,333.3

Moment of inertia about the y axis (mm4) = 13,054,933.3

Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:

Shape

yc

zc

(mm)

(mm)

top flange

112.5

42.0

web

0

0

bottom flange

112.5

42.0

Moment components

My

(40 kN-m)sin15

Mz

Area Ai

yc zc Ai

Iyz

2

4

(mm )

(mm )

(mm4)

2,500

11,812,500

11,812,500

3,200

0

0

2,500

11,812,500

11,812,500

Product of inertia (mm4) = 23,625,000

10.3528 kN-m

38.6370 kN-m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the

bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here.

M z I y M y I yz y M y I z M z I yz z

x

I yIz

I yz2

I yIz

I yz2

y

(13,054,933.3 mm4 )(74,208,333.3 mm4 ) ( 23,625,000 mm 4 )2

( 10.3528 106 N-mm)(74,208,333.3 mm 4 ) ( 38.6370 106 N-mm)( 23,625,000 mm4 )

z

(13,054,933.3 mm4 )(74,208,333.3 mm4 ) ( 23,625,000 mm 4 )2

(0.63271 N/mm3 ) y (0.35197 N/mm3 )z

To compute the normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 92 mm:

(0.63271 N/mm3 )(125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm3 )( 92 mm)

x

46.7073 MPa

Ans.

To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 92 mm:

(0.63271 N/mm3 )( 125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm 3 )(92 mm)

x

46.7073 MPa

Ans.

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral axis

from Eq. (8.23) to help identify points of maximum stress.

M y I z M z I yz

tan

M z I y M y I yz

( 10.3528 kN-m)(74,208,333.3 mm 4 ) ( 38.6370 kN-m)( 23,625,000 mm 4 )

( 38.6370 kN-m)(13,054,933.3 mm 4 ) ( 10.3528 kN-m)( 23,625,000 mm 4 )

0.55629

29.09

z axis)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the zee cross section that are

farthest from the neutral axis are on the top and bottom surfaces at the outside corners of the web. To

compute bending stresses at the upper point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 8 mm:

(0.63271 N/mm3 )(125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm 3 )(8 mm)

x

81.9045 MPa

Ans.

To compute bending stresses at the lower point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 8 mm:

(0.63271 N/mm3 )( 125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm3 )( 8 mm)

x

81.9045 MPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

unequal-leg angle has a magnitude of 14 kN-m and

is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.73. Determine:

(a) the bending stress at point H.

(b) the bending stress at point K.

(c) the maximum tension and the maximum

compression bending stresses in the cross section.

(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the

+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross

section.

Fig. P8.73

Solution

Section properties

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

horizontal leg

vertical leg

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(mm)

150

19

Height h

(mm)

19

181

854,154.5 mm3

6,289 mm 2

Area Ai

(mm2)

2,850

3,439

6,289

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

190.50

90.50

yi Ai

(mm3)

542,925.0

311,229.5

854,154.5

135.82 mm

64.18 mm

Shape

horizontal leg

vertical leg

zi Ai

Ai

Area Ai

(mm2)

2,850

3,439

6,289

246, 420.5 mm3

6,289 mm 2

zi

(from right edge)

(mm)

75.0

9.5

39.18 mm

110.82 mm

zi Ai

(mm3)

213,750.0

32,670.5

246,420.5

(from right edge of shape to centroid)

(from left edge of shape to centroid)

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

horizontal leg

85,737.50

54.68

8,522,088.15

vertical leg

9,388,756.58

45.32

7,062,503.99

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

8,607,825.65

16,451,260.58

25,059,086.23

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Shape

IC

d = zi z

dA

(mm4)

(mm)

(mm4)

horizontal leg

5,343,750.00

35.82

3,656,188.87

vertical leg

103,456.58

29.68

3,029,990.78

Moment of inertia about the y axis (mm4) =

Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:

Shape

Iyz

yc

zc

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm)

horizontal leg

0

54.68

35.82

vertical leg

0

45.32

29.68

IC + dA

(mm4)

8,999,938.87

3,133,447.36

12,133,386.23

Area Ai

yc zc Ai

Iyz

2

4

(mm )

(mm )

(mm4)

2,850

5,582,117.16

5,582,117.16

3,439

4,625,790.65

4,625,790.65

4

Product of inertia (mm ) = 10,207,907.81

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the

bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here.

M z I y M y I yz y M y I z M z I yz z

x

I y Iz

I yz2

I y Iz

I yz2

y

(12,133,386.23 mm 4 )(25,059,086.23 mm 4 ) (10, 207,907.81 mm 4 )2

(14 106 N-mm)(10, 207,907.81 mm 4 )

z

(12,133,386.23 mm 4 )(25,059,086.23 mm 4 ) (10, 207,907.81 mm 4 ) 2

( 0.84997 N/mm3 ) y (0.71509 N/mm3 )z

To compute the normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 45.18 mm and z = 110.82 mm:

( 0.84997 N/mm3 )(45.18 mm) (0.71509 N/mm 3 )(110.82 mm)

x

40.8444 MPa

Ans.

To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 64.18 mm and z = 39.18 mm:

( 0.84997 N/mm3 )(64.18 mm) (0.71509 N/mm 3 )( 39.18 mm)

x

82.5685 MPa

Ans.

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral

axis from Eq. (8.23) to help identify points of maximum stress.

M y I z M z I yz

tan

M z I y M y I yz

(14 kN-m)(10, 207,907.81 mm 4 )

(14 kN-m)(12,133,386.23 mm 4 )

0.84131

40.07

z axis)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the angle cross section that are

farthest from the neutral axis are on the top corner (at K) and on the inside corner of the vertical leg.

To compute bending stresses at the lower point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 135.82 mm and z = 20.18

mm:

( 0.84997 N/mm 3 )( 135.82 mm) (0.71509 N/mm 3 )( 20.18 mm)

x

101.0129 MPa

Ans.

( 0.84997 N/mm3 )(64.18 mm) (0.71509 N/mm 3 )( 39.18 mm)

x

82.5685 MPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

the zee shape has a magnitude of M = 4.75 kip-ft

and is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.74. Determine:

(a) the bending stress at point H.

(b) the bending stress at point K.

(c) the maximum tension and the maximum

compression bending stresses in the cross section.

(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to

the +z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the

cross section.

Fig. P8.74

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

Area Ai

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.2)

(in.4)

top flange

0.0260

2.75

1.25

9.4531

web

3.6458

0

1.75

0

bottom flange

0.0260

2.75

1.25

9.4531

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

9.4792

3.6458

9.4792

22.6042

Shape

IC

d = zi z

Area Ai

dA

(in.4)

(in.)

(in.2)

(in.4)

top flange

0.6510

1.075

1.25

1.4445

web

68,266.7

0

1.75

0

bottom flange

0.6510

1.075

1.25

1.4445

Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

2.0956

0.0179

2.0956

4.2091

Shape

yc

zc

(in.)

(in.)

top flange

2.75

1.075

web

0

0

bottom flange

2.75

1.075

Area Ai

yc zc Ai

2

(in. )

(in.4)

1.25

3.6953

1.75

0

1.25

3.6953

Product of inertia (in.4) =

Iyz

(in.4)

3.6953

0

3.6953

7.3906

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the

bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

MzIy

x

I yIz

M y I yz y

I

2

yz

M yIz

M z I yz z

I yIz

I yz2

y

(4.2091 in.4 )(22.6042 in.4 ) (7.3906 in.4 ) 2

z

(4.2091 in.4 )(22.6042 in.4 ) (7.3906 in.4 ) 2

To compute the normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 2.325 in.:

(5.92065 kips/in.3 )(3 in.) (10.39584 kips/in.3 )(2.325 in.)

x

6.4084 ksi

Ans.

To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 2.50 in. and z = 2.325 in.:

(5.92065 kips/in.3 )( 2.50 in.) (10.39584 kips/in.3 )( 2.325 in.)

x

9.3687 ksi

Ans.

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral axis

from Eq. (8.23) to help identify points of maximum stress.

M y I z M z I yz

tan

M z I y M y I yz

( 4.75 kip-ft)(7.3906 in.4 )

( 4.75 kip-ft)(4.2091 in.4 )

1.7559

60.34

z axis)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the zee cross section that are

farthest from the neutral axis are on the top and bottom surfaces at the outside corners of the web. To

compute bending stresses at the upper point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 0.175 in.:

(5.92065 kips/in.3 )(3 in.) (10.39584 kips/in.3 )( 0.175 in.)

x

19.5812 ksi

Ans.

To compute bending stresses at the lower point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 0.175 in.:

(5.92065 kips/in.3 )( 3 in.) (10.39584 kips/in.3 )(0.175 in.)

x

19.5812 ksi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

determine the maximum magnitude of the bending

moment M so that the bending stress in the zee

shape does not exceed 24 ksi.

Fig. P8.75

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

Area Ai

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.2)

(in.4)

top flange

0.0260

2.75

1.25

9.4531

web

3.6458

0

1.75

0

bottom flange

0.0260

2.75

1.25

9.4531

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

9.4792

3.6458

9.4792

22.6042

Shape

IC

d = zi z

Area Ai

dA

(in.4)

(in.)

(in.2)

(in.4)

top flange

0.6510

1.075

1.25

1.4445

web

68,266.7

0

1.75

0

bottom flange

0.6510

1.075

1.25

1.4445

Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

2.0956

0.0179

2.0956

4.2091

Shape

yc

zc

(in.)

(in.)

top flange

2.75

1.075

web

0

0

bottom flange

2.75

1.075

Area Ai

yc zc Ai

2

(in. )

(in.4)

1.25

3.6953

1.75

0

1.25

3.6953

Product of inertia (in.4) =

Iyz

(in.4)

3.6953

0

3.6953

7.3906

Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the

bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here. For this problem, My = 0 and from the sketch, Mz is

observed to be negative. The bending stress in the zee cross section is described by:

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

MzIy

x

I yIz

M y I yz y

I

M yIz

2

yz

I yIz

M z I yz z

I yz2

M z (4.2091 in.4 )

y

(4.2091 in.4 )(22.6042 in.4 ) (7.3906 in.4 ) 2

M z (7.3906 in.4 )

z

(4.2091 in.4 )(22.6042 in.4 ) (7.3906 in.4 ) 2

M z (0.103871 in. 4 ) y (0.182383 in. 4 )z

Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral

axis from Eq. (8.23) before beginning the stress calculations:

M y I z M z I yz M z (7.3906 in.4 )

tan

1.7559

M z I y M y I yz M z (4.2091 in.4 )

60.34

z axis)

Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the zee cross section that are

farthest from the neutral axis are on the top and bottom surfaces at the outside corners of the web. To

compute bending stresses at the upper point, coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 0.175 in. are used. Set the

bending stress at this point to the 24-ksi allowable bending stress and solve for the moment magnitude:

M z (0.103871 in. 4 )(3 in.) (0.182383 in. 4 )( 0.175 in.) 24 ksi

x

Mz

24 ksi

0.343530 in. 3

69.86287 kip-in.

5.82 kip-ft

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P8.76) has a thickness of in. and a change in

depth at section B from D = 1.50 in. to d = 1.25

in. The radius of the fillet between the two

sections is r = 0.125 in. If the bending moment

applied to the spring is M = 2,000 lb-in.,

determine the maximum normal stress in the

spring.

Fig. P8.76

Solution

From Figure 8.18

r 0.125 in.

d

1.25 in.

0.10

D

d

1.50 in.

1.20

1.25 in.

1.69

(0.75 in.)(1.25 in.)3

I

0.122070 in.4

12

Nominal bending stress at minimum depth section:

My (2,000 lb-in.)(1.25 in./2)

10.2400 ksi

nom

I

0.122070 in.4

Maximum bending stress:

K nom 1.69(10.2400 ksi) 17.3056 ksi

max

17.31 ksi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

has a thickness of 25 mm and a change in depth at

section B from D = 75 mm to d = 50 mm. If the

radius of the fillet between the two sections is r =

8 mm, determine the maximum moment that the

spring can resist if the maximum bending stress in

the spring must not exceed 120 MPa.

Fig. P8.77

Solution

From Figure 8.18

r

8 mm

0.16

d 50 mm

D

d

75 mm

50 mm

1.50

1.57

120 MPa

max

76.4331 MPa

nom

K

1.57

Moment of inertia at minimum depth section:

(25 mm)(50 mm)3

I

260, 416.67 mm 4

12

Maximum bending moment:

(76.4331 N/mm 2 )(260,416.67 mm 4 )

nom I

M max

y

50 mm/2

796,178.3 N-mm

796 N-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

subjected to a bending moment of M = 300 N-m.

The major bar width is D = 75 mm, the minor bar

width at the notches is d = 50 mm, and the radius

of each notch is r = 10 mm. If the maximum

bending stress in the bar must not exceed 90 MPa,

determine the minimum required bar thickness b.

Fig. P8.78

Solution

From Figure 8.17

r 10 mm

0.20

d 50 mm

D

d

75 mm

50 mm

1.50

1.76

90 MPa

max

51.1364 MPa

nom

K

1.76

Minimum bar thickness b:

M y M (d /2) 6M

nom

I

bd 3 /12 bd 2

6M

6(300 N-m)(1,000 mm/m)

b

2

(51.1364 N/mm 2 )(50 mm) 2

nom d

14.08 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

cold-rolled 18-8 stainless steel (see Appendix D for

properties). The major bar width is D = 1.50 in., the

minor bar width at the notches is d = 1.00 in., the radius

of each notch is r = 0.125 in., and the bar thickness is b

= 0.25 in. Determine the maximum safe moment M

that may be applied to the bar if a factor of safety of 2.5

with respect to failure by yield is specified.

Fig. P8.79

Solution

From Figure 8.17

r 0.125 in.

d

1.00 in.

0.125

D

d

1.50 in.

1.50

1.00 in.

2.05

(0.25 in.)(1.00 in.)3

I

0.020833 in.4

12

Maximum allowable bending moment:

From the specified factor of safety and the yield stress of the material, the allowable bending stress is:

165 ksi

Y

66 ksi

allow

FS

2.5

Thus, the maximum allowable bending moment can be determined from:

My

K

allow

I

(66 ksi)(0.020833 in.4 )

allow I

M max

1.3415 kip-in. 111.8 lb-ft

Ky

(2.05)(1.00 in./2)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at each end by self-aligning bearings. The major

shaft diameter is D = 2.00 in., the minor shaft

diameter is d = 1.50 in., and the radius of the

fillet between the major and minor diameter

sections is r = 0.125 in. The shaft length is L =

24 in. and the fillets are located at x = 8 in. and x

= 16 in. Determine the maximum load P that

may be applied to the shaft if the maximum

normal stress must be limited to 24,000 psi.

Fig. P8.80

Solution

From Figure 8.20

r 0.125 in.

d 1.50 in.

D

d

0.083

2.00 in.

1.33

1.50 in.

1.78

I

64

(1.50 in.)4

0.248505 in.4

My

K

allow

I

(24,000 psi)(0.248505 in.4 )

allow I

M max

Ky

(1.78)(1.50 in./2)

4,467.50 lb-in.

P

P

M

x

(8 in.) P(4 in.)

2

2

Maximum load P:

P(4 in.) 4,467.50 lb-in.

P 1,116.88 lb

1,117 lb

PL (1,116.88 lb)(24 in.)

M midspan

4

4

I

midspan

(2.00 in.) 4

64

My

I

Ans.

6,701.28 lb-in.

0.785398 in.4

0.785398 in.4

8,532 psi

24,000 psi

OK

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

properties) shaft shown in Fig. P8.81 is supported

at each end by self-aligning bearings. The major

shaft diameter is D = 40 mm, the minor shaft

diameter is d = 25 mm, and the radius of the fillet

between the major and minor diameter sections is r

= 5 mm. The shaft length is L = 500 mm and the

fillets are located at x = 150 mm and x = 350 mm.

Determine the maximum load P that may be

applied to the shaft if a factor of safety of 3.0 with

respect to failure by yield is specified.

Fig. P8.81

Solution

From Figure 8.20

r

5 mm

0.20

d 25 mm

D

d

40 mm

25 mm

1.60

1.48

I

64

(25 mm)4

19,174.76 mm 4

331 MPa

yield

110.33 MPa

allow

FS

3.0

My

K

allow

I

(110.33 N/mm 2 )(19,174.76 mm 4 )

allow I

M max

Ky

(1.48)(25 mm/2)

114,357.58 N-mm

P

P

M

x

(150 mm) P(75 mm)

2

2

Maximum load P:

P(75 mm) 114,357.58 N-mm

P 1,524.77 N

1,525 N

PL (1,524.77 N)(500 mm)

M midspan

4

4

I

midspan

(40 mm)4

64

My

I

Ans.

190,596.25 N-mm

125,663.71 mm 4

125,663.71 mm4

OK

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

made of 1020 cold-rolled steel (see Appendix D

for properties). The major shaft diameter is D =

1.000 in., the minor shaft diameter is d = 0.625 in.,

and the radius of the fillet between the major and

minor diameter sections is r = 0.0625 in. The fillet

is located at x = 4 in. from C. If a load of P = 125

lb is applied at C, determine the factor of safety

with respect to failure by yield in the fillet at B.

Fig. P8.82

Solution

For 1020 cold-rolled steel:

62,000 psi

Y

From Figure 8.20

r 0.0625 in.

d

0.625 in.

0.10

D

d

1.000 in.

1.6

0.625 in.

1.74

I

64

(0.625 in.)4

0.0074901 in.4

M Px (125 lb)(4 in.) 500 lb-in.

Maximum bending stress:

My

(500 lb-in.)(0.625 in./2)

K

(1.74)

max

I

0.0074901 in.4

Factor of safety:

62,000 psi

Y

FS

36, 297.7 psi

max

1.708

36,297.7 psi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

made of 1020 cold-rolled steel (see Appendix D

for properties). The major shaft diameter is D = 30

mm, the minor shaft diameter is d = 20 mm, and

the radius of the fillet between the major and minor

diameter sections is r = 3 mm. The fillet is located

at x = 90 mm from C. Determine the maximum

load P that can be applied to the shaft at C if a

factor of safety of 1.5 with respect to failure by

yield is specified for the fillet at B.

Fig. P8.83

Solution

From Figure 8.20

r

3 mm

0.10

d 20 mm

D

d

30 mm

20 mm

1.5

1.58

I

64

(20 mm)4

7,853.98 mm 4

427 MPa

Y

284.6667 MPa

allow

FS

1.5

My

K

allow

I

(284.6667 N/mm 2 )(7,853.98 mm 4 )

allow I

M max

Ky

(1.58)(20 mm/2)

141,504.2261 N-mm

M Px P(90 mm)

Maximum load P:

P(90 mm) 141,504.2261 N-mm

P 1,572.3 N

1,572 N

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

of C86100 bronze (see Appendix D for properties).

The major shaft diameter is D = 50 mm, the minor

shaft diameter at the groove is d = 34 mm, and the

radius of the groove is r = 4 mm. Determine the

maximum allowable moment M that may be applied

to the shaft if a factor of safety of 1.5 with respect to

failure by yield is specified.

Fig. P8.84

Solution

From Figure 8.19

r

4 mm

0.20

d 34 mm

D

d

50 mm

34 mm

1.471

1.96

I

64

(34 mm)4

65,597.24 mm 4

331 MPa

Y

220.6667 MPa

allow

FS

1.5

My

K

allow

I

(220.6667 N/mm 2 )(65,597.24 mm 4 )

allow I

M max

Ky

(1.96)(34 mm/2)

434, 427.5 N-mm

434 N-m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.1 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A

and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:

(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at

sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.

(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and

show these resultant forces on the sketch.

(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine

the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and

direction of this force on the sketch.

Consider area (1) of the 20-in.-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of

MA = 24 kip-ft and MB = 28 kip-ft.

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left web

864.000

0.000

0.000

top flange

12.505

10.250

1,287.016

bottom flange

12.505

10.250

1,287.016

right web

864.000

0.000

0.000

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

864.000

1,299.521

1,299.521

864.000

4,327.042

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is

1

FA

(798.699 psi 565.745 psi)(3.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 8,357.227 lb

2

and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is

1

FB

(931.816 psi 660.036 psi)(3.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 9,750.098 lb

2

(c) Equilibrium of area (1)

Fx 8,357.227 lb 9,750.098 lb

FH

1.393 kips

1,392.871 lb

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)

and the web elements.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.2 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A

and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:

(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at

sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.

(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and

show these resultant forces on the sketch.

(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine

the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and

direction of this force on the sketch.

Consider area (1) of the 12-in.-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of

MA = 700 lb-ft and MB = 400 lb-ft.

Solution

Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of tee shape)

Shape

top flange

stem

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(in.)

4.5

1.0

47.25 in.3

10.50 in.2

Height h

(in.)

1.0

6.0

Area Ai

(in.2)

4.50

6.00

10.50

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

6.50

3.00

yi Ai

(in.3)

29.25

18.00

47.25

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange

0.375

2.000

18.000

stem

18.000

1.500

13.500

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

18.375

31.500

49.875

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is

1

FA

(421.053 psi 252.632 psi)(4.5 in.)(1 in.) 1,515.792 lb 1,516 lb (C)

2

and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is

1

FB

(240.602 psi 144.361 psi)(4.5 in.)(1 in.) 866.167 lb 866 lb (C)

2

(c) Equilibrium of area (1)

Fx 1,515.792 lb 866.167 lb

649.625 lb

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

FH 650 lb

The horizontal shear force is directed from section B toward section A at the interface between area (1)

and the stem.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.3 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A

and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:

(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at

sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.

(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and

show these resultant forces on the sketch.

(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine

the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and

direction of this force on the sketch.

Consider area (1) of the 500-mm-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of

MA = 5.8 kN-m and MB = 3.2 kN-m.

Solution

Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)

Shape

top flange

left stem

right stem

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(mm)

160

20

20

2,826,000 mm3

15,600 mm2

Height h

(mm)

30

270

270

Area Ai

(mm2)

4,800

5,400

5,400

15,600

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

285

135

135

yi Ai

(mm3)

1,368,000

729,000

729,000

2,826,000

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top flange

360,000

103.846

51,763,160.3

left stem

32,805,000

46.154

11,503,035.3

right stem

32,805,000

46.154

11,503,035.3

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

52,123,160.3

44,308,035.3

44,308,035.3

140,739,231

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is

1

FA

(4.898 MPa 3.661 MPa)(160 mm)(30 mm) 20,542 N

2

and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is

1

FB

(2.702 MPa 2.020 MPa)(160 mm)(30 mm) 11,334 N

2

(c) Equilibrium of area (1)

Fx

20,542 N 11,334 N

9,209 N

20.5 kN (T)

Ans.

11.33 kN (T)

Ans.

Ans.

FH 9.21 kN

The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)

and the stems.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.4 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A

and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:

(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at

sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.

(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and

show these resultant forces on the sketch.

(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine

the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and

direction of this force on the sketch.

Consider area (1) of the 16-in.-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of

MA = 3,300 lb-ft and MB = 4,700 lb-ft.

Solution

Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)

Shape

left flange (1)

right flange (2)

central stem

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(in.)

1.50

1.50

1.50

215.625 in.3

28.50 in.2

Height h

(in.)

3.50

3.50

12.00

Area Ai

(in.2)

5.25

5.25

18.00

28.50

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

10.25

10.25

6.00

yi Ai

(in.3)

53.8125

53.8125

108.0000

215.6250

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left flange (1)

5.3594

2.6842

37.8262

right flange (2)

5.3594

2.6842

37.8262

central stem

216.0000

1.5658

44.1305

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

43.1856

43.1856

260.1305

346.5016

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is

1

FA

(506.765 psi 106.767 psi)(1.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 1,610.522 lb

2

and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is

1

FB

(721.756 psi 152.061 psi)(1.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 2,293.773 lb

2

(c) Equilibrium of area (1)

Fx

1,610.522 lb 2,293.773 lb

683.252 lb

1,611 lb (T)

Ans.

2,290 lb (T)

Ans.

Ans.

FH 683 lb

The horizontal shear force is directed from section B toward section A at the interface between area (1)

and the stem.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.5 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A

and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:

(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at

sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.

(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and

show these resultant forces on the sketch.

(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine

the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and

direction of this force on the sketch.

Consider area (1) of the 18-in.-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of

MA = 42 kip-in. and MB = 36 kip-in.

Solution

Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)

Shape

top flange (1)

bottom flange (2)

web

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(in.)

6

10

2

248 in.3

48 in.2

Height h

(in.)

2

2

8

Area Ai

(in.2)

12

20

16

48

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

11

1

6

yi Ai

(in.3)

132

20

96

248

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange (1)

4.0000

5.8333

408.3333

bottom flange (2)

6.6667

4.1667

347.2222

web

85.3333

0.8333

11.1111

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

412.3333

353.8889

96.4444

862.6667

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is

1

FA

(332.690 psi 235.317 psi)(6 in.)(2 in.) 3, 408.043 lb

2

and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is

1

FB

(251.546 psi 154.173 psi)(6 in.)(2 in.) 2,921.180 lb

2

(c) Equilibrium of area (1)

Fx

3, 408.043 lb 2,921.180 lb

FH

0.487 kips

486.863 lb

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)

and the web.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.6 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A

and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:

(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at

sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.

(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and

show these resultant forces on the sketch.

(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine

the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and

direction of this force on the sketch.

Consider area (2) of the beam segment shown in Problem 9.5.

Solution

Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)

Shape

top flange (1)

bottom flange (2)

web

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(in.)

6

10

2

248 in.3

48 in.2

Height h

(in.)

2

2

8

Area Ai

(in.2)

12

20

16

48

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

11

1

6

yi Ai

(in.3)

132

20

96

248

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange (1)

4.0000

5.8333

408.3333

bottom flange (2)

6.6667

4.1667

347.2222

web

85.3333

0.8333

11.1111

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

412.3333

353.8889

96.4444

862.6667

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

On section A, the resultant force on area (2) in the x direction is

1

FA

(251.546 psi 154.173 psi)(10 in.)(2 in.) 4,057.195 lb

2

and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (2) is

1

FB

(215.611 psi 132.149 psi)(10 in.)(2 in.) 3,477.595 lb

2

(c) Equilibrium of area (2)

Fx 4,057.195 lb 3, 477.595 lb

FH

0.580 kips

579.599 lb

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

The horizontal shear force is directed from section B toward section A at the interface between area (2)

and the web.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.7 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A

and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:

(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at

sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.

(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and

show these resultant forces on the sketch.

(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine

the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and

direction of this force on the sketch.

Consider area (1) of the 300-mm-long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of

MA = 7.5 kN-m and MB = 8.0 kN-m.

Solution

Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)

Shape

left stiff (1)

flange (2)

right stiff (3)

stem

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(mm)

40

150

40

40

5,348,000 mm3

24,400 mm2

Height h

(mm)

90

40

90

280

Area Ai

(mm2)

3,600

6,000

3,600

11,200

24,400

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

275

300

275

140

yi Ai

(mm3)

990,000

1,800,000

990,000

1,568,000

5,348,000

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

left stiff (1)

2,430,000.00

55.8197

11,217,008.87

flange (2)

800,000.00

80.8197

39,190,916.42

right stiff (3)

2,430,000.00

55.8197

11,217,008.87

stem

73,173,333.33

79.1803

70,218,672.40

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

13,647,008.87

39,990,916.42

13,647,008.87

143,392,005.73

210,676,939.89

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is

1

FA

(3.589 MPa 0.385 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,153.755 N

2

and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is

1

FB

(3.828 MPa 0.411 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,630.672 N

2

(c) Equilibrium of area (1)

Fx 7,153.755 N 7,630.672 N

476.917 N

7.15 kN (C)

Ans.

7.63 kN (C)

Ans.

FH 0.477 kN

Ans.

The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)

and area (2).

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.8 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A

and B is shown along with a sketch of the cross-sectional dimensions. For each problem:

(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at

sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.

(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and

show these resultant forces on the sketch.

(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine

the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and

direction of this force on the sketch.

Combine areas (1), (2), and (3) of the beam segment shown in Problem 9.7.

Solution

(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)

Shape

left stiff (1)

flange (2)

right stiff (3)

stem

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(mm)

40

150

40

40

5,348,000 mm3

24,400 mm2

Height h

(mm)

90

40

90

280

Area Ai

(mm2)

3,600

6,000

3,600

11,200

24,400

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

275

300

275

140

yi Ai

(mm3)

990,000

1,800,000

990,000

1,568,000

5,348,000

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

left stiff (1)

2,430,000.00

55.8197

11,217,008.87

flange (2)

800,000.00

80.8197

39,190,916.42

right stiff (3)

2,430,000.00

55.8197

11,217,008.87

stem

73,173,333.33

-79.1803

70,218,672.40

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

13,647,008.87

39,990,916.42

13,647,008.87

143,392,005.73

210,676,939.89

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is

1

FA

(3.589 MPa 0.385 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,153.755 N

2

and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is

1

FB

(3.828 MPa 0.411 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,630.672 N

2

Resultant forces acting on area (3)

The forces acting on area (3) are identical to those acting on area (1).

Resultant forces acting on area (2)

On section A, the resultant force on area (2) in the x direction is

1

FA

(3.589 MPa 2.165 MPa)(150 mm)(40 mm) 17,262.855 N

2

and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (2) is

1

FB

(3.828 MPa 2.309 MPa)(150 mm)(40 mm) 18,413.697 N

2

Resultant forces acting on combined areas (1), (2), and (3)

On section A, the resultant force on combined areas (1), (2), and (3) is

FA 2(7,153.755 N) 17,262.855 N 31,570.363 N 31.6 kN (C)

Ans.

FB 2(7,630.672 N) 18,413.697 N 33,675.054 N 33.7 kN (C)

Ans.

Fx 31,570.363 N 33,675.054 N

2,104.691 N

FH 2.10 kN

Ans.

The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (2)

and the stem of the tee.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.9 A 1.6-m long cantilever beam supports a concentrated load of 7.2 kN, as shown below. The beam is

made of a rectangular timber having a width of 120 mm and a depth of 280 mm. Calculate the maximum

horizontal shear stresses at points located 35 mm, 70 mm, 105 mm, and 140 mm below the top surface

of the beam. From these results, plot a graph showing the distribution of shear stresses from top to

bottom of the beam.

Solution

Shear force in cantilever beam:

V = 7.2 kN = 7,200 N

Shear stress formula:

VQ

It

Section properties:

(120 mm)(280 mm)3

I

219.52 106 mm 4

12

t = 120 mm

surface of beam

35 mm

105 mm

514,500 mm3

140.6 kPa

70 mm

70 mm

882,000 mm3

241 kPa

3

301 kPa

321 kPa

105 mm

35 mm

1,102,500 mm

140 mm

0 mm

1,176,000 mm3

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.10 A 14-ft long simply supported timber beam carries a 6-kip concentrated load at midspan, as shown

in Fig. P9.10a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the timber are shown in Fig. P9.10b.

(a) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point H.

(b) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point K.

(c) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress that occurs in the beam at any location within the

14-ft span length.

(d) Determine the maximum tension bending stress that occurs in the beam at any location within the

14-ft span length.

dimensions

Solution

Section properties:

(6 in.)(15 in.)3

I

1, 687.5 in.4

12

t 6 in.

Q (6 in.)(3 in.)(6 in.) 108 in.3

VQ

It

(3,000 lb)(108 in.3 )

32.0 psi

(1,687.500 in.4 )(6 in.)

Ans.

Q (6 in.)(1 in.)(7 in.) 42 in.3

VQ

It

(3,000 lb)(42 in.3 )

12.44 psi

(1,687.500 in.4 )(6 in.)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Qmax (6 in.)(7.5 in.)(3.75 in.) 168.75 in.3

50.0 psi

It

(1,687.500 in.4 )(6 in.)

Ans.

M max 21 kip-ft 21,000 lb-ft

I

1,687.500 in.4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.11 A 5-m long simply supported timber beam carries a uniformly distributed load of 12 kN/m,

as shown in Fig. P9.11a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.11b.

(a) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point H.

(b) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point K.

(c) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress that occurs in the beam at any location

within the 5-m span length.

(d) Determine the maximum compression bending stress that occurs in the beam at any location

within the 5-m span length.

Solution

Section properties:

(100 mm)(300 mm)3

I

225 106 mm 4

12

t 100 mm

Q (100 mm)(90 mm)(105 mm)

945,000 mm 3

VQ

It

(18,000 N)(945,000 mm 3 )

(225 106 mm 4 )(100 mm)

756 kPa

Ans.

Q (100 mm)(40 mm)(130 mm)

520,000 mm 3

VQ

It

(18,000 N)(520,000 mm 3 )

(225 106 mm 4 )(100 mm)

416 kPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Qmax (100 mm)(150 mm)(75 mm) 1,125,000 mm3

1,500 kPa

It

(225 106 mm4 )(100 mm)

Ans.

M max 37.5 kN-m

My

(37.5 kN-m)(150 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)

I

225 106 mm 4

25.0 MPa 25.0 MPa (C)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.12 A 5-m long simply supported timber beam carries two concentrated loads, as shown in Fig. P9.12a.

The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.12b.

(a) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point H.

(b) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point K.

(c) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress that occurs in the beam at any location within the 5m span length.

(d) Determine the maximum compression bending stress that occurs in the beam at any location within

the 5-m span length.

dimensions

Solution

Section properties:

(150 mm)(450 mm)3

I

1,139.1106 mm 4

12

t 150 mm

Q (150 mm)(150 mm)(150 mm)

3,375,000 mm 3

VQ

It

(1,139.1 106 mm 4 )(150 mm)

774 kPa

Ans.

Q (150 mm)(100 mm)(175 mm)

2,625,000 mm 3

VQ

It

(1,139.1 106 mm 4 )(150 mm)

602 kPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Qmax (150 mm)(225 mm)(112.5 mm) 3,796,875 mm3

871 kPa

I t (1,139.1 106 mm 4 )(150 mm)

Ans.

M max 39.2 kN-m

My

(39.2 kN-m)(225 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)

I

1,139.1 106 mm 4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.13 A laminated wood beam consists of eight 2 in. 6-in. planks glued together to form a section 6 in.

wide by 16 in. deep, as shown in Fig. P9.13a. If the allowable strength of the glue in shear is 160 psi,

determine:

(a) the maximum uniformly distributed load w that can be applied over the full length of the beam if the

beam is simply supported and has a span of 20 ft.

(b) the shear stress in the glue joint at H, which is located 4 in. above the bottom of the beam and 3 ft

from the left support. Assume the beam is subjected to the load w determined in part (a).

(c) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam when the load of part (a) is applied.

dimensions

Solution

Section properties:

(6 in.)(16 in.)3

I

2, 048 in.4

12

t 6 in.

(a) Maximum Q:

Q (6 in.)(8 in.)(4 in.) 192 in.3

Maximum shear force V:

VQ

160 psi

It

10, 240 lb

192 in.3

wL

Vmax

10, 240 lb

2

2(10, 240 lb)

wmax

1,024 lb/ft

20 ft

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

V 10, 240 lb (1,024 lb/ft)(3 ft) 7,168 lb

Q (6 in.)(4 in.)(6 in.) 144 in.3

84.0 psi

It

(2,048 in.4 )(6 in.)

Ans.

wL2 (1,024 lb/ft)(20 ft) 2

M max

8

8

My

(51, 200 lb-ft)( 8 in.)(12 in./ft)

I

2,048 in.4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.14 A 5-ft long simply supported wood beam carries a concentrated load P at midspan, as shown in Fig.

P9.14a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.14b. If the allowable shear

strength of the wood is 80 psi, determine the maximum load P that may be applied at midspan. Neglect

the effects of the beams self weight.

Solution

Section properties:

(6 in.)(10 in.)3

I

500 in.4

12

t 6 in.

Maximum Q:

Q (6 in.)(5 in.)(2.5 in.) 75 in.3

Maximum shear force V:

VQ

80 psi

It

3, 200 lb

75 in.3

P

Vmax 3,200 lb

2

Pmax 2(3,200 lb) 6,400 lb

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.15 A wood beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.15a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam

are shown in Fig. P9.15b. Determine the magnitude and location of:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the beam.

(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam.

Solution

Section properties:

(75 mm)(240 mm)3

(20 mm)(100 mm)3

I

2

89, 733,333 mm 4

12

12

(a) Maximum shear force:

Vmax = 9.54 kN = 9,540 N @ support A

Check shear stress at neutral axis:

Q (75 mm)(120 mm)(60 mm)

2(20 mm)(50 mm)(25 mm) 590, 000 mm3

VQ

(9,540 N)(590,000 mm3 )

545 kPa

I t (89,733,333 mm4 )(115 mm)

Q (75 mm)(70 mm)(85 mm) 446, 250 mm3

VQ

(9,540 N)(446,250 mm3 )

633 kPa

I t (89,733,333 mm4 )(75 mm)

H ,max 633 kPa

Ans.

Mmax = 6.49 kN-m (between support A and point B)

Maximum tension bending stress:

My

(6.49 kN-m)( 120 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)

x

I

89,733,333 mm 4

8.67905 MPa 8,680 kPa (T)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

supports loads PA = 1.5 kN and PC = 3.0 kN,

as shown in Fig. P9.16. Assume L1 = 150

mm, L2 = 300 mm, and L3 = 225 mm. The

bearing at B can be idealized as a roller

support and the bearing at D can be idealized

as a pin support. Determine the magnitude

and location of:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in

the shaft.

(b) the maximum tension bending stress in

the shaft.

Fig. P9.16

Solution

Section properties:

I

D4

(50 mm) 4

64

64

306, 796.158 mm 4

D 3 (50 mm)3

12

12

10, 416.667 mm 3

Vmax = 1.71 kN (between B and C)

Mmax = 289.29 kN-mm (at C)

V Q (1,710 N)(10,416.667 mm3 )

It

(306,796.158 mm 4 )(50 mm)

1.161 MPa

Ans.

My

(289.29 kN-mm)( 50 mm/2)(1,000 N/kN)

x

I

306,796.158 mm 4

23.574 MPa 23.6 MPa (T)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

supports loads PA = 400 lb and PC = 900 lb,

as shown in Fig. P9.17. Assume L1 = 6 in.,

L2 = 12 in., and L3 = 8 in. The bearing at B

can be idealized as a roller support and the

bearing at D can be idealized as a pin

support. Determine the magnitude and

location of:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in

the shaft.

(b) the maximum tension bending stress in

the shaft.

Fig. P9.17

Solution

Section properties:

I

D4

(1.25 in.) 4

64

64

0.119842 in.4

D 3 (1.25 in.)3

12

12

0.162760 in.3

Vmax = 480 lb (between B and C)

Mmax = 3,360 lb-in. (at C)

V Q (480 lb)(0.162760 in.3 )

My

(3,360 lb-in.)( 1.25 in./2)

x

I

0.119842 in.4

17, 523.022 psi 17,520 psi (T)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

lb and PD = 240 lb, as shown in Fig. P9.18. Assume L1 = 2 in.,

L2 = 5 in., and L3 = 4 in. The bearing at B can be idealized as a

pin support and the bearing at C can be idealized as a roller

support. Determine the magnitude and location of:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the shaft.

(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the shaft.

Fig. P9.18

Solution

Section properties:

I

D4

(1.00 in.) 4

64

64

0.049087 in.4

D 3 (1.00 in.)3

12

12

0.083333 in.3

Vmax = 272 lb (between B and C)

Mmax = 960 lb-in. (at C)

V Q (272 lb)(0.083333 in.3 )

My

(960 lb-in.)( 1.00 in./2)

x

I

0.049087 in.4

9,778.480 psi 9,780 psi (T)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

N and PD = 1,200 N, as shown in Fig. P9.19. Assume L1 = 50

mm, L2 = 120 mm, and L3 = 90 mm. The bearing at B can be

idealized as a pin support and the bearing at C can be idealized as

a roller support. Determine the magnitude and location of:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the shaft.

(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the shaft.

Fig. P9.19

Solution

Section properties:

I

D4

(20 mm) 4

64

64

7,853.982 mm 4

D3 (20 mm)3

12

12

666.667 mm3

Vmax = 1,275 N (between B and C)

Mmax = 108,000 N-mm (at C)

VQ

(1, 275 N)(666.667 mm3 )

It

(7,853.982 mm 4 )(20 mm)

5.411 MPa 5.41 MPa

Ans.

My

(108,000 N-mm)(20 mm/2)

x

I

7,853.982 mm 4

137.510 MPa 137.5 MPa (C)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

supports loads PA = 600 lb, PC = 1,600 lb, and

PE = 400 lb, as shown in Fig. P9.20. Assume

L1 = 6 in., L2 = 15 in., L3 = 8 in., and L4 = 10

in. The bearing at B can be idealized as a roller

support and the bearing at D can be idealized

as a pin support. Determine the magnitude and

location of:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the

shaft.

(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the

shaft.

Fig. P9.20

Solution

Section properties:

I

D4

(1.25 in.) 4

64

64

0.119842 in.4

D 3 (1.25 in.)3

12

12

0.162760 in.3

Vmax = 1,060.9 lb (between C and D)

Mmax = 4,487 lb-in. (at C)

V Q (1,060.9 lb)(0.162760 in.3 )

It

(0.119842 in.4 )(1.25 in.)

My

(4, 487 lb-in.)( 1.25 in./2)

x

I

0.119842 in.4

23, 400.309 psi 23, 400 psi (T)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

supports loads PA = 1,000 N, PC = 3,200 N,

and PE = 800 N, as shown in Fig. P9.21.

Assume L1 = 80 mm, L2 = 200 mm, L3 = 100

mm, and L4 = 125 mm. The bearing at B can be

idealized as a roller support and the bearing at

D can be idealized as a pin support. Determine

the magnitude and location of:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the

shaft.

(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the

shaft.

Fig. P9.21

Solution

Section properties:

I

D4

(25 mm) 4

64

64

19,174.760 mm 4

D 3 (25 mm)3

12

12

1,302.083 mm 3

Vmax = 2,200 N (between C and D)

Mmax = 120,000 N-mm (at C)

V Q (2, 200 N)(1,302.083 mm3 )

It

(19,174.760 mm 4 )(25 mm)

5.98 MPa

Ans.

My

(120,000 N-mm)( 25 mm/2)

x

I

19,174.760 mm 4

78.228 MPa 78.2 MPa (T)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.22 A 3-in. standard steel pipe (D = 3.500 in.; d = 3.068 in.) supports a concentrated load of P = 900 lb,

as shown in Fig. P9.22a. The span length of the cantilever beam is L = 3 ft. Determine the magnitude of:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the pipe.

(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the pipe.

Solution

Section properties:

I

[D4 d 4 ]

64

64

1

1

Q [ D 3 d 3 ] [(3.500 in.)3 (3.068 in.)3 ] 1.166422 in.3

12

12

Vmax = 900 lb

Maximum bending moment magnitude:

Mmax = (900 lb)(3 ft)(12 in./ft) = 32,400 lb-in.

(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:

VQ

(900 lb)(1.166422 in.3 )

I t (3.017157 in.4 )(3.500 in. 3.068 in.)

(b) Maximum tension bending stress:

My

( 32,400 lb-in.)(3.500 in./2)

x

I

3.017157 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.23 A steel pipe (D = 170 mm; d = 150 mm) supports a concentrated load of P as shown in Fig. P9.23a.

The span length of the cantilever beam is L = 1.2 m.

(a) Compute the value of Q for the pipe.

(b) If the allowable shear stress for the pipe shape is 75 MPa, determine the maximum load P than can

be applied to the cantilever beam.

Solution

(a) Section properties:

I

[D4 d 4 ]

64

64

1

1

Q [ D 3 d 3 ] [(170 mm)3 (150 mm)3 ] 128,166.667 mm3 128,170 mm3

12

12

Ans.

VQ

75 MPa

It

Vmax

188,986 N

128,166.667 mm3

Pmax Vmax 189.0 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

pipe, as shown in Fig. P9.24. The outside diameter of the pipe is D =

114 mm and the inside diameter is d = 102 mm.

(a) Compute the value of Q for the pipe.

(b) If the allowable shear stress for the pipe shape is 75 MPa, determine

the maximum load P than can be applied to the cantilever beam.

Fig. P9.24

Solution

(a) Section properties:

I

[D4 d 4 ]

64

64

1

1

Q [ D 3 d 3 ] [(114 mm)3 (102 mm)3 ] 35,028 mm3

12

12

Ans.

VQ

75 MPa

It

Vmax

76, 498 N

35,028 mm3

Pmax Vmax 76.5 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

4-ft long pipe, as shown in Fig. P9.25. The pipe is an 8 in. standard

steel pipe, which has an outside diameter of D = 8.625 in. and an

inside diameter of d = 7.981 in. Determine the magnitude of:

(a) the maximum vertical shear stress in the pipe.

(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the pipe.

Fig. P9.25

Solution

Section properties:

I

[D4 d 4 ]

64

64

1

1

Q [ D3 d 3 ] [(8.625 in.)3 (7.981 in.)3 ] 11.104874 in.3

12

12

Vmax = 6 kips = 6,000 lb

Maximum bending moment magnitude:

Mmax = (6,000 lb)(4 ft)(12 in./ft) = 288,000 lb-in.

(a) Maximum vertical shear stress:

VQ

(6,000 lb)(11.104874 in.3 )

I t (72.489241 in.4 )(8.625 in. 7.981 in.)

(b) Maximum tension bending stress:

M c (288,000 lb-in.)(8.625 in./2)

x

I

72.489241 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.26 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.26a is subjected to a concentrated load of P = 38 kips. The

cross-sectional dimensions of the wide-flange shape are shown in Fig. P9.26b. Determine:

(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 4 in. below the centroid of the wide-flange shape.

(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the wide-flange shape.

Fig. P9.26a

Fig. P9.26b

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape

Width b

Height h

(in.)

(in.)

flange

6.75

0.455

web

0.285

13.090

flange

6.75

0.455

d = yi y

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

0.0530

6.7725

140.8683

53.2700

0.0000

0.0000

0.0530

6.7725

140.8683

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

140.9213

53.2700

140.9213

335.1125

0.455 in.

2

7 in. 0.455 in. 4 in.

3

(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 in. 4 in.) 4 in.

24.6243 in.

9.7974 ksi 9.80 ksi

(335.1125 in.4 )(0.285 in.)

Ans.

0.455 in.

3

(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 in.)

26.9043 in.

max

10.7046 ksi 10.70 ksi

(335.1125 in.4 )(0.285 in.)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.27 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.27a is subjected to a concentrated load of P. The crosssectional dimensions of the wide-flange shape are shown in Fig. P9.27b.

(a) Compute the value of Q that is associated with point K, which is located 2 in. above the centroid of

the wide-flange shape.

(b) If the allowable shear stress for the wide-flange shape is 14 ksi, determine the maximum

concentrated load P than can be applied to the cantilever beam.

Fig. P9.27a

Fig. P9.27b

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape

Width b

Height h

(in.)

(in.)

flange

6.75

0.455

web

0.285

13.090

flange

6.75

0.455

d = yi y

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

0.0530

6.7725

140.8683

53.2700

0.0000

0.0000

0.0530

6.7725

140.8683

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

140.9213

53.2700

140.9213

335.1125

0.455 in.

2

7 in. 0.455 in. 2 in.

26.3343 in.3

Ans.

0.455 in.

max

3

(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 in.)

26.9043 in.

2

VQmax

14 ksi

It

Vmax

49.6983 kips

26.9043 in.3

Pmax Vmax 49.7 kips

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.28 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.28a is subjected to a concentrated load of P. The crosssectional dimensions of the rectangular tube shape are shown in Fig. P9.28b.

(a) Compute the value of Q that is associated with point H, which is located 90 mm above the centroid

of the rectangular tube shape.

(b) If the allowable shear stress for the rectangular tube shape is 125 MPa, determine the maximum

concentrated load P than can be applied to the cantilever beam.

Fig. P9.28a

Fig. P9.28b

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

outer rectangle

195,312,500

0.000

0.000

inner rectangle

143,077,428

0.000

0.000

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

(a) Q associated with point H:

250 mm 8 mm

QH (150 mm)(8 mm)

2

2

IC + dA

(mm4)

195,312,500

143,077,428

52,235,072

250 mm

8 mm 90 mm

250

mm

2

2(8 mm)

8 mm 90 mm 90 mm

2

2

189,912 mm3

(b) Maximum load P:

Ans.

250 mm 8 mm

Qmax (150 mm)(8 mm)

2

2

max

250 mm

8 mm

250 mm

2

2(8 mm)

8 mm

254,712 mm3

2

2

VQmax

125 MPa

It

Vmax

410,150 N 410.15 kN

254,712 mm3

Pmax Vmax 410 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.29 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.29a is subjected to a concentrated load of P = 175 kN. The

cross-sectional dimensions of the rectangular tube shape are shown in Fig. P9.29b. Determine:

(a) the shear stress at point K, which is located 50 mm below the centroid of the rectangular tube shape.

(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the rectangular tube shape.

Fig. P9.29a

Fig. P9.29b

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

outer rectangle

195,312,500

0.000

0.000

inner rectangle

143,077,428

0.000

0.000

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

195,312,500

143,077,428

52,235,072

250 mm 8 mm

QK (150 mm)(8 mm)

2

2

250 mm

8 mm 50 mm

250 mm

2

2(8 mm)

8 mm 50 mm 50 mm

2

2

234,712 mm3

49.1463 MPa 49.1 MPa

(52, 235,072 mm 4 )(2 8 mm)

Ans.

250 mm 8 mm

Qmax (150 mm)(8 mm)

2

2

250 mm

8 mm

250 mm

3

2

2(8 mm)

8 mm

254,712 mm

2

2

max

(175,000 N)(254,712 mm 3 )

53.3341 MPa 53.3 MPa

(52, 235,072 mm 4 )(2 8 mm)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

aluminum beam is 8 kN. If the beam has a cross section

shown in Fig. P9.30, determine:

(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 30 mm

above the bottom surface of the tee shape.

(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the tee shape.

Fig. P9.30

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

top flange

stem

yi

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

2

(mm )

(mm)

(mm3)

375.0

72.5

27,187.5

350.0

35.0

12,250.0

2

725.0 mm

39,437.5 mm3

yi Ai

y

54.397 mm

Ai

725.0 mm 2

20.603 mm

(from top of shape to centroid)

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top flange

781.250

18.103

122,900.565

stem

142,916.667

19.397

131,679.177

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

123,681.815

274,595.843

398,277.658

QH (5 mm)(30 mm)(39.397 mm) 5,909.550 mm 3

23.7 MPa

(398, 277.658 mm 4 )(5 mm)

Ans.

At neutral axis:

Qmax (5 mm)(54.397 mm)(27.199 mm) 7,397.720 mm3

max

29.7 MPa

(398, 277.658 mm 4 )(5 mm)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

steel beam is 80 kN. If the beam has a cross section

shown in Fig. P9.31, determine:

(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 30 mm

below the centroid of the wide-flange shape.

(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the wideflange shape.

Fig. P9.31

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top flange

59,062.5

97.5

29,944,687.5

web

4,860,000.0

0.0

0.0

bottom flange

59,062.5

97.5

29,944,687.5

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

30,003,750.0

4,860,000.0

30,003,750.0

64,867,500.0

QH (210 mm)(15 mm)(97.5 mm) (10 mm)(60 mm)(60 mm) 343,125 mm3

42.3 MPa

(64,867,500 mm 4 )(10 mm)

Ans.

At neutral axis:

Qmax (210 mm)(15 mm)(97.5 mm) (10 mm)(90 mm)(45 mm) 347,625 mm3

max

42.9 MPa

(64,867,500 mm 4 )(10 mm)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

of a steel beam is 110 kips. If the beam has a cross

section shown in Fig. P9.32, determine:

(a) the value of Q associated with point H, which is

located 2 in. below the top surface of the flanged

shape.

(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the

flanged shape.

Fig. P9.32

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

Area Ai

(in.2)

5.0

10.0

8.0

23.0 in.2

top flange

web

bottom flange

yi Ai

Ai

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

11.5

6.0

0.5

yi Ai

(in.3)

57.5

60.0

4.0

121.5 in.3

121.5 in.3

5.2826 in.

23.0 in.2

6.7174 in.

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange

0.4167

6.2174

193.2798

web

83.3333

0.7174

5.1465

bottom flange

0.6667

4.7826

182.9868

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

193.6964

88.4798

183.6534

465.8297

(a) Q at point H:

Ans.

At neutral axis:

Qmax (5 in.)(1 in.)(6.2174 in.) (1 in.)(5.7174 in.)(2.8587 in.) 47.4313 in.3

max

11.20 ksi

(465.8297 in.4 )(1 in.)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

steel beam is 75 kips. If the beam has a cross section

shown in Fig. P9.33, determine:

(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 2 in.

above the bottom surface of the flanged shape.

(b) the shear stress at point K, which is located 4.5 in.

below the top surface of the flanged shape.

Fig. P9.33

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left flange

62.5000

0.0000

0.0000

web

0.0885

0.0000

0.0000

right flange

62.5000

0.0000

0.0000

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

62.5000

0.0885

62.5000

125.0885

QH 2(0.75 in.)(2 in.)(4 in.) 12 in.3

4.80 ksi

(125.0885 in.4 )(2 0.75 in.)

Ans.

QK 2(0.75 in.)(4.5 in.)(2.75 in.) 18.5625 in.3

7.42 ksi

(125.0885 in.4 )(2 0.75 in.)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

supported beam (Fig. P9.34a). The internal bending

moments on the left and right sides of the segment are

75 kN-m and 80 kN-m, respectively. The crosssectional dimensions of the flanged shape are shown in

Fig. P9.34b. Determine the maximum horizontal shear

stress in the beam at this location.

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

yi

Area Ai

(from bottom)

yi Ai

2

(mm )

(mm)

(mm3)

top flange

9,000

300

2,700,000

web

8,400

165

1,386,000

bottom flange

15,000

30

450,000

2

32,400 mm

4,536,000 mm3

yi Ai 4,536, 000 mm3

y

140 mm

(from bottom of shape to centroid)

Ai

32,400 mm 2

Shape

190 mm

(from top of shape to centroid)

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

IC + dA

4

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm )

(mm4)

top flange

2,700,000

160

230,400,000

233,100,000

web

30,870,000

25

5,250,000

36,120,000

bottom flange

4,500,000

110

181,500,000

186,000,000

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 455,220,000

M 80 kN-m 75 kN-m 5 kN-m

V

50 kN

x

100 mm

0.1 m

Maximum horizontal shear stress:

At neutral axis:

Qmax (250 mm)(60 mm)(110 mm) (40 mm)(80 mm)(40 mm) 1,778,000 mm3

max

4.88 MPa

(455, 220,000 mm 4 )(40 mm)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.35 A simply supported beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.35a. The cross-sectional dimensions

of the wide-flange shape are shown in Fig. P9.35b.

(a) Determine the maximum shear force in the beam.

(b) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the shear stress in the cross section at point H,

which is located 100 mm below the neutral axis of the wide-flange shape.

(c) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the maximum horizontal shear stress in the cross

section.

(d) Determine the magnitude of the maximum bending stress in the beam.

Fig. P9.35a

Fig. P9.35b

Solution

(a) Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 175 kN (just to the right of B)

Mmax = 156.25 kN-m (between B and C)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Section properties:

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top flange

56,250

142.5

60,918,750

web

16,402,500

0

0

bottom flange

56,250

142.5

60,918,750

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

60,975,000

16,402,500

60,975,000

138,352,500

QH (200 mm)(15 mm)(142.5 mm) (10 mm)(35 mm)(117.5 mm) 468,625 mm3

59.3 MPa

(138,352,500 mm 4 )(10 mm)

Ans.

At neutral axis:

Qmax (200 mm)(15 mm)(142.5 mm) (10 mm)(135 mm)(67.5 mm) 518,625 mm3

max

65.6 MPa

(138,352,500 mm4 )(10 mm)

Ans.

Mc

(156.25 106 N-mm)(300 mm/2)

x

I

138,352,500 mm 4

169.404 MPa 169.4 MPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.36 A simply supported beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.36a. The cross-sectional dimensions

of the structural tube shape are shown in Fig. P9.36b.

(a) At section aa, which is located 4 ft to the right of pin support B, determine the bending stress and

the shear stress at point H, which is located 3 in. below the top surface of the tube shape.

(b) Determine the magnitude and the location of the maximum horizontal shear stress in the tube shape

at section aa.

Fig. P9.36a

Fig. P9.36b

Solution

Shear force magnitude at aa:

V = 27.60 kips

Bending moment at aa:

M = 60.90 kip-ft

Section properties:

(12 in.)(16 in.)3 (11.25 in.)(15.25 in.)3

I

12

12

4

771.0830 in.

(a) Bending stress at H:

My

H

I

(60,900 lb-ft)(5 in.)(12 in./ft)

771.0830 in.4

4,738.79 psi 4,740 psi (C)

Ans.

Shear stress at H:

QH (12 in.)(0.375 in.)(7.8125 in.) 2(0.375 in.)(2.625 in.)(6.3125 in.) 47.5840 in.3

2, 270 psi

(771.0830 in.4 )(2 0.375 in.)

Ans.

V = 39.60 kips (at pin B)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

At neutral axis:

Qmax (12 in.)(0.375 in.)(7.8125 in.) 2(0.375 in.)(7.625 in.)(3.8125 in.) 56.9590 in.3

max

3,900 psi

(771.0830 in.4 )(2 0.375 in.)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.37 A cantilever beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.37a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the

shape are shown in Fig. P9.37b. Determine:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress.

(b) the maximum compression bending stress.

(c) the maximum tension bending stress.

Fig. P9.37a

Fig. P9.37b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

top flange

left stem

right stem

Width b

(in.)

12.0

0.5

0.5

Height h

(in.)

0.5

5.5

5.5

yi Ai

49.6250 in.3

y

4.3152 in.

Ai

11.50 in.2

1.6848 in.

Area Ai

(in.2)

6.00

2.75

2.75

11.50

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

5.75

2.75

2.75

yi Ai

(in.3)

34.5000

7.5625

7.5625

49.6250

(from top of shape to centroid)

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

top flange

0.1250

1.4348

12.3519

left stem

6.9323

1.5652

6.7371

right stem

6.9323

1.5652

6.7371

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

12.4769

13.6694

13.6694

39.8157

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

V = 5,800 lb

Maximum positive bending moment:

Mpos = 8,850 lb-ft

Maximum negative bending moment:

Mneg = 9,839 lb-ft

(a) Maximum shear stress:

Qmax 2(0.5 in.)(4.3152 in.)(4.3152 in./2)

9.3105 in.3

max

1,356 psi

Ans.

Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the top

of the cross section:

M y

(8,850 lb-ft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)

x pos top

4,494 psi

Iz

39.8157 in.4

Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the bottom of the cross section:

M y

(9,839 lb-ft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)

x neg bot

12,796 psi

Iz

39.8157 in.4

Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress is:

Ans.

comp 12,800 psi (C)

(c) Maximum tension bending stress:

Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the

bottom of the cross section:

M y

(8,850 lb-ft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)

x pos bot

11,510 psi

Iz

39.8157 in.4

Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the top of the cross section:

M y

(9,839 lb-ft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)

x neg top

4,996 psi

Iz

39.8157 in.4

Therefore, the maximum tension bending stress is:

Ans.

tens 11,510 psi (T)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P9.38a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the shape are

shown in Fig. P9.38b. Determine:

(a) the maximum vertical shear stress.

(b) the maximum compression bending stress.

(c) the maximum tension bending stress.

Fig. P9.38a

Fig. P9.38b

Solution

Maximum shear force magnitude:

Vmax = 5 kN

Maximum positive bending moment:

Mpos = 2.00 kN-m

Maximum negative bending moment:

Mneg = 1.50 kN-m

Shape

flange

stem

Width b

(mm)

100

6

Height h

(mm)

8

92

Area Ai

(mm2)

800

552

1,352

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

96

46

yi Ai

(mm3)

76,800

25,392

102,192

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

yi Ai

Ai

102,192 mm3

75.5858 mm

1,352 mm 2

24.4142 mm

(from top of shape to centroid)

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

flange

4,266.67

20.4142

333,391.69

stem

389,344.00

-29.5858

483,176.36

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

337,658.35

872,520.36

1,210,178.71

At neutral axis:

Qmax (6 mm)(75.5858 mm)(75.5858 mm/2) 17,139.640 mm3

max

11.80 MPa

(1,210,178.71 mm4 )(6 mm)

Ans.

Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the top

of the cross section:

M pos ytop

(2.00 106 N-mm)(24.4142 mm)

x

40.348 MPa

Iz

1,210,178.71 mm4

Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the bottom of the cross section:

M y

(1.50 106 N-mm)( 75.5858 mm)

x neg bot

93.688 MPa

Iz

1,210,178.71 mm4

Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress is:

Ans.

comp 93.7 MPa (C)

(c) Maximum tension bending stress:

Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the

bottom of the cross section:

M pos ybot

(2.00 106 N-mm)( 75.5858 mm)

x

124.917 MPa

Iz

1,210,178.71 mm4

Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the top of the cross section:

M y

(1.50 106 N-mm)(24.4142 mm)

x neg top

30.261 MPa

Iz

1,210,178.71 mm4

Therefore, the maximum tension bending stress is:

Ans.

tens 124.9 MPa (T)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.39 A simply supported beam fabricated from pultruded reinforced plastic supports the loads shown in

Fig. P9.39a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the plastic wide-flange shape are shown in Fig. P9.39b.

(a) Determine the magnitude of the maximum shear force in the beam.

(b) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the shear stress magnitude in the cross section at

point H, which is located 2 in. above the bottom surface of the wide-flange shape.

(c) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the magnitude of the maximum horizontal shear

stress in the cross section.

(d) Determine the magnitude of the maximum compression bending stress in the beam. Where along the

span does this stress occur?

Fig. P9.39a

Fig. P9.39b

Solution

Section properties:

(4 in.)(8 in.)3 (3.625 in.)(7.25 in.) 3

Iz

12

12

4

55.5493 in.

(a) Maximum shear force magnitude:

V = 3,664 lb

Ans.

QH (4 in.)(0.375 in.)(3.8125 in.)

7.4326 in.3

(55.5493 in.4 )(0.375 in.)

1,307 psi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

At neutral axis:

Qmax (4 in.)(0.375 in.)(3.8125 in.) (0.375 in.)(3.625 in.)(1.8125 in.) 8.1826 in.3

max

1, 439 psi

(55.5493 in.4 )(0.375 in.)

My

(7,719 lb-ft)(4 in.)(12 in./ft)

H

I

55.5493 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

of dimension lumber to form the I-beam cross section shown in Fig.

P9.40. The flanges of the beam are fastened to the web with nails that

can safely transmit a force of 120 lb in direct shear. If the beam is

simply supported and carries a 1,000-lb load at the center of a 12-ft

span, determine:

(a) the horizontal force transferred from each flange to the web in a 12in. long segment of the beam.

(b) the maximum spacing s (along the length of the beam) required for

the nails.

(c) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the I-beam.

Fig. P9.40

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape

Width b

Height h

(in.)

(in.)

top flange

4

2

web

2

10

bottom flange

4

2

d = yi y

(in.)

6.000

0.000

6.000

IC

(in.4)

2.667

166.667

2.667

dA

(in.4)

288.000

0.000

288.000

IC + dA

(in.4)

290.667

166.667

290.667

748.000

For P = 1,000 lb, V = P/2 = 500 lb

(a) Horizontal force transferred from each flange

(in a 12-in. length):

Q (4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) 48 in.3

748 in.4

VQ

I

q

FH

32.086 lb/in.

385 lb

Ans.

q s nfVf

s

Qmax (4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) (2 in.)(5 in.)(2.5 in.)

max

(748 in.4 )(2 in.)

24.4 psi

nfVf

q

(1 nail)(120 lb/nail)

32.086 lb/in.

3.74 in.

Ans.

73 in.3

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

of dimension lumber to form the I-beam cross section shown in Fig.

P9.41. The I-beam will be used as a simply supported beam to carry a

concentrated load P at the center of a 20-ft span. The wood has an

allowable bending stress of 1,200 psi and an allowable shear stress of 90

psi. The flanges of the beam are fastened to the web with nails that can

safely transmit a force of 120 lb in direct shear.

(a) If the nails are uniformly spaced at an interval of s = 4.5 in. along the

span, what is the maximum concentrated load P that can be supported by

the beam? Demonstrate that the maximum bending and shear stresses

produced by P are acceptable.

(b) Determine the magnitude of load P that produces the allowable

bending stress in the span (i.e., b = 1,200 psi). What nail spacing s is

required to support this load magnitude? Demonstrate that the

maximum horizontal shear stresses produced by P are acceptable.

Fig. P9.41

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

Shape

Width b

Height h

(in.)

(in.)

top flange

4

2

web

2

10

bottom flange

4

2

d = yi y

(in.)

6.000

0.000

6.000

IC

(in.4)

2.667

166.667

2.667

dA

(in.4)

288.000

0.000

288.000

IC + dA

(in.4)

290.667

166.667

290.667

748.000

Q (4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) 48 in.3

q s nfVf

q

(1 nail)(120 lb/nail)

4.5 in.

26.667 lb/in.

VQ

I

V

nfVf

P

2

qI

Q

48 in.3

Pmax

831 lb

415.556 lb

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(831.1 lb)(240 in.)/4 (7 in.)

Mc ( PL / 4)c

max

Iz

Iz

748 in.4

Qmax

max

VQ

I zt

( P / 2)Qmax

I zt

(748 in.4 )(2 in.)

OK

73 in.3

20.3 psi

90 psi

OK

(b) Magnitude of load P that produces the allowable bending stress in the span:

Mc

1, 200 psi

x

I

(1, 200 psi)(748 in.4 )

M

128, 228.566 lb-in.

7 in.

PL

M max

4

4M max 4(128, 228.566 lb-in.)

Pmax

2,137.143 lb 2,140 lb

L

(20 ft)(12 in./ft)

Ans.

Pmax 2,137.143 lb

Vmax

1,068.571 lb

2

2

VQ (1,068.571 lb)(48 in.3 )

q

68.571 lb/in.

I

748 in.4

q s nfVf

nfVf

q

(1 nail)(120 lb)

68.571 lb/in.

Ans.

1.750 in.

VQ ( P / 2)Qmax (2,137.143 lb / 2)(73 in.3 )

max

I zt

I zt

(748 in.4 )(2 in.)

OK

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.42 A wooden box beam is fabricated from four boards, which are fastened together with nails, as

shown in Fig. P9.42b. The nails are installed at a spacing of s = 125 mm (Fig. P9.42a), and each nail can

provide a resistance of Vf = 500 N. In service, the box beam will be installed so that bending occurs

about the z axis. Determine the maximum shear force V that can be supported by the box beam based on

the shear capacity of the nailed connections.

Fig. P9.42a

Fig. P9.42b

Solution

Moment of inertia Iz:

(200 mm)(300 mm)3

Iz

12

12

Q (200 mm)(25 mm)(137.5 mm)

293,750,000 mm 4

687,500 mm3

q s nfVf

nfVf

s

(2 nails)(500 N/nail)

125 mm

VQ

q Iz

q

V

Iz

Q

8 N/mm

(8 N/mm)(293,750,000 mm4 )

687,500 mm3

3,418 N

3.42 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.43 A wooden box beam is fabricated from four boards, which are fastened together with screws, as

shown in Fig. P9.43b. Each screw can provide a resistance of 800 N. In service, the box beam will be

installed so that bending occurs about the z axis, and the maximum shear force in the beam will be 9 kN.

Determine the maximum permissible spacing interval s for the screws (see Fig. P9.43a).

Fig. P9.43a

Fig. P9.43b

Solution

Moment of inertia Iz:

(190 mm)(250 mm)3

Iz

12

12

Q (140 mm)(50 mm)(100 mm)

208,020,833 mm 4

700,000 mm3

VQ (9,000 N)(750,000 mm3 )

q

30.285 N/mm

Iz

208,020,833 mm4

Maximum spacing interval s:

q s nfVf

s

nfVf

q

(2 screws)(800 N/screw)

30.285 N/mm

52.8 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.44 A wooden beam is fabricated by nailing together three pieces of dimension lumber, as shown in

Fig. P9.44a. The cross-sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.44b. The beam must

support an internal shear force of V = 750 lb.

(a) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress in the cross section for V = 750 lb.

(b) If each nail can provide 100 lb of horizontal resistance, determine the maximum spacing s for the

nails.

(c) If the three boards were connected by glue instead of nails, what minimum shear strength would be

necessary for the glued joints?

Fig. P9.44a

Fig. P9.44b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

left board

flange board

right board

y

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(in.)

2

4

2

184 in.3

40 in.2

4.6 in.

Height h

(in.)

8

2

9

Area Ai

(in.2)

16

8

16

40

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

4

7

4

yi Ai

(in.3)

64

56

64

184

3.4 in.

(from top of shape to centroid)

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left board

85.3333

0.60

5.7600

flange board

2.6667

2.40

46.0800

right board

85.3333

0.60

5.7600

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

91.0933

48.7467

91.0933

230.9333

At neutral axis:

Qmax 2(2 in.)(4.6 in.)(4.6 in./2) 42.32 in.3

max

(230.9333 in.4 )(4 in.)

34.4 psi

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

VQ

Iz

230.9333 in.4

62.356 lb/in.

q s nfVf

s

nfVf

q

(2 nails)(100 lb/nail)

62.356 lb/in.

62.356 lb/in.

15.59 psi

2(2 in.)

3.21 in.

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

boards, each 40-mm wide and 90-mm deep, to a 32 400 plywood

web, as shown in Fig. P9.45. Determine the maximum allowable

shear force and the maximum allowable bending moment that this

section can carry if the allowable bending stress is 6 MPa, the

allowable shear stress in the plywood is 640 kPa, and the allowable

shear stress in the glued joints is 250 kPa.

Fig. P9.45

Solution

Moment of inertia Iz:

(112 mm)(400 mm)3

Iz

12

12

Mc

I

I (6 N/mm 2 )(526,346,667 mm 4 )

M max

c

200 mm

526,346,667 mm 4

15.79 kN-m

Ans.

Consider maximum shear stress, which occurs at the neutral axis:

Q (32 mm)(200 mm)(100 mm) 2(40 mm)(90 mm)(200 mm 90 mm/2) 1,756,000 mm3

VQ

It

It

Q

1,756,000 mm3

6,138.7 N

6.14 kN

(a)

Q (40 mm)(90 mm)(200 mm 90 mm/2) 558,000 mm3

The shear stress in the glue joints can be found from the shear flow across the glue joint divided by the

width of the glue joint; thus,

q

VQ / I

glue

tglue

tglue

(0.250 N/mm)(526,346,667 mm 4 )(90 mm)

21, 224 N 21.2 kN

Q

558,000 mm3

Compare results (a) and (b) to find that the maximum allowable shear force for the section is:

Vmax 6.14 kN

V

glue

I tglue

(b)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

dimension lumber boards to form the double-tee cross section

shown in Fig. P9.46. The beam flange is fastened to the stem with

nails. Each nail can safely transmit a force of 175 lb in direct shear.

The allowable shear stress of the wood is 70 psi.

(a) If the nails are uniformly spaced at an interval of s = 4 in. along

the span, what is the maximum internal shear force V that can be

supported by the double-tee cross section?

(b) What nail spacing s would be necessary to develop the full

strength of the double-tee shape in shear? (Full strength means that

the maximum horizontal shear stress in the double-tee shape equals

the allowable shear stress of the wood.)

Fig. P9.46

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

top flange

left stem

right stem

y

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(in.)

12

2

2

464 in.3

64 in.2

Height h

(in.)

2

10

10

7.25 in.

Area Ai

(in.2)

24

20

20

64

yi

(from bottom)

(in.)

11

5

5

yi Ai

(in.3)

264

100

100

464

4.75 in.

(from top of shape to centroid)

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left board

8.000

3.750

337.500

flange board

166.667

2.250

101.250

right board

166.667

2.250

101.250

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

345.500

267.917

267.917

881.333

Q (12 in.)(2 in.)(4.75 in. 2 in./2) 90.000 in.3

(2 nails)(175 lb/nail)

q

87.5 lb/in.

4 in.

VQ

q I (87.5 lb/in.)(881.333 in.4 )

q

Vmax

856.852 lb

I

Q

90.000 in.3

Maximum shear force based on full shear strength of double tee shape:

At neutral axis:

Qmax 2(2 in.)(7.25 in.)(7.25 in./2) 105.125 in.3

max

VQ

It

Vmax

max

It

90.000 in.3

2,347.428 lb

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The smaller of the two values computed above for Vmax gives the limiting shear force:

Vmax 857 lb

Ans.

(b) Nail spacing necessary to develop the full shear strength of the section:

Consider the nailed portion of the beam (i.e., only the top flange) to establish the minimum required nail

spacing for Vmax = 2,347.428 lb, which is the shear force that produces a maximum horizontal shear

stress of 70 psi:

V Q (2,347.428 lb)(90.000 in.3 )

q

239.715 lb/in.

I

881.333 in.4

q s nfVf

smax

nfVf

q

(2 nails)(175 lb/nail)

239.715 lb/in.

1.460 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.47 A box beam is fabricated from two plywood webs that are

secured to dimension lumber boards at its top and bottom flanges

(Fig. P9.47b). The beam supports a concentrated load of P = 5,000 lb

at the center of a 15-ft span (Fig. P9.47a). Bolts (-in. diameter)

connect the plywood webs and the lumber flanges at a spacing of s =

12 in. along the span. Supports A and C can be idealized as a pin and

a roller, respectively. Determine:

(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the plywood webs.

(b) the average shear stress in the bolts.

(c) the maximum bending stress in the lumber flanges.

Fig. P9.47a

Fig. P9.47b

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left web

576

0

0

top flange

16

10

1,200

bottom flange

16

10

1,200

right web

576

0

0

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

576

1,216

1,216

576

3,584

For P = 5,000 lb, V = P/2 = 2,500 lb

Maximum bending moment:

For P = 5,000 lb, M = PL/4 = 18,750 lb-ft = 225,000 lb-in.

(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress (in plywood webs):

Qmax (3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.)

max

VQ

It

(3,584 in.4 )(2 0.5 in.)

133.9 psi

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider the dimension lumber boards that comprise the top flange.

Qflange (3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.) 120 in.3

(2,500 lb)(120 in.3 )

83.7054 lb/in.

I

3,584 in.4

Determine the force carried by one bolt:

q s nfVf

VQflange

Vf

qs

nf

1 bolt

1,004.4643 lb/bolt

(0.375 in.)2 0.110447 in.2

4

Each bolt acts in double shear; therefore, the shear stress in each bolt is:

1,004.4643 lb/bolt

4,547.284 psi 4,550 psi

bolt

2(0.110447 in.2 )

Abolt

M c (225,000 lb-in.)(12 in.)

753 psi

I

3,584 in.4

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.48 A box beam is fabricated from two plywood webs that are secured to

dimension lumber boards at its top and bottom flanges (Fig. P9.48b). The

lumber has an allowable bending stress of 1,500 psi. The plywood has an

allowable shear stress of 300 psi. The -in. diameter bolts have an

allowable shear stress of 6,000 psi, and they are spaced at intervals of s = 9

in. The beam span is L = 15 ft (Fig. P9.48a). Support A can be assumed to

be pinned and support C can be idealized as a roller.

(a) Determine the maximum load P that can be applied to the beam at

midspan.

(b) Report the bending stress in the lumber, the shear stress in the

plywood, and the average shear stress in the bolts at the load P determined

in part (a).

Fig. P9.48a

Fig. P9.48b

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(in. )

(in.)

(in.4)

left web

576

0

0

top flange

16

10

1,200

bottom flange

16

10

1,200

right web

576

0

0

Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.4) =

IC + dA

(in.4)

576

1,216

1,216

576

3,584

V = P/2

Maximum bending moment:

M = PL/4

(a) Determine maximum load P:

Consider maximum bending stress:

Mc

1,500 psi

I

(1,500 psi)(3,584 in.4 )

M

448,000 lb-in.

12 in.

PL

M

448,000 lb-in.

4

4(448,000 lb-in.)

Pmax

9,956 lb

(15 ft)(12 in./ft)

(a)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Q (3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.) 2(0.5 in.)(12 in.)(6 in.) 192 in.3

VQ

300 psi

It

(300 psi)(3,584 in.4 )(2 0.5 in.)

192 in.3

Vmax

5,600 lb

P

2

Vmax

Pmax

2Vmax

(b)

The bolt cross-sectional area is:

(0.375 in.)2

Abolt

0.110447 in.2

4

Each bolt acts in double shear; therefore, the maximum shear force that can be carried by one bolt is:

Vbolt 2(0.110447 in.2 )(6,000 psi) 1,325.364 lb

Determine the shear flow that can be allowed based on the bolt shear stress:

q s nfVf

nf Vf

(1 bolt)(1,325.364 lb/bolt)

147.263 lb/in.

s

9 in.

Consider the dimension lumber boards that comprise the top flange.

Qflange (3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.) 120 in.3

q

VQflange

I

qI

Qflange

Vmax

Vmax

Pmax

120 in.3

4,398.245 lb

P

2

2Vmax

Compare the three values obtained for Pmax in Eqs. (a), (b), and (c) to find

Pmax 8,796 lb 8.80 kips

(c)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

PL (8,796 lb)(15 ft)

M

32,985 lb-ft

4

4

M c (32,985 lb-ft)(12 in.)(12 in./ft)

1,325 psi

I

3,584 in.4

Maximum shear stress in plywood webs:

P 8,796 lb

V

4,398 lb

2

2

VQ

(4,398 lb)(192 in.3 )

236 psi

I t (3,584 in.4 )(2 0.5 in.)

Bolt shear stress:

6,000 psi

bolt

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.49 A wooden beam is fabricated from three boards, which are fastened together with screws, as shown

in Fig. P9.49b. The screws are uniformly spaced along the span of the beam at intervals of 150 mm (see

Fig. P9.49a). In service, the beam will be positioned so that bending occurs about the z axis. The

maximum bending moment in the beam is Mz = 4.50 kN-m, and the maximum shear force in the beam

is Vy = 2.25 kN. Determine:

(a) the magnitude of the maximum horizontal shear stress in the beam.

(b) the shear force in each screw.

(c) the magnitude of the maximum bending stress in the beam.

Fig. P9.49a

Fig. P9.49b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

left board

bottom board

right board

y

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(mm)

40

140

40

1, 408,000 mm3

20,000 mm 2

Height h

(mm)

180

40

180

70.4 mm

Area Ai

(mm2)

7,200

5,600

7,200

20,000

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

90

20

90

109.6 mm

(from top of shape to centroid)

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

left board

19,440,000.00

19.60

2,765,952.00

bottom board

746,666.67

50.40

14,224,896.00

right board

19,440,000.00

19.60

2,765,952.00

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

At neutral axis:

Qmax 2(40 mm)(109.6 mm)(109.6 mm/2)

max

VQ

It

yi Ai

(mm3)

648,000

112,000

648,000

1,408,000

IC + dA

(mm4)

22,205,952.00

14,971,562.67

22,205,952.00

59,383,466.67

480,486.4 mm3

(59,383,466.67 mm 4 )(2 40 mm)

0.2276 MPa

228 kPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider bottom board, which is held in place by two screws:

Q (140 mm)(40 mm)(70.4 mm 40 mm/2) 282, 240 mm3

V Q (2, 250 N)(282, 240 mm 3 )

I

59,383,466.67 mm 4

q s nfVf

q

Vf

qs

nf

10.6939 N/mm

2 screws

Mz y

( 4.50 106 N-mm)(109.6 mm)

x

Iz

59,383,466.67 mm4

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

members, as shown in Fig. P9.50a. The cross-sectional

dimensions are shown in Fig. P9.50b. The 8-mm-diameter

bolts are spaced at intervals of s = 200 mm along the x axis

of the beam. If the internal shear force in the beam is V = 7

kN, determine the shear stress in each bolt.

Fig. P9.50a

Fig. P9.50b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

left board

center board

right board

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(mm)

40

40

40

3,636,000 mm3

19,200 mm 2

Height h

(mm)

90

300

90

Area Ai

(mm2)

3,600

12,000

3,600

19,200

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

255

150

255

189.375 mm

110.625 mm

Shape

IC

(mm4)

left board

2,430,000

center board

90,000,000

right board

2,430,000

yi Ai

(mm3)

918,000

1,800,000

918,000

3,636,000

d = yi y

dA

IC + dA

4

(mm)

(mm )

(mm4)

65.625

15,503,906.25

17,933,906.25

-39.375

18,604,687.50

108,604,687.50

65.625

15,503,906.25

17,933,906.25

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 144,472,500.00

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider left board, which is held in place by the bolt:

Q (40 mm)(90 mm)(110.625 mm 90 mm/2) 236, 250 mm3

11.4468 N/mm

I

144,472,500 mm 4

Note that this value of q is the shear flow that must be transmitted by one surface of the bolt cross

section. The cross-sectional area of the bolt is:

q

Abolt

(8 mm)2

50.2655 mm2

4

Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):

q s n f f Af

f

qs

n f Af

(1 bolt surface)(50.2655 mm 2 )

45.5 MPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

members, as shown in Fig. P9.51a. The cross-sectional

dimensions are shown in Fig. P9.51b. The allowable shear stress

of the wood is 850 kPa, and the allowable shear stress of the 10mm-diameter bolts is 40 MPa. Determine:

(a) the maximum internal shear force V that the cross section can

withstand based on the allowable shear stress in the wood.

(b) the maximum bolt spacing s required to develop the internal

shear force computed in part (a).

Fig. P9.51a

Fig. P9.51b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

left board

center board

right board

yi Ai

Ai

Width b

(mm)

40

40

40

3,636,000 mm3

19,200 mm 2

Height h

(mm)

90

300

90

Area Ai

(mm2)

3,600

12,000

3,600

19,200

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

255

150

255

189.375 mm

110.625 mm

Shape

IC

(mm4)

left board

2,430,000

center board

90,000,000

right board

2,430,000

yi Ai

(mm3)

918,000

1,800,000

918,000

3,636,000

d = yi y

dA

IC + dA

(mm)

(mm4)

(mm4)

65.625

15,503,906.25

17,933,906.25

-39.375

18,604,687.50

108,604,687.50

65.625

15,503,906.25

17,933,906.25

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) = 144,472,500.00

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Q (40 mm)(189.375 mm)(189.375 mm/2)

VQ

It

850 kPa

717,257.813 mm3

0.850 MPa

717,257.813 mm3

Vmax

6,848.4 N

6.85 kN

Ans.

Consider left board, which is held in place by the bolt:

Q (40 mm)(90 mm)(110.625 mm 90 mm/2) 236, 250 mm3

11.1989 N/mm

I

144,472,500 mm 4

Note that this value of q is the shear flow that must be transmitted by one surface of the bolt cross

section. The cross-sectional area of the bolt is:

q

(10 mm)2

Abolt

78.5398 mm2

4

Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):

q s n f f Af

s

nf

Af

11.1989 N/mm

281 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.52 A cantilever flexural member is fabricated by bolting two identical coldrolled steel channels back-to-back, as shown in Fig. P9.52a. The cantilever

beam has a span of L = 1,600 mm and supports a concentrated load of P = 600

N. The cross-sectional dimensions of the built-up shape are shown in Fig.

P9.52b. The effect of the rounded corners can be neglected in determining the

section properties for the built-up shape.

(a) If 4-mm-diameter bolts are installed at intervals of s = 75 mm, determine the

shear stress produced in the bolts.

(b) If the allowable average shear stress in the bolts is 96 MPa, determine the

minimum bolt diameter required if a spacing of s = 400 mm is used.

Fig. P9.52a

Fig. P9.52b

Solution

Centroid location in y direction for the upper channel shown in Figure 9.52b:

yi

Shape

Width b

Height h

Area Ai

(from z axis)

(mm)

(mm)

(mm2)

(mm)

left element

3

40

120

20

center element

59

3

177

1.5

right element

3

40

120

20

417

3

yi Ai 5,065.5 mm

y

12.1475 mm

Ai

417 mm2

yi Ai

(mm3)

2400

265.5

2400

5065.5

Note: y is measured from the z axis to the centroid of the upper channel shown in Figure 9.52b.

Moment of inertia (both channels):

(3 mm)(40 mm)3 (65 mm 2(3 mm))(3 mm)3

I 2 2

3

3

257,062 mm4

Shear flow:

Q (12.1475 mm)(417 mm 2 ) 5,065.51 mm3

VQ

I

11.8232 N/mm

257,062 mm4

Bolt area:

Abolt

(4 mm)2

12.5664 mm 2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

q s n f f Af

f

qs

n f Af

(1 bolt surface)(12.5664 mm 2 )

70.6 MPa

Ans.

q s n f f Af

Af

qs

nf f

Abolt

D2

Dbolt

(1 bolt surface)(96 N/mm 2 )

49.2633 mm 2

49.2633 mm 2

4(49.2633 mm 2 )

7.92 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

structure is to be strengthened by adding a 250 mm wide by 16

mm thick cover plate to its lower flange, as shown in Fig.

P9.53. The cover plate is attached to the lower flange by pairs

of 24-mm-diameter bolts spaced at intervals of s along the

beam span. Bending occurs about the z centroidal axis.

(a) If the allowable bolt shear stress is 96 MPa, determine the

maximum bolt spacing interval s required to support an internal

shear force in the beam of V = 50 kN.

(b) If the allowable bending stress is 150 MPa, determine the

allowable bending moment for the existing W310 60 shape,

the allowable bending moment for the W310 60 with the

added cover plate, and the percentage increase in moment

capacity that is gained by adding the cover plate.

Fig. P9.53

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

Width b

(mm)

250

W310 60

cover plate

1, 292,850 mm3

11,550 mm 2

yi Ai

Ai

Height h

(mm)

16

111.935 mm

Area Ai

(mm2)

7,550

4,000

11,550

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

167

8

yi Ai

(mm3)

1,260,850

32,000

1,292,850

206.065 mm

(from top of shape to centroid)

Moment of inertia about the z axis:

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

IC + dA

4

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm )

(mm4)

W310 60

128,000,000

55.065

22,892,764

150,892,764

cover plate

85,333.33

103.935

43,209,937

43,295,270

4

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm ) =

194,188,035

Consider the cover plate, which is connected to the W310 60 shape with two bolts:

Q (250 mm)(16 mm)(111.935 mm 16 mm/2) 415,740 mm3

107.0457 N/mm

I

194,188,035 mm4

The cross-sectional area of a 24-mm-diameter bolt is:

q

4

Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):

q s n f f Af

Abolt

nf

Af

107.0457 N/mm

811 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(b) Allowable bending moment for W310 60 shape (without cover plate):

Mc

150 MPa

I

(150 N/mm 2 )(128,000,000 mm 4 )

M allow

127,152, 318 N-mm 127.2 kN-m

(302 mm/2)

Allowable bending moment for W310 60 shape (with cover plate):

Mc

150 MPa

I

(150 N/mm 2 )(194,188,035 mm 4 )

M allow

141,354,452 N-mm 141.4 kN-m

(206.065 mm)

Percentage increase in moment capacity:

141,354, 452 N-mm 127,152,318 N-mm

% increase

(100%)

127,152,318 N-mm

11.17%

Ans.

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9.54 A W410 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) is simply supported at its ends and carries a

concentrated load P at the center of a 7-m span. The W410 60 shape will be strengthened by adding

two 250 mm wide by 16 mm thick cover plate to its flanges, as shown in Fig. P9.54. Each cover plate is

attached to its flange by pairs of 20-mm-diameter bolts spaced at intervals of s along the beam span. The

allowable bending stress is 150 MPa, the allowable average shear stress in the bolts is 96 MPa, and

bending occurs about the z centroidal axis.

(a) Based on the 150 MPa allowable bending stress, determine the

maximum concentrated load P that may be applied at the center of

a 7-m span for a W410 60 steel beam with two cover plates.

(b) For the internal shear force V associated with the concentrated

load P determined in part (a), compute the maximum spacing

interval s required for the bolts that attach the cover plates to the

flanges.

Fig. P9.54

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis (with cover plates):

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top cover plate

85,333.33

211

178,084,000

W410 60

216,000,000

0

0

bottom cover plate

85,333.33

211

178,084,000

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

178,169,333

216,000,000

178,169,333

572,338,666

V = P/2

Maximum bending moment:

M = PL/4

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Mc

150 MPa

I

(150 N/mm 2 )(572,338,666 mm 3 )

M allow

(438 mm/2)

PL

M

392.013 kN-m

4

4(392.013 kN-m)

Pmax

224.007 kN

7m

392,012,785 N-mm

392.013 kN-m

224 kN

Ans.

Consider top cover plate, which is held in place by two bolts:

Q (250 mm)(16 mm)(406 mm/2 16 mm/2) 844,000 mm3

572,338,666 mm4

VQ

I

165.166 N/mm

Note that this value of q is the shear flow that must be transmitted across two bolt surfaces. The crosssectional area of the bolt is:

Abolt

(20 mm) 2

314.159 mm 2

Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):

q s n f f Af

s

nf

Af

165.166 N/mm

365 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

supported at its ends and carries a concentrated load of P = 420 kN

at the center of a 7-m span. The W410 60 shape will be

strengthened by adding two 250 mm wide by 16 mm thick cover

plate to its flanges, as shown in Fig. P9.55. Each cover plate is

attached to its flange by pairs of bolts spaced at intervals of s = 250

mm along the beam span. The allowable average shear stress in the

bolts is 96 MPa, and bending occurs about the z centroidal axis.

Determine the minimum required diameter for the bolts.

Fig. P9.55

Solution

Moment of inertia about the z axis (with cover plates):

d = yi y

Shape

IC

dA

4

(mm )

(mm)

(mm4)

top cover plate

85,333.33

211

178,084,000

W410 60

216,000,000

0

0

bottom cover plate

85,333.33

211

178,084,000

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

178,169,333

216,000,000

178,169,333

565,618,666

V = P/2 = 420 kN/2 = 210 kN

Consider top cover plate, which is held in place by two bolts:

Q (250 mm)(16 mm)(406 mm/2 16 mm/2) 844,000 mm3

VQ

I

572,338,666 mm4

309.677 N/mm

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Relate the shear flow and the required bolt area with Eq. (9.14). Note that the shear flow will be

transmitted by means of two fasteners.

q s n f f Af

Af

qs

nf f

2(96 N/mm 2 )

403.225 mm 2

Use the minimum required cross-sectional area of the bolt to calculate the minimum bolt diameter:

Abolt

D2

4

Dmin

403.225 mm2

22.658 mm

22.7 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

channel bolted to the top flange, as shown in Fig. P9.56. The beam is

simply supported at its ends and carries a concentrated load of 100 kN at

the center of a 6-m span. Pairs of 24-mm-diameter bolts are spaced at

intervals of s along the beam. If the allowable average shear stress in the

bolts must be limited to 125 MPa, determine the maximum spacing

interval s for the bolts.

Fig. P9.56

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

W310 60

C250 45

yi Ai

Ai

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

151

302 + 17.1 16.5 = 302.6

Area Ai

(mm2)

7,550

5,680

13,230

2,858,818 mm3

13,230 mm 2

216.086 mm

103.014 mm

Shape

IC

(mm4)

W310 60

128,000,000

C250 45

1,640,000

yi Ai

(mm3)

1,140,050

1,718,768

2,858,818

(from top of shape to centroid)

d = yi y

dA

(mm)

(mm4)

65.086

31,983,215

86.5140

42,512,938

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

159,983,315

44,152,938

204,136,153

V = P/2 = 100 kN/2 = 50 kN

Shear flow through the bolts

Consider the C250 45 shape, which is connected to the

W310 60 shape with two bolts:

Q (5,680 mm 2 )(302.6 mm 216.086 mm)

491,399.5 mm3

q

VQ

I

(50,000 N)(491,399.5 mm3 )

204,136,153 mm 4

120.361 N/mm

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Abolt

(24 mm) 2

452.389 mm 2

q s n f f Af

s

nf

Af

120.361 N/mm

939.653 mm

940 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

channel bolted to the top flange, as shown in Fig. P9.57. The beam is

simply supported at its ends and carries a concentrated load of 90 kN at

the center of an 8-m span. If pairs of bolts are spaced at 600-mm

intervals along the beam, determine:

(a) the shear force carried by each of the bolts.

(b) the bolt diameter required if the average shear stress in the bolts must

be limited to 75 MPa.

Fig. P9.57

Solution

Centroid location in y direction:

Shape

W310 60

C250 45

yi Ai

Ai

yi

(from bottom)

(mm)

151

302 + 17.1 16.5 = 302.6

Area Ai

(mm2)

7,550

5,680

13,230

2,858,818 mm3

13,230 mm 2

216.086 mm

103.014 mm

Shape

IC

(mm4)

W310 60

128,000,000

C250 45

1,640,000

yi Ai

(mm3)

1,140,050

1,718,768

2,858,818

(from top of shape to centroid)

d = yi y

dA

(mm)

(mm4)

65.086

31,983,215

86.5140

42,512,938

Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm4) =

IC + dA

(mm4)

159,983,315

44,152,938

204,136,153

V = P/2 = 90 kN/2 = 45 kN

(a) Shear force in each bolt

Consider the C250 45 shape, which is connected to the

W310 60 shape with two bolts:

Q (5,680 mm 2 )(302.6 mm 216.086 mm)

491,399.5 mm3

q

VQ

I

(45,000 N)(491,399.5 mm3 )

204,136,153 mm 4

108.325 N/mm

Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear force with Eq. (9.13):

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

qs

Vf

nfVf

qs

nf

2 bolts

Vbolt

Vbolt

Abolt

Abolt

allow

Abolt

2

Dbolt

Dbolt

32, 497 N

75 N/mm 2

32, 497 N

Ans.

433.299 mm 2

433.299 mm 2

4(433.299 mm 2 )

23.5 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

10.1 For the loading shown, use the doubleintegration method to determine (a) the

equation of the elastic curve for the

cantilever beam, (b) the deflection at the free

end, and (c) the slope at the free end.

Assume that EI is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.1

Solution

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

EI 2 M ( x)

M0

dx

dv

EI

M 0 x C1

dx

M 0 x2

EI v

C1 x C2

2

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

dv

0 at

x 0

dx

v 0

at

x 0

Evaluate constants:

From Eq. (a), C1 = 0. From Eq. (b), C2 = 0

(a) Elastic curve equation:

EI v

M 0 x2

2

M 0 x2

2 EI

Ans.

vB

M 0 ( L) 2

2 EI

M 0 L2

2 EI

dv

M 0 ( L)

B

dx B

EI

Ans.

M0L

EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

10.2 For the loading shown, use the doubleintegration method to determine (a) the

equation of the elastic curve for the

cantilever beam, (b) the deflection at the free

end, and (c) the slope at the free end.

Assume that EI is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.2

Solution

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

wx 2

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

2

3

dv

wx

EI

C1

dx

6

wx 4

EI v

C1 x C2

24

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

dv

0 at

x L

dx

v 0

at

x L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:

w( L)3

wL3

EI (0)

C1

C1

6

6

Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

w( L) 4

wL4 wL4

EI (0)

C1 ( L) C2

C2

24

24

6

(a) Elastic curve equation:

wx 4 wL3 x wL4

w

EI v

v

x4

24

6

8

24EI

C2

4L3 x 3L4

wL4

8

Ans.

w

24 EI

vA

(0)4

4 L3 (0) 3L4

3wL4

24 EI

wL4

8EI

Ans.

dv

dx

A

A

w(0)3

6 EI

wL3

6 EI

wL3

6 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

10.3 For the loading shown, use the doubleintegration method to determine (a) the

equation of the elastic curve for the cantilever

beam, (b) the deflection at the free end, and

(c) the slope at the free end. Assume that EI is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.3

Solution

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

w0 x3

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

6L

4

dv

w0 x

EI

C1

dx

24 L

w0 x 5

EI v

C1 x C2

120 L

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

dv

0 at

x L

dx

v 0

at

x L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:

w0 ( L)4

w0 L3

EI (0)

C1

C1

24 L

24

Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

w0 ( L)5

w0 L5 w0 L3

EI (0)

C1 ( L) C2

( L) C2

120 L

120 L

24

w0 L4 w0 L4

w0 L4

C2

120

24

30

(a) Elastic curve equation:

w0 x5 w0 L3

w0 L4

EI v

x

120 L

24

30

w0

x5

120 L EI

5L4 x 4 L5

Ans.

w0

(0)5

120 L EI

vA

5L (0) 4 L

w0 L4

30 EI

Ans.

dv

dx

A

A

w0 (0)4

24 L EI

w0 L3

24 EI

w0 L3

24 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.4, use the double-integration

method to determine (a) the equation of

the elastic curve for segment AB of the

beam, (b) the deflection at B, and (c) the

slope at A. Assume that EI is constant for

the beam.

Fig. P10.4

Solution

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

P

EI 2 M ( x)

x

dx

2

dv Px 2

EI

C1

dx

4

EI v

Px3

12

(a)

C1 x C2

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

dv

L

0 at

x

dx

2

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = L/2 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:

P ( L / 2) 2

PL2

EI (0)

C1

C1

4

16

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

P (0)3 PL2 (0)

EI (0)

C2

C2 0

12

16

(a) Elastic curve equation:

P x3 PL2 x

EI v

12

16

Px

3L2

48EI

4 x2

(0

L

)

2

Ans.

(b) Deflection at B:

P( L / 2)

3L2

48EI

vB

L

2

PL3

48EI

Ans.

(c) Slope at A:

dv

dx

A

A

P(0) 2

4 EI

PL2

16 EI

PL2

16 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.5, use the double-integration

method to determine (a) the equation of

the elastic curve for the beam, (b) the

slope at A, (c) the slope at B, and (d) the

deflection at midspan. Assume that EI is

constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.5

Solution

Beam FBD:

Fy Ay

Ay

MA

By

By

By L M 0

By

0

0

M0

L

and

Ay

M0

L

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

Ay x M 0

M ( x)

M0

M ( x)

M0

x M0

L

M0x

L

d 2v

M0x

EI 2 M ( x) M 0

dx

L

2

dv

M0x

EI

M0x

C1

dx

2L

M 0 x 2 M 0 x3

EI v

C1 x C2

2

6L

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

v 0

at

x L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

M 0 (0) 2 M 0 (0)3

EI (0)

C1 (0) C2

2

6L

Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:

C2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

M 0 ( L) 2 M 0 ( L)3

EI (0)

C1 ( L)

2

6L

M 0L M 0L

M 0L

C1

6

2

3

(a) Elastic curve equation:

M 0 x 2 M 0 x3 M 0 Lx

EI v

2

6L

3

(b) Slope at A:

dv

M 0 (0)

A

dx A

(c) Slope at B:

dv

M 0 ( L)

B

dx B

EI

M 0 (0)2

2L EI

M0L

3EI

M 0 ( L) 2

2 L EI

M 0L

3EI

M0x 2

x

6 L EI

3Lx 2 L2

M0L

3EI

Ans.

Ans.

M0

6 L 3L 2L

6 EI

M0L

6 EI

Ans.

vx

L/2

M 0 ( L / 2)

6 L EI

L

2

3L

L

2

2 L2

M 0 L2

16 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.6, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for

the beam, (b) the maximum deflection, and (c) the

slope at A. Assume that EI is constant for the

beam.

Fig. P10.6

Solution

Moment equation:

wLx wx 2

0

a

2

2

wx 2 wLx

M ( x)

2

2

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

wx 2 wLx

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

2

2

3

2

dv

wx

wLx

EI

C1

dx

6

4

wx 4 wLx3

EI v

C1 x C2

24

12

Ma

M ( x)

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

v 0

at

x L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

w(0) 4 wL(0)3

EI (0)

C1 (0) C2

C2 0

24

12

Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:

w( L) 4 wL( L)3

w( L)4 w( L)4

EI (0)

C1 ( L)

C1

24

12

24 L

12 L

(a) Elastic curve equation:

wx 4 wLx3 wL3 x

wx

EI v

v

x3 2Lx 2 L3

24

12

24

24EI

(b) Maximum deflection: At x = L/2:

vmax

w( L / 2)

24 EI

L

2

L

2L

2

2

2

wL L3

48 EI 8

L3

2

5wL4

384 EI

wL3

24

Ans.

Ans.

(c) Slope at A:

dv

dx

A

A

w(0)3

6 EI

wL(0) 2

4 EI

wL3

24 EI

wL3

24 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.7, use the double-integration

method to determine (a) the equation of

the elastic curve for segment AB of the

beam, (b) the deflection midway between

the two supports, (c) the slope at A, and

(d) the slope at B. Assume that EI is

constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.7

Solution

Beam FBD:

Fy Ay

MA

By L

By

By

3L

P 0

2

3P

and

2

Ay

P

2

Moment equation:

P

x 0

2

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

Px

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

2

2

dv

Px

EI

C1

dx

4

Px 3

EI v

C1 x C2

12

Ma

M ( x)

M ( x)

Px

2

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

v 0

at

x L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

P(0)3

EI (0)

C1 (0) C2

C2 0

12

Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:

P ( L )3

PL2

EI (0)

C1 ( L)

C1

12

12

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Px3 PL2 x

Px

EI v

v

L2 x 2

12

12

12 EI

Ans.

vx

L/2

P( L / 2) 2

L

12 EI

L

2

PL 3L

24 EI 4

PL3

32 EI

Ans.

(c) Slope at A:

dv

dx

A

A

P(0)2

4 EI

PL2

12 EI

P( L) 2

4 EI

PL2

12 EI

PL2

12 EI

Ans.

(d) Slope at B:

dv

dx

B

B

PL2

6 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.8, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve

for segment BC of the beam, (b) the

deflection midway between B and C, and (c)

the slope at C. Assume that EI is constant for

the beam.

Fig. P10.8

Solution

Beam FBD:

M B PL C y (4 L) P (5L)

Fy

Cy

By

Cy

By

2P

Moment equation:

M a a M ( x) By x P( L x)

M ( x)

M ( x) Px P( L x) 0

PL

d 2v

EI 2 M ( x)

PL

dx

dv

EI

PLx C1

dx

PLx 2

EI v

C1 x C2

2

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

v 0

at

x 4L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

PL(0) 2

EI (0)

C1 (0) C2

C2 0

2

Substitute x = 4L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:

PL(4 L) 2

EI (0)

C1 (4 L)

C1 2 PL2

2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

PLx 2

PLx

EI v

2PL2 x

v

4L x

2

2EI

Ans.

vx

2L

PL(2 L)

4 L ( 2 L)

2 EI

2 PL3

EI

Ans.

(c) Slope at C:

dv

dx C

PL(4 L)

EI

2 PL2

EI

2 PL2

EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.9, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for

segment AB of the beam, (b) the deflection

midway between A and B, and (c) the slope at B.

Assume that EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.9

Solution

Beam FBD:

MA

Fy

wL2

5L

P

By L

2

4

wL 5 P

By

2

4

Ay By wL P 0

Ay

wL

2

P

4

Moment equation:

wx 2

wx 2

A

x

M

(

x

)

a

y

2

2

2

wx

wLx Px

M ( x)

2

2

4

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

wx 2 wLx Px

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

2

2

4

3

2

2

dv

wx

wLx

Px

EI

C1

dx

6

4

8

wx 4 wLx3 Px3

EI v

C1 x C2

24

12

24

Ma

M ( x)

wLx

2

Px

4

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

v 0

at

x L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

w(0) 4 wL(0)3 P(0)3

EI (0)

C1 (0) C2

24

12

24

Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:

w( L) 4 wL( L)3 P( L)3

EI (0)

C1 ( L)

24

12

24

C2

C1

0

wL3

24

PL2

24

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

wx 4 wLx3 Px3 wL3 x PL2 x

EI v

24

12

24

24

24

wx

Px

v

x3 2 Lx 2 L3

x 2 L2

24 EI

24 EI

Ans.

vx

L/2

w( L / 2)

24 EI

L

2

5wL4

384 EI

PL3

64 EI

2L

L

2

L3

P ( L / 2)

24 EI

L

2

L2

Ans.

(c) Slope at B:

dv

dx

B

B

w( L)3

6 EI

wL( L) 2

4 EI

P ( L) 2

8EI

wL3

24 EI

PL2

24 EI

wL3

24 EI

PL2

12 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.10, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for

segment AC of the beam, (b) the deflection at B,

and (c) the slope at A. Assume that EI is constant

for the beam.

Fig. P10.10

Solution

Beam FBD:

MA

Ay

3L

C y (2 L)

2

9wL

4

C y w(3L) 0

Ay

3wL

w(3L)

Cy

Fy

9wL

4

3wL

4

M ( x)

Ay x wx

x

2

M ( x)

wx 2

2

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

3wL

x

x wx

4

2

3wLx

4

d 2v

wx 2 3wLx

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

2

4

3

2

dv

wx 3wLx

EI

C1

dx

6

8

wx 4 3wLx3

EI v

C1 x C2

24

24

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

v 0

at

x 2L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

w(0) 4 3wL(0)3

EI (0)

C1 (0) C2

24

24

Substitute x = 2L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C1:

w(2 L) 4 3wL(2 L)3

EI (0)

C1 (2 L)

24

24

8wL3 12wL3

wL3

C1

24

24

6

C2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

wx 4 3wLx 3 wL3 x

wx 3

EI v

x 3Lx 2 4 L3

24

24

6

24

wx

v

x3 3Lx 2 4 L3

24 EI

Ans.

(b) Deflection at B:

w( L)

( L) 3

24 EI

vB

3L( L)

wL4

12 EI

4L

Ans.

(c) Slope at A:

dv

dx

A

A

w(0)3

6 EI

3wL(0) 2

8EI

wL3

6 EI

wL3

6 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

200 GPa; I = 129 106 mm4] shown in Fig.

P10.11, use the double-integration method to

determine the deflection at B. Assume L = 4 m, P

= 60 kN, and w = 40 kN/m.

Fig. P10.11

Solution

Beam FBD:

MA

wL

Cy

Fy

Ay

Ay

L

L

P

C y ( L)

2

2

wL P

2

2

C y w( L) P 0

wL

2

P

2

Moment equation:

wx 2

M a a M ( x)

Ay x M ( x)

2

wx 2 wLx Px

M ( x)

2

2

2

wx 2

2

d 2v

wx 2 wLx Px

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

2

2

2

3

2

2

dv

wx

wLx

Px

EI

C1

dx

6

4

4

wx 4 wLx3 Px3

EI v

C1 x C2

24

12

12

wLx

2

Px

2

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

dv

L

0 at

x

dx

2

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = L/2 and dv/dx = 0 into

Eq. (b) to determine C1:

w( L / 2)3 wL( L / 2) 2 P( L / 2) 2

EI (0)

C1

6

4

4

wL3 wL3 PL2

wL3 PL2

C1

48

16

16

24

16

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

wx 4 wLx 3 Px 3 wL3 x PL2 x

EI v

24

12

12

24

16

wx

Px

v

x 3 2 Lx 2 L3

3L2

24 EI

48 EI

4x2

Deflection at B: At x = L/2:

5wL4

PL3

vB

384 EI 48 EI

Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 106 mm4, w = 40 kN/m, P = 60 kN, and L = 4 m.

5(40 N/mm)(4,000 mm) 4

(60,000 N)(4,000 mm)3

vB

384(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm 4 ) 48(200,000 N/mm2 )(129 106 mm4 )

5.1680 mm 3.1008 mm

8.27 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

I = 129 106 mm4] shown in Fig. P10.12, use the

double-integration method to determine the

deflection at A. Assume L = 2.5 m, P = 50 kN, and

w = 30 kN/m.

Fig. P10.12

Solution

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

wx 2

2

Px

M ( x)

wx 2

2

Px

d 2v

wx 2

EI 2 M ( x)

Px

dx

2

dv

wx3 Px 2

EI

C1

dx

6

2

wx 4 Px 3

EI v

C1 x C2

24

6

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x L

dv

0 at

x L

dx

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:

w( L)3 P( L) 2

wL3 PL2

EI (0)

C1

C1

6

2

6

2

Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

w( L)4 P( L)3 wL3

PL2

wL4

EI (0)

( L)

( L) C2

24

6

6

2

24

4

3

wL PL

C2

8

3

wL4

6

PL3

6

PL3

2

C2

wx 4 wL3 x wL4 Px 3 PL2 x PL3

EI v

24

6

8

6

2

3

w

P

v

x 4 4 L3 x 3L4

x 3 3L2 x 2 L3

24 EI

6 EI

Deflection at A:

w

vA

(0) 4

24 EI

4 L3 (0) 3L4

P

(0)3 3L2 (0) 2 L3

6 EI

3wL4

24 EI

PL3

3EI

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 106 mm4, w = 30 kN/m, P = 50 kN, and L = 2.5 m.

3(30 N/mm)(2,500 mm)4

(50,000 N)(2,500 mm)3

vA

24(200,000 N/mm2 )(129 106 mm4 ) 3(200,000 N/mm2 )(129 106 mm4 )

5.6777 mm 10.0937 mm

= 15.77 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

I = 129 106 mm4] shown in Fig. P10.13, use the

double-integration method to determine the

deflection at B. Assume L = 3 m, M0 = 70 kN-m,

and w = 15 kN/m.

Fig. P10.13

Solution

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

M ( x)

w( L x)2

M0 0

2

w( L x)2

M0

2

d 2v

w( L x)2

w 2

EI 2 M ( x)

M0

L 2 Lx

dx

2

2

dv

wL2 x wLx 2 wx3

EI

M 0 x C1

dx

2

2

6

wL2 x 2 wLx3 wx 4 M 0 x 2

EI v

C1 x C2

4

6

24

2

x2

M0

wL2

2

wLx

wx 2

2

M0

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

dv

0 at

x 0

dx

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1 = 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq.

(b) to determine C2 = 0.

Elastic curve equation:

wL2 x 2 wLx3 wx 4 M 0 x 2

EI v

4

6

24

2

w

v

x 4 4 Lx3 6 L2 x 2

24 EI

M 0 x2

2 EI

Deflection at B:

w

vB

( L) 4

24 EI

M 0 ( L) 2

2 EI

4 L( L)3

6 L2 ( L) 2

wL4

8EI

M 0 L2

2 EI

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(15 N/mm)(3,000 mm)4

(70 kN-m)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)(3,000 mm)2

vB

8(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm 4 )

2(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm4 )

5.8866 mm 12.2093 mm

= 18.10 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

I = 129 106 mm4] shown in Fig. P10.14, use the

double-integration method to determine the

deflection at A. Assume L = 2.5 m, P = 50 kN-m,

and w0 = 90 kN/m.

Fig. P10.14

Solution

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

M ( x)

w0 x

x

( x)

2L

3

w0 x3

6L

Px

Px

d 2v

w0 x 3

EI 2 M ( x)

Px

dx

6L

dv

w0 x 4 Px 2

EI

C1

dx

24 L

2

w0 x5 Px3

EI v

C1 x C2

120 L

6

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x L

dv

0 at

x L

dx

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C1:

w0 ( L) 4 P( L) 2

w0 L3 PL2

EI (0)

C1

C1

24 L

2

24

2

Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2:

w0 ( L)5 P( L)3 w0 L3

PL2

w0 L4 w0 L4

EI (0)

( L)

( L) C2

120 L

6

24

2

120

24

4

3

w0 L PL

C2

30

3

Elastic curve equation:

w0 x5 Px3 w0 L3

PL2

EI v

x

x

120 L

6

24

2

w0

v

x5 5L4 x 4 L5

120 L EI

PL3

6

PL3

2

C2

w0 L4 PL3

30

3

P

x3 3L2 x 2 L3

6 EI

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Deflection at A:

Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 106 mm4, w0 = 90 kN/m, P = 50 kN, and L = 2.5 m.

w0

P

vA

(0)5 5 L4 (0) 4 L5

(0)3 3L2 (0) 2 L3

120 L EI

6 EI

w0 L4

30 EI

PL3

3EI

(90 N/mm)(2,500 mm) 4

30(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm 4 )

4.5422 mm 10.0937 mm

= 14.64 mm

3(200,000 N/mm 2 )(129 106 mm 4 )

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.15, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for

the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the

free end, and (c) the slope at the free end. Assume

that EI is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.15

Solution

Beam FBD:

MA

w0 L 2 L

2

3

MA

MA

Fy

Ay

Ay

w0 L2

3

w0 L

0

2

w0 L

2

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) M A

M ( x)

w0 L2

3

w0 x

x

( x)

2L

3

w0 x

x

( x)

2L

3

Ay x

w0 L

( x)

2

w0 x3 w0 Lx w0 L2

M ( x)

6L

2

3

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

w0 x3 w0 Lx w0 L2

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

6L

2

3

4

2

2

dv

w0 x

w0 Lx

w0 L x

EI

C1

dx

24 L

4

3

w0 x5 w0 Lx 3 w0 L2 x 2

EI v

C1 x C2

120 L

12

6

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

dv

0 at

x 0

dx

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq.

(b) to determine C1 = 0.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

w0 x5 w0 Lx3 w0 L2 x 2

EI v

120 L

12

6

w0 x 2

x3 10 L2 x 20 L3

120 L EI

Ans.

w0

( L)5 10 L2 ( L)3

120 L EI

vB

20 L ( L)

11w0 L4

120 EI

Ans.

dv

dx

B

B

w0 ( L)4

24 L

w0 L( L)2

4

w0 L2 ( L)

3

w0 L3

24

6w0 L3

24

8w0 L3

24

w0 L3

8EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.16, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for

the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the

free end, and (c) the slope at the free end. Assume

that EI is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.16

Solution

Beam FBD:

MA

MA

MA

Fy

Ay

Ay

w0 L L

2 3

w0 L2

6

w0 L

0

2

w0 L

2

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

M ( x)

w0 ( L x)3

2L

3

w0

( L x )3

6L

w0 3

( L 3L2 x 3Lx 2

6L

w0 L2 w0 Lx w0 x 2

6

2

2

x3 )

w0 x 3

6L

d 2v

w0 x3 w0 x 2 w0 Lx w0 L2

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

6L

2

2

6

4

3

2

2

dv w0 x

w0 x

w0 Lx

w0 L x

EI

C1

dx 24 L

6

4

6

w0 x5 w0 x 4 w0 Lx3 w0 L2 x 2

EI v

C1 x C2

120 L

24

12

12

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

dv

0 at

x 0

dx

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq.

(b) to determine C1 = 0.

(a) Elastic curve equation:

w0 x5 w0 x 4 w0 Lx3

EI v

120 L

24

12

w0 x 2

120 L EI

x3

w0 L2 x 2

12

5Lx 2 10 L2 x 10 L3

Ans.

w0

( L)5

120 L EI

vB

4w0 L5

120 L EI

w0 L4

30 EI

Ans.

dv

dx

B

B

w0 ( L)4

24 L EI

w0 ( L)3

6 EI

w0 L( L) 2

4 EI

w0 L2 ( L)

6 EI

w0 L3

24 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.17, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for

the cantilever beam, (b) the deflection at B, (c) the

deflection at the free end, and (d) the slope at the

free end. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.17

Solution

Beam FBD:

MA

wL L

2 2

MA

MA

Fy

Ay

Ay

L

4

3wL2

8

wL

0

2

wL

2

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) M A

M ( x)

Ay x

3wL2

8

M ( x)

3wL2

8

wL

x

2

wLx

2

d 2v

3wL2 wLx

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

8

2

2

2

dv

3wL x wLx

EI

C1

dx

8

4

3wL2 x 2 wLx3

EI v

C1 x C2

16

12

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

dv

0 at

x 0

dx

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq.

(b) to determine C1 = 0.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

3wL2 x 2 wLx 3

EI v

16

12

v

wLx 2

9L 4 x

48 EI

dv

3wL2 ( L / 2)

B

dx B

8EI

(0

wL( L / 2) 2

4EI

wL( L / 2)2

L

vB

9L 4

48EI

2

L / 2)

wL3

8EI

7wL4

192EI

Moment equation:

Mb

M ( x) M A

M ( x)

M ( x)

Ay x

3wL2

8

2

w

x

2

L

2

wx 2

2

wLx

w

x

2

L

2

wL

x

2

w

x

2

wL

x

2

3wL2

8

L

2

x

x

wL2

2

d 2v

wx 2

wL2

EI 2 M ( x)

wLx

dx

2

2

3

2

2

dv

wx

wLx

wL x

EI

C3

dx

6

2

2

wx 4 wLx3 wL2 x 2

EI v

C3 x C4

24

6

4

Continuity conditions:

7 wL4

v

at

192 EI

dv

wL3

at

dx

8EI

(c)

(d)

L

2

L

2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants:

Substitute the slope continuity condition into Eq. (c) for x = L/2 and solve for C3:

dv

w( L / 2)3 wL( L / 2) 2 wL2 ( L / 2)

wL3

EI

C3

dx

6

2

2

8

3

wL

C3

48

Next, substitute the deflection continuity condition into Eq. (d) for x = L/2 and solve for C4

w( L / 2)4 wL( L / 2)3 wL2 ( L / 2)2 wL3

7 wL4

EI v

( L / 2) C4

24

6

4

48

192

4

wL

C4

384

Elastic curve equation for beam segment BC:

wx 4 wLx3 wL2 x 2 wL3 x wL4

EI v

24

6

4

48

384

w

v

16 x 4 64 Lx3 96 L2 x 2 8L3 x

384 EI

L4

(L / 2

L)

v

wLx 2

9L 4 x

48EI

w

16 x 4

384EI

(0

64Lx3

96L2 x 2

Ans.

L / 2)

8L3 x

L4

(L / 2

L)

Ans.

(b) Deflection at B:

vB

7 wL4

192 EI

Ans.

vC

w

16( L)4

384 EI

64 L( L)3

96 L2 ( L) 2

dv

8w( L)3 24wL( L) 2 24 wL2 ( L)

EI

dx

48

48

48

dv

dx C

7 wL3

48 EI

8L3 ( L)

wL3

48

L4

41wL4

384 EI

Ans.

7 wL3

48

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.18, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for

the beam, and (b) the deflection at B. Assume that

EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.18

Solution

Beam FBD:

MA

wL L

0

2 4

wL

8

wL

Cy

0

2

3wL

8

C y ( L)

Cy

Fy

Ay

Ay

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

M ( x)

wx 2

Ay x M ( x)

2

wx 2 3wLx

2

8

wx 2

2

3wL

x

8

d 2v

wx 2 3wLx

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

2

8

3

2

dv

wx 3wLx

EI

C1

dx

6

16

wx 4 wLx 3

EI v

C1 x C2

24

16

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0.

Slope at B: Let x = L/2 in Eq. (a).

dv

w( L / 2)3 3wL( L / 2) 2

EI

EI B

dx B

6

16

C1

wL3

48

3wL3

64

C1

5wL3

192

C1

(c)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

w( L / 2)4

24

EI vB

wL( L / 2)3

16

C1 ( L / 2)

wL4

384

wL4

128

C1L

2

wL4

192

C1L

2

(d)

Moment equation:

Mb

M ( x) C y ( L

x)

wL

(L

8

wLx

8

M ( x)

wL

wL2

( L x)

8

8

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

wLx wL2

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

8

8

2

2

dv

wLx

wL x

EI

C3

dx

16

8

wLx3 wL2 x 2

EI v

C3 x C4

48

16

M ( x)

x)

(e)

(f)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (f) to find

wL( L)3 wL2 ( L) 2

EI (0)

C3 ( L) C4

48

16

C3 L C4

wL4

24

(g)

dv

EI

dx

EI

wL( L / 2)2

16

wL2 ( L / 2)

C3

8

wL3

64

wL3

16

C3

3wL3

64

C3

(h)

EI vB

wL( L / 2)3

48

wL2 ( L / 2) 2

16

C3 ( L / 2) C4

5wL4

384

C3 L

2

C4

Continuity conditions:

Since the slope at B must be the same for both beam segments, equate Eqs. (c) and (h):

5wL3

3wL3

C1

C3

192

64

(i)

(j)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Further, the deflection at B must be the same for both segments; therefore, equate Eqs. (d) and (i):

wL4 C1L 5wL4 C3 L

C4

192

2

384

2

(k)

Evaluate constants: Solve Eqs. (g), (j), and (k) simultaneously to determine the values of constants C1,

C3, and C4:

9wL3

17 wL3

wL4

C1

C3

C4

384

384

384

(a) Elastic curve equation for beam segment AB:

wx 4 wLx 3 9wL3 x

EI v

24

16

384

wx

v

16 x3 24 Lx 2 9 L3

384 EI

(a) Elastic curve equation for beam segment BC:

wLx3 wL2 x 2 17 wL3 x wL4

EI v

48

16

384

384

wL

v

8 x3 24 Lx 2 17 L2 x L3

384 EI

(0

(L / 2

L / 2)

Ans.

Ans.

L)

(b) Deflection at B:

EI vB

wL4

192

9wL4

768

5wL4

768

vB

5wL4

768EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.19, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for

the entire beam, (b) the deflection at C, and (c) the

slope at B. Assume that EI is constant for the

beam.

Fig. P10.19

Solution

Beam FBD:

MA

By (3L) wL 3L

7 wL

6

By wL

By

Fy

Ay

L

2

wL

6

Ay

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

Ay x

wL

x

6

M ( x)

wLx

6

Integration of moment equation:

d 2v

wLx

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

6

2

dv

wLx

EI

C1

dx

12

wLx3

EI v

C1 x C2

36

M ( x)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

(a)

(b)

and

v 0 at

x 3L

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = 3L and v = 0 into Eq. (b)

and solve for C1:

wL(3L)3

9wL3 wL3

EI (0)

C1 (3L)

C1

36

36

4

Slope at B: Let x = 3L in Eq. (a).

EI

dv

dx

EI

B

wL(3L)2

12

wL3

4

wL3

2

(c)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Moment equation:

Mb

w

(4 L x) 2

2

w(4 L x) 2

2

M ( x)

M ( x)

d 2v

w(4 L x) 2

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

2

3

dv w(4 L x)

EI

C3

dx

6

w(4 L x) 4

EI v

C3 x C4

24

(e)

(f)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 3L

Substitute x = 3L and v = 0 into Eq. (f) to find

w(4 L 3L)4

wL4

EI (0)

C3 (3L) C4

24

24

4

wL

C4

(3L)C3

24

C3 (3L) C4

(g)

EI

dv

dx

EI

B

w(4L 3L)3

6

C3

wL3

6

C3

Continuity conditions:

Since the slope at B must be the same for both beam segments, equate Eqs. (c) and (h):

wL3 wL3

2wL3

C3

C3

2

6

3

Backsubstitute this result into Eq. (g) to determine C4:

wL4

wL4

2wL3

49wL4

C4

(3L)C3

(3L)

24

24

3

24

(h)

(i)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

wL x3 9wL3 x

EI v

36

36

wL x 2

v

x 9 L2

(0 x 3L)

36 EI

Elastic curve equation for beam segment BC:

w(4 L x) 4 2wL3 x 49wL4

EI v

24

3

24

w

v

(4 L x) 4 16 L3 x 49 L4

24 EI

(b) Deflection at C:

w

vC

(4 L 4 L) 4 16 L3 (4 L) 49 L4

24 EI

vC

(3L

Ans.

w

64 L4

24 EI

5wL4

8 EI

Ans.

4 L)

49 L4

15wL4

24 EI

Ans.

EI

dv

dx

EI

B

wL3

2

dv

dx

B

B

wL3

2 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.20, use the double-integration method to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for

the beam, (b) the location of the maximum

deflection, and (c) the maximum beam deflection.

Assume that EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.20

Solution

Beam FBD:

MA

By L

By

Fy

Ay

Ay

w0 L 2 L

0

2

3

w0 L

3

w0 L

By

0

2

w0 L

6

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

w0 x 2 x

2L 3

Ay x

M ( x)

w0 x 2 x

2L 3

w0 Lx

6

M ( x)

w0 x 3

6L

w0 Lx

6

d 2v

w0 x3 w0 Lx

EI 2 M ( x)

dx

6L

6

4

2

dv

w0 x

w0 Lx

EI

C1

dx

24 L

12

w0 x5 w0 Lx3

EI v

C1 x C2

120 L

36

(a)

(b)

Boundary conditions:

v 0

at

x 0

v 0

at

x L

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants:

Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C2 = 0. Next, substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b)

and solve for C1:

w0 ( L)5 w0 L( L)3

7 w0 L3

EI (0)

C1 ( L)

C1

120 L

36

360

(a) Elastic curve equation:

w0 x5 w0 Lx3 7 w0 L3 x

EI v

120 L

36

360

w0 x

3x 4 10 L2 x 2

360 L EI

7 L4

Ans.

(b) Location of maximum deflection: The maximum deflection occurs where the beam slope is zero.

Therefore, set the beam slope equation [Eq. (a)] equal to zero:

dv

w0 x 4 w0 Lx 2 7 w0 L3

EI

0

dx

24 L

12

360

Multiply by 360L/w0 to obtain:

15 x 4 30 L2 x 2 7 L4 0

Solve this equation numerically to obtain:

x = 0.51932962236L 0.51933L

Ans.

(c) Maximum beam deflection:

w0 (0.51933L)

vmax

3(0.51933L) 4 10 L2 (0.51933L) 2

360 L EI

w0 (0.51933)

4.52118 L4

360 EI

(0.0065222) w0 L4

EI

7 L4

0.00652

w0 L4

EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.21, integrate the load distribution to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve for the beam, and (b) the maximum

deflection for the beam. Assume that EI is

constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.21

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

w0 x

EI 4

dx

L

3

d v

w0 x 2

EI 3

C1

dx

2L

d 2v

w0 x3

EI 2

C1 x C2

dx

6L

dv

w0 x 4 C1 x 2

EI

C2 x C3

dx

24 L

2

w0 x5 C1 x 3 C2 x 2

EI v

C3 x C4

120 L

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

d 3v

at x 0, V EI 3 0

dx

d 2v

at x 0, M EI 2 0

dx

dv

w0 ( L) 4

at x L,

0

C3 0

dx

24 L

w0 ( L)5 w0 L3 ( L)

at x L, v 0

C4

120 L

24

(a) Elastic curve equation:

w0 x5 w0 L3 x w0 L4

EI v

120 L

24

30

C1

C2

C3

0

w0

x5

120 LEI

C4

w0 L3

24

w0 L4

30

5L4 x 4 L5

Ans.

vmax

w0

(0)5

120 LEI

5L (0) 4 L

w0 L4

30 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.22, integrate the load distribution

to determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve for the beam, and (b) the deflection

midway between the supports. Assume

that EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.22

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

w0 x

EI 4

dx

L

3

d v

w0 x 2

EI 3

C1

dx

2L

d 2v

w0 x3

EI 2

C1 x C2

dx

6L

dv

w0 x 4 C1 x 2

EI

C2 x C3

dx

24 L

2

w0 x5 C1 x 3 C2 x 2

EI v

C3 x C4

120 L

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

d 2v

at x 0, M EI 2 0

dx

d 2v

w0 ( L)3

at x L, M EI 2 0

dx

6L

at x 0, v 0

at x

L, v

w0 ( L)5

120 L

C2

C1 ( L)

C1

C4

w0 Lx 3

36

w0 x5 w0 Lx3 7 w0 L3 x

EI v

120 L

36

360

C3 x

0

w0 L

6

0

C3

w0

3x5 10 L2 x3

360 L EI

7 w0 L3

360

7 L4 x

Ans.

vx

L /2

w0

3( L / 2)5 10 L2 ( L / 2)3 7 L4 ( L / 2)

360 LEI

5w0 L4

768EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.23, integrate the load distribution to

determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve, (b) the deflection at the left end of the

beam, and (c) the support reactions By and

MB. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.23

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

w0 x3

EI 4

dx

L3

d 3v

w0 x 4

EI 3

C1

dx

4 L3

d 2v

w0 x5

EI 2

C1 x C2

dx

20 L3

dv

w0 x 6 C1 x 2

EI

C2 x C3

dx

120 L3

2

w0 x 7 C1 x3 C2 x 2

EI v

C3 x C4

840 L3

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

d 3v

at x 0, V EI 3 0

dx

d 2v

at x 0, M EI 2 0

dx

dv

w0 ( L)6

at x L,

0

C3 0

dx

120 L3

w0 ( L)7 w0 L3 ( L)

at x L, v 0

840 L3

120

(a) Elastic curve equation:

w0 x 7 7 w0 L3 x 6w0 L4

EI v

v

840 L3

840

840

C1

C2

C3

C4

C4

w0

x7

840 L3 EI

w0 L3

120

6w0 L4

840

7 L6 x 6 L7

Ans.

vmax

w0

(0)7 7 L6 (0) 6 L7

3

840 L EI

d 3v

w0 ( L)4

w0 L

VB EI 3

3

dx x L

4L

4

MB

d 2v

EI 2

dx

x L

w0 ( L)5

20 L3

w0 L2

20

6w0 L7

840 L3 EI

By

w0 L4

140 EI

w0 L

4

MB

Ans.

Ans.

w0 L2

(cw)

20

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.24, integrate the load distribution

to determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve, (b) the deflection midway between

the supports, and (c) the support reactions

Ay and By. Assume that EI is constant for

the beam.

Fig. P10.24

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

w0 x3

EI 4

dx

L3

d 3v

w0 x 4

EI 3

C1

dx

4 L3

d 2v

w0 x5

EI 2

C1 x C2

dx

20 L3

dv

w0 x 6 C1 x 2

EI

C2 x C3

dx

120 L3

2

w0 x 7 C1 x3 C2 x 2

EI v

C3 x C4

840 L3

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

d 2v

at x 0, M EI 2 0

dx

d 2v

w0 ( L)5

at x L, M EI 2 0

C1 ( L)

dx

20 L3

at x 0, v 0

at x

L, v

w0 ( L)7

840 L3

w0 L( L)3

120

C2

0

C4

C3 ( L)

w0 x 7 w0 Lx3 6w0 L3 x

EI v

840 L3

120

840

C1

C3

0

w0 L

20

0

6w0 L3

840

w0

x 7 7 L4 x3 6 L6 x

840 L3 EI

Ans.

13w0 L4

5120 EI

Ans.

vx

w0

840 L3 EI

L /2

L

2

7

4

7L

L

2

d 3v

w0 (0)4 w0 L

VA EI 3

dx x 0

4L3

20

VB

EI

d 3v

dx3

x L

w0 ( L)4

4 L3

w0 L

20

6 L6

w0 L

20

4w0 L

20

L

2

Ay

w0 L

20

Ans.

By

w0 L

5

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.25, integrate the load distribution

to determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve, (b) the deflection at the left end of the

beam, and (c) the support reactions By and

MB. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.25

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

x

EI 4

w0 cos

dx

2L

3

d v

2w0 L

x

EI 3

sin

C1

dx

2L

d 2v 4w0 L2

x

EI 2

cos

C1 x C2

2

dx

2L

dv 8w0 L3

x C1 x 2

EI

sin

C2 x C3

3

dx

2L

2

16w0 L4

x C1 x3 C2 x 2

EI v

cos

C3 x C4

4

2L

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

d 3v

at x 0, V EI 3 0

C1 0

dx

d 2v

4w0 L2

(0)

4w0 L2

at x 0, M EI 2 0

cos

C

0

C

2

2

2

2

dx

2L

dv

8w0 L3

( L) 4w0 L2 ( L)

4w0 L3

at x L,

0

sin

C

0

C

(2

3

3

3

2

3

dx

2L

16w0 L4

( L) 4w0 L2 ( L) 2 4w0 L3 ( L)

at x L, v 0

cos

(2

) C4 0

4

3

2L

2 2

2w0 L4

C4

(4

)

3

(a) Elastic curve equation:

16w0 L4

x 4w0 L2 x 2

EI v

cos

4

2L

2 2

w0

x

32 L4 cos

4

2 EI

2L

4w0 L3

3

(2

4 2 L2 x 2

2w0 L4

8 L3 x(2

(4

) 4 L4 (4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

w0

(0)

vA

32 L4 cos

4

4

2 EI

2L

w0

32 L4

4

2 EI

4 L (4

2 2

L (0) 2

8 L3 (0)(2

) 4 L4 (4

w0 L4

32 4 (4

2 4 EI

w0 L4

0.1089

EI

Ans.

d 3v

2w0 L

( L)

VB EI 3

sin

dx x L

2L

MB

d 2v

EI 2

dx

4w0 L2

2

x L

( L)

cos

2L

2w0 L

4w0 L2

2

By

4w0 L2

2

MB

2w0 L

4w0 L2

2

Ans.

(cw)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P10.26, integrate the load

distribution to determine (a) the equation

of the elastic curve, (b) the deflection

midway between the supports, (c) the

slope at the left end of the beam, and (d)

the support reactions Ay and By. Assume

that EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.26

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

x

EI 4

w0 sin

dx

L

3

d v w0 L

x

EI 3

cos

C1

dx

L

d 2v w0 L2

x

EI 2

sin

C1 x C2

2

dx

L

dv

w0 L3

x C1 x 2

EI

cos

C2 x C3

3

dx

L

2

w0 L4

x C1 x 3 C2 x 2

EI v

sin

C3 x C4

4

L

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

d 2v

at x 0, M EI 2 0

dx

d 2v

w0 L2

( L)

at x L, M EI 2 0

sin

C1 ( L)

2

dx

L

at x 0, v 0

at x

L, v

w0 L4

( L)

L

sin

C3 ( L)

C2

C1

C4

C3

w0 L4

EI v

x

sin

L

w0 L4

x

sin

4

EI

L

Ans.

vx

w0 L4

( L / 2)

sin

4

EI

L

L/2

w0 L4

4

EI

Ans.

EI

dv

dx

EI

A

w0 L3

A

cos

(0)

L

w0 L3

3

w0 L3

3

EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

d 3v

w0 L

(0)

VA EI 3

cos

dx x 0

L

VB

EI

d 3v

dx3

w0 L

x L

cos

( L)

L

w0 L

w0 L

Ay

By

w0 L

Ans.

w0 L

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.27, integrate the load distribution

to determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve, (b) the deflection midway between

the supports, (c) the slope at the left end of

the beam, and (d) the support reactions Ay

and By. Assume that EI is constant for the

beam.

Fig. P10.27

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

x

EI 4

w0 sin

dx

2L

3

d v 2w0 L

x

EI 3

cos

C1

dx

2L

d 2v 4w0 L2

x

EI 2

sin

C1 x C2

2

dx

2L

dv

8w0 L3

x C1 x 2

EI

cos

C2 x C3

3

dx

2L

2

16w0 L4

x C1 x3 C2 x 2

EI v

sin

C3 x C4

4

2L

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

d 2v

at x 0, M EI 2 0

dx

d 2v

4w0 L2

( L)

at x L, M EI 2 0

sin

2

dx

2L

at x 0, v 0

at x

L, v

16w0 L4

4

sin

2w0

x

24 L4 sin

4

3 EI

2L

C1 ( L)

4w0 L( L)3

6 2

( L)

2L

16w0 L4

x 4w0 Lx3

EI v

sin

4

2L

6 2

C2

2w0 L3 x

(24

3 4

2

Lx3

C3 ( L)

(24

0

4w0 L

C1

C4

C3

2w0 L3

(24

3 4

)

2

) L3 x

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vx

2w0

( L / 2)

24 L4 sin

4

3 EI

2L

L/2

2w0 L4

24sin

3 4 EI

4

(24

L

2

3

2

(24

) L3

L

2

2w0 L

(1.2694611)

3 4 EI

0.0086882

w0 L4

EI

dv

8w0 L3

(0)

EI

EI A

cos

3

dx A

2L

8w0 L3

VB

EI

By

2w0 L

2

d 3v

dx3

4w0 L

2

w0 L3

8

3

4w0 L

2

16

4

2

3

0.026209 w0 L3

Ans.

2w0 L

2

2)

Ans.

2)

2w0 L

x L

2 w0 L3

(24

3 4

w0 L3

0.0262

EI

d 3v

2w0 L

(0)

VA EI 3

cos

dx x 0

2L

Ay

Ans.

2 w0 L(0) 2

2 w0 L3

(24

3 4

w0 L4

EI

0.00869

cos

( L)

2L

4w0 L

2

4w0 L

2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.28, integrate the load distribution

to determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve, (b) the deflection at the left end of the

beam, and (c) the support reactions By and

MB. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P10.28

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

x

EI 4

w0 sin

dx

2L

3

d v 2w0 L

x

EI 3

cos

C1

dx

2L

d 2v 4w0 L2

x

EI 2

sin

C1 x C2

2

dx

2L

dv

8w0 L3

x C1 x 2

EI

cos

C2 x C3

3

dx

2L

2

16w0 L4

x C1 x3 C2 x 2

EI v

sin

C3 x C4

4

2L

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

d 3v

2w0 L

(0)

at x 0, V EI 3 0

cos

C1 0

dx

2L

d 2v

4w0 L2

(0) 2w0 L(0)

at x 0, M EI 2 0

sin

C2 0

2

dx

2L

8w0 L3

dv

( L) 2w0 L( L) 2

at x L,

0

cos

C3 0

3

dx

2L

2

16 w0 L4

( L) 2 w0 L( L)3 w0 L3 ( L)

at x L, v 0

sin

C4

4

2L

6

2 w0 L4

3

C4

(24

)

3 4

(a) Elastic curve equation:

16w0 L4

x 2w0 Lx3

EI v

sin

4

2L

6

w0

x

48L4 sin

4

3 EI

2L

w0 L3 x

3

2w0 L4

(24

3 4

Lx3 3 3 L3 x 2(24

2w0 L

C1

C2

C3

0

w0 L3

)

3

) L4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

w0

(0)

3

vA

48L4 sin

L(0)3

4

3 EI

2L

w0

3 4 EI

2(24

3 3 L3 (0) 2(24

) L4

w0 L4

0.0479509

EI

)L

w0 L4

0.04795

EI

Ans.

d 3v

2w0 L

( L)

VB EI 3

cos

dx x L

2L

MB

EI

d 2v

dx 2

MB

4w0 L2

2

x L

2w0 L2

2

sin

( L)

2L

2)

2w0 L

2w0 L

By

4w0 L2

2 w0 L( L)

2w0 L

Ans.

2w0 L2

2w0 L2

2

2)

(cw)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute the deflection

of the beam at D. Assume a constant value of EI =

1,750 kip-ft2 for the beam.

Fig. P10.29

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

MA

(5 kips)(4 ft) (3 kips)(13 ft) C y (10 ft) 0

Cy

Fy

Ay

Cy

Ay

5.90 kips

5 kips 3 kips

2.10 kips

w( x) 2.10 kips x 0 ft

5 kips x 4 ft

5.90 kips x 10 ft

0

0

V ( x) 2.10 kips x 0 ft

5 kips x 4 ft

5.90 kips x 10 ft

M ( x)

2.10 kips x 0 ft

5 kips x 4 ft

5.90 kips x 10 ft

0

1

3 kips x 13 ft

3 kips x 13 ft

3 kips x 13 ft

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

1

1

EI 2 M ( x) 2.10 kips x 0 ft

5 kips x 4 ft

5.90 kips x 10 ft

dx

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 2.10 kips

5 kips

2

2

EI

x 0 ft

x 4 ft

dx

2

2

5.90 kips

3 kips

2

2

x 10 ft

x 13 ft

C1

2

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

2.10 kips

5 kips

3

3

EI v

x 0 ft

x 4 ft

6

6

5.90 kips

3

kips

3

3

x 10 ft

x 13 ft

C1 x C2

6

6

0

1

3 kips x 13 ft

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 10 ft). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

2.10 kips

5 kips

EI v

(10 ft)3

(6 ft)3 C1 (10 ft) 0

6

6

C1

17 kip-ft 2

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 2.10 kips

5 kips

2

2

EI

x 0 ft

x 4 ft

dx

2

2

5.90 kips

3 kips

2

2

x 10 ft

x 13 ft

17 kip-ft 2

2

2

2.10 kips

5 kips

3

3

EI v

x 0 ft

x 4 ft

6

6

5.90 kips

3 kips

3

3

x 10 ft

x 13 ft

(17 kip-ft 2 ) x

6

6

(c)

(d)

Beam deflection at D: At the tip of the overhang where x = 13 ft, the beam deflection is:

2.10 kips

5 kips

5.90 kips

EI vD

(13 ft)3

(9 ft)3

(3 ft)3 (17 kip-ft 2 )(13 ft)

6

6

6

3

33.000 kip-ft

vD

33.000 kip-ft 3

1,750 kip-ft 2

0.018857 ft

0.226 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.30 supports two

pulleys. For the loading shown, use discontinuity

functions to compute:

(a) the shaft deflection at pulley B.

(b) the shaft deflection at pulley C.

Fig. P10.30

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

Fy Ay 800 N 500 N 0

Ay

MA

1,300 N

MA

500,000 N-mm

Load function w(x):

w( x)

500,000 N-mm x 0 mm

1

800 N x 250 mm

1,300 N x 0 mm

1

500 N x 600 mm

1

0

V ( x)

500,000 N-mm x 0 mm

1,300 N x 0 mm

800 N x 250 mm

M ( x)

500 N x 600 mm

500,000 N-mm x 0 mm

800 N x 250 mm

1,300 N x 0 mm

500 N x 600 mm

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

0

EI 2 M ( x)

500,000 N-mm x 0 mm

1,300 N x 0 mm

dx

1

800 N x 250 mm

500 N x 600 mm

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv

1,300 N

1

2

EI

500,000 N-mm x 0 mm

x 0 mm

dx

2

800 N

500 N

2

2

x 250 mm

x 600 mm

C1

2

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

500,000 N-mm

1,300 N

2

3

EI v

x 0 mm

x 0 mm

2

6

800 N

500 N

3

3

x 250 mm

x 600 mm

C1 x C2

6

6

(a)

(b)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the

slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 mm). Substitute the boundary

condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (a) to obtain:

C1 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

1,300 N

1

2

EI

500,000 N-mm x 0 mm

x 0 mm

dx

2

800 N

500 N

2

2

x 250 mm

x 600 mm

2

2

500,000 N-mm

1,300 N

2

3

EI v

x 0 mm

x 0 mm

2

6

800 N

500 N

3

3

x 250 mm

x 600 mm

6

6

Section properties:

I

(30 mm) 4

39,750.782 mm 4

64

EI 7.9522 109 N-mm 2

200 GPa

200,000 N/mm 2

500,000 N-mm

1,300 N

EI vB

(250 mm) 2

(250 mm)3

2

6

9

3

12.2396 10 N-mm

vB

1.5392 mm 1.539 mm

7.9522 109 N-mm 2

(b) Beam deflection at C: The beam deflection at C where x = 600 mm is:

500,000 N-mm

1,300 N

800 N

EI vC

(600 mm) 2

(600 mm)3

(350 mm)3

2

6

6

48.9167 109 N-mm 3

vC

6.1514 mm 6.15 mm

7.9522 109 N-mm 2

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of

the beam at C and (b) the deflection of the beam at

C. Assume a constant value of EI = 560106 Nmm2 for the beam.

Fig. P10.31

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the right.

M A (210 N-m)(1,000 mm/m) (1, 400 N)(450 mm)

E y (700 mm)

Ey

Fy

Ay

600 N

E y 1, 400 N

Ay

800 N

w( x) 800 N x 0 mm

1

1,400 N x 450 mm

600 N x 700 mm

0

1

V ( x) 800 N x 0 mm

210,000 N-mm x 200 mm

1,400 N x 450 mm

M ( x) 800 N x 0 mm

600 N x 700 mm

1,400 N x 450 mm

600 N x 700 mm

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

1

EI 2 M ( x) 800 N x 0 mm

210,000 N-mm x 200 mm

dx

1

1, 400 N x 450 mm

600 N x 700 mm

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 800 N

2

1

EI

x 0 mm

210,000 N-mm x 200 mm

dx

2

1, 400 N

600 N

2

2

x 450 mm

x 700 mm

C1

2

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

800 N

210,000 N-mm

3

2

EI v

x 0 mm

x 200 mm

6

2

1, 400 N

600 N

3

3

x 450 mm

x 700 mm

C1 x C2

6

6

(a)

(b)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 mm) and at the roller support (x = 700 mm). Substitute

the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 700 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:

800 N

210,000 N-mm

1,400 N

0

(700 mm)3

(500 mm)2

(250 mm)3 C1 (700 mm)

6

2

6

2

C1

22,625,000 N-mm

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 800 N

2

1

EI

x 0 mm

210,000 N-mm x 200 mm

dx

2

1, 400 N

600 N

2

x 450 mm

x 700 mm

2

2

800 N

210,000 N-mm

3

2

EI v

x 0 mm

x 200 mm

6

2

1, 400 N

600 N

3

3

x 450 mm

x 700 mm

6

6

22,625,000 N-mm 2

(22,625,000 N-mm 2 ) x

dv

800 N

EI

(350 mm) 2 (210,000 N-mm)(150 mm) 22,625,000 N-mm 2

dx C

2

dv

dx C

560 106 N-mm 2

0.009152 rad

800 N

210,000 N-mm

EI vC

(350 mm)3

(150 mm)2

6

2

9

3

4.564583 10 N-mm

vC

560 106 N-mm 2

8.1510 mm

0.00915 rad

Ans.

8.15 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.32 supports two

belt pulleys. Assume that the bearing at A can be

idealized as a pin support and that the bearing at

E can be idealized as a roller support. For the

loading shown, use discontinuity functions to

compute:

(a) the shaft deflection at pulley B.

(b) the shaft deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.32

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

MA

(600 N)(300 mm) (800 N)(800 mm)

E y (1,000 mm)

Ey

Fy

Ay

Ey

Ay

820 N

600 N 800 N

580 N

w( x) 580 N x 0 mm

600 N x 300 mm

0

0

V ( x) 580 N x 0 mm

600 N x 300 mm

800 N x 800 mm

M ( x) 580 N x 0 mm

600 N x 300 mm

800 N x 800 mm

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

1

EI 2 M ( x) 580 N x 0 mm

600 N x 300 mm

dx

1

800 N x 800 mm

0

1

820 N x 1,000 mm

820 N x 1,000 mm

820 N x 1,000 mm

0

1

800 N x 800 mm

820 N x 1,000 mm

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 580 N

600 N

800 N

2

2

EI

x 0 mm

x 300 mm

x 800 mm

dx

2

2

2

820 N

2

x 1,000 mm

C1

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

580 N

600 N

800 N

3

3

3

EI v

x 0 mm

x 300 mm

x 800 mm

6

6

6

820 N

3

x 1,000 mm

C1 x C2

6

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 mm) and at the roller support (x = 1,000 mm). Substitute

the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 1,000 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:

580 N

600 N

800 N

0

(1,000 mm)3

(700 mm)3

(200 mm)3 C1 (1,000 mm)

6

6

6

6

2

C1

61.3 10 N-mm

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 580 N

600 N

800 N

2

2

EI

x 0 mm

x 300 mm

x 800 mm

dx

2

2

2

820 N

2

x 1,000 mm

61.3 106 N-mm 2

2

580 N

600 N

800 N

3

3

3

EI v

x 0 mm

x 300 mm

x 800 mm

6

6

6

820 N

3

x 1,000 mm

(61.3 106 N-mm 2 ) x

6

Section properties:

I

64

EI 7.9522 109 N-mm 2

200 GPa

200,000 N/mm 2

580 N

EI vB

(300 mm)3 (61.3 106 N-mm 2 )(300 mm)

6

15.7800 109 N-mm 3

vB

1.9844 mm 1.984 mm

7.9522 109 N-mm 2

(b) Beam deflection at C: The beam deflection at C where x = 500 mm is:

580 N

600 N

EI vC

(500 mm)3

(200 mm)3 (61.3 106 N-mm 2 )(500 mm)

6

6

9

3

19.3667 10 N-mm

vC

2.4354 mm 2.44 mm

7.9522 109 N-mm 2

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

consists of a W530 74 structural steel wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 410 106 mm4].

Use discontinuity functions to compute the

deflection of the beam at C for the loading shown.

Fig. P10.33

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

Fy Ay (30 kN/m)(3 m) 40 kN 0

Ay

MA

130 kN

MA

335 kN-m

Load function w(x):

w( x) 130 kN x 0 m

335 kN-m x 0 m

0

30 kN/m x 0 m

30 kN/m x 3 m

40 kN x 5 m

0

1

V ( x) 130 kN x 0 m

335 kN-m x 0 m

1

30 kN/m x 0 m

M ( x) 130 kN x 0 m

30 kN/m

x 0m

2

30 kN/m x 3 m

335 kN-m x 0 m

2

40 kN x 5 m

30 kN/m

x 3m

2

40 kN x 5 m

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

1

0

EI 2 M ( x) 130 kN x 0 m

335 kN-m x 0 m

dx

30 kN/m

30 kN/m

2

2

x 0m

x 3m

40 kN x 5 m

2

2

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 130 kN

2

1

EI

x 0m

335 kN-m x 0 m

dx

2

30 kN/m

30 kN/m

40 kN

3

3

2

x 0m

x 3m

x 5m

C1

6

6

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

130 kN

335 kN-m

3

2

EI v

x 0m

x 0m

6

2

30 kN/m

30 kN/m

40 kN

4

4

3

x 0m

x 3m

x 5m

C1 x C2

24

24

6

(a)

(b)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the

slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 m). Substitute the boundary

condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (a) to obtain:

C1 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 130 kN

2

1

EI

x 0m

335 kN-m x 0 m

dx

2

30 kN/m

30 kN/m

40 kN

3

3

x 0m

x 3m

x 5m

6

6

2

130 kN

335 kN-m

3

2

EI v

x 0m

x 0m

6

2

30 kN/m

30 kN/m

40 kN

4

4

3

x 0m

x 3m

x 5m

24

24

6

Beam deflection at C: For the W530 74 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 82,000 kN-m2. At

the tip of the overhang where x = 5 m, the beam deflection is:

130 kN

335 kN-m

30 kN/m

30 kN/m

EI vC

(5 m)3

(5 m) 2

(5 m) 4

(2 m) 4

6

2

24

24

2, 240.416667 kN-m3

vC

2, 240.416667 kN-m3

82,000 kN-m 2

0.027322 m

27.3 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

consists of a W21 50 structural steel wide-flange

shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 984 in.4]. Use

discontinuity functions to compute the deflection

of the beam at D for the loading shown.

Fig. P10.34

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to

the right.

MA

(9 kips)(4 ft)

1

2

MA

Fy

270.00 kip-ft

1

2

Ay

(9 kips)

Ay

27.00 kips

4 kips/ft 9 ft

w( x)

270 kip-ft x 0 ft

4 kips/ft

x 16 ft

9 ft

27 kips x 0 ft

4 kips/ft x 16 ft

9 kips x 4 ft

4 kips/ft

x 7 ft

9 ft

V ( x)

270 kip-ft x 0 ft

4 kips/ft

x 16 ft

2(9 ft)

M ( x)

270 kip-ft x 0 ft

4 kips/ft

x 16 ft

6(9 ft)

27 kips x 0 ft

4 kips/ft x 16 ft

27 kips x 0 ft

4 kips/ft

x 16 ft

2

9 kips x 4 ft

4 kips/ft

x 7 ft

2(9 ft)

9 kips x 4 ft

4 kips/ft

x 7 ft

6(9 ft)

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

0

1

EI 2 M ( x)

270 kip-ft x 0 ft

27 kips x 0 ft

9 kips x 4 ft

dx

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

3

3

2

x 7 ft

x 16 ft

x 16 ft

6(9 ft)

6(9 ft)

2

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

27 kips

9 kips

2

x 0 ft

x

2

2

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4

4

x 7 ft

x 16 ft

24(9 ft)

24(9 ft)

6

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

270 kip-ft

27 kips

9 kips

2

3

EI v

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x

2

6

6

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

5

5

x 7 ft

x 16 ft

120(9 ft)

120(9 ft)

24

EI

dv

dx

270 kip-ft x 0 ft

4 ft

(a)

x 16 ft

4 ft

C1

x 16 ft

C1 x C2

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the

slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 ft). Substitute the boundary

condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (a) to obtain:

C1 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

27 kips

9 kips

4 kips/ft

1

2

2

4

EI

270 kip-ft x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 4 ft

x 7 ft

dx

2

2

24(9 ft)

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4

3

x 16 ft

x 16 ft

24(9 ft)

6

270 kip-ft

27 kips

9 kips

4 kips/ft

2

3

3

5

EI v

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 4 ft

x 7 ft

2

6

6

120(9 ft)

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

5

4

x 16 ft

x 16 ft

120(9 ft)

24

Beam deflection at D: For the W21 50 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 198,166.658 kip-ft2.

At the tip of the overhang where x = 16 ft, the beam deflection is:

270 kip-ft

27 kips

9 kips

4 kips/ft

EI vD

(16 ft) 2

(16 ft)3

(12 ft)3

(9 ft)5

2

6

6

120(9 ft)

18,938.7 kip-ft 3

vD

18,938.7 kip-ft 3

198,166.658 kip-ft 2

0.095570 ft

1.147 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.35 consists of a W410 85 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 316 106

mm4]. For the loading shown, use discontinuity

functions to compute (a) the slope of the beam at A

and (b) the deflection of the beam at midspan.

Fig. P10.35

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

MA

(75 kN/m)(2.5 m)(1.25 m)

(75 kN/m)(2.5 m)(6.75 m)

Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy

Ay

Dy (8 m)

187.5 kN

(75 kN/m)(2.5 m) (75 kN/m)(2.5 m)

187.5 kN

w( x) 187.5 kN x 0 m

75 kN/m x 5.5 m

1

0

75 kN/m x 0 m

75 kN/m x 8 m

0

0

75 kN/m x 2.5 m

75 kN/m x 5.5 m

187.5 kN x 8 m

0

1

V ( x) 187.5 kN x 0 m

75 kN/m x 0 m

75 kN/m x 2.5 m

1

0

75 kN/m x 8 m

187.5 kN x 8 m

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

1

2

2

M ( x) 187.5 kN x 0 m

x 0m

x 2.5 m

2

2

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

2

2

1

x 5.5 m

x 8m

187.5 kN x 8 m

2

2

Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

1

2

2

EI 2 M ( x) 187.5 kN x 0 m

x 0m

x 2.5 m

dx

2

2

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

2

2

x 5.5 m

x 8m

187.5 kN x 8 m

2

2

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 187.5 kN

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

2

3

3

EI

x 0m

x 0m

x 2.5 m

dx

2

6

6

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

187.5 kN

3

3

2

x 5.5 m

x 8m

x 8m

C1

6

6

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

187.5 kN

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

3

4

4

EI v

x 0m

x 0m

x 2.5 m

6

24

24

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

187.5 kN

4

4

3

x 5.5 m

x 8m

x 8m

C1 x C2

24

24

6

(a)

(b)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 m) and at the roller support (x = 8 m). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

187.5 kN

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

0

(8 m)3

(8 m) 4

(5.5 m) 4

(2.5 m) 4 C1 (8 m)

6

24

24

24

2

C1

742.1875 kN-m

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 187.5 kN

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

2

3

EI

x 0m

x 0m

x 2.5 m

dx

2

6

6

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

187.5 kN

3

3

x 5.5 m

x 8m

x 8m

6

6

2

187.5 kN

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

3

4

4

EI v

x 0m

x 0m

x 2.5 m

6

24

24

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

187.5 kN

4

4

3

x 5.5 m

x 8m

x 8m

24

24

6

742.1875 kN-m 2

(742.1875 kN-m 2 ) x

(a) Beam slope at A: For the W410 85 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 63,200 kN-m2. The

beam slope at A is:

dv

EI

742.1875 kN-m 2

dx A

dv

dx

742.1875 kN-m 2

63, 200 kN-m 2

0.011743 rad

0.01174 rad

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at midspan: At midspan where x = 4 m, the beam deflection is:

187.5 kN

75 kN/m

75 kN/m

EI vmidspan

(4 m)3

(4 m) 4

(1.5 m) 4 (742.1875 kN-m 2 )(4 m)

6

24

24

3

1,752.929687 kN-m

vmidspan

1,752.929687 kN-m3

63, 200 kN-m 2

0.027736 m

27.7 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.36 consists of a W14 30 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 291 in.4].

For the loading shown, use discontinuity functions

to compute (a) the slope of the beam at A and (b)

the deflection of the beam at midspan.

Fig. P10.36

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

MA

(2.5 kips/ft)(12 ft)(12 ft) Dy (24 ft) 0

Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy

Ay

15 kips

(2.5 kips/ft)(12 ft)

15 kips

1

w( x) 15 kips x 0 ft

2.5 kips/ft x 6 ft

2.5 kips/ft x 18 ft

15 kips x 24 ft

V ( x) 15 kips x 0 ft

M ( x) 15 kips x 0 ft

2.5 kips/ft x 6 ft

2.5 kips/ft

x 6 ft

2

2.5 kips/ft x 18 ft

15 kips x 24 ft

2.5 kips/ft

2

x 18 ft

15 kips x 24 ft

2

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

2.5 kips/ft

1

2

EI 2 M ( x) 15 kips x 0 ft

x 6 ft

dx

2

2.5 kips/ft

2

1

x 18 ft

15 kips x 24 ft

2

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 15 kips

2.5 kips/ft

2

3

EI

x 0 ft

x 6 ft

dx

2

6

2.5 kips/ft

15 kips

3

2

x 18 ft

x 24 ft

C1

6

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

15 kips

2.5 kips/ft

3

4

EI v

x 0 ft

x 6 ft

6

24

2.5 kips/ft

15 kips

4

3

x 18 ft

x 24 ft

C1 x C2

24

6

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 24 ft). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

C2 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 24 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

15 kips

2.5 kips/ft

2.5 kips/ft

0

(24 ft)3

(18 ft)4

(6 ft)4 C1 (24 ft)

6

24

24

2

C1

990 kip-ft

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 15 kips

2.5 kips/ft

2

3

EI

x 0 ft

x 6 ft

dx

2

6

2.5 kips/ft

15

kips

3

2

x 18 ft

x 24 ft

990 kip-ft 2

6

2

15 kips

2.5 kips/ft

3

4

EI v

x 0 ft

x 6 ft

6

24

2.5 kips/ft

15 kips

4

3

x 18 ft

x 24 ft

(990 kip-ft 2 ) x

24

6

(a) Beam slope at A: For the W14 30 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 58,604.164 kip-ft2.

The beam slope at A is:

dv

EI

990 kip-ft 2

dx A

dv

dx

990 kip-ft 2

58,604.164 kip-ft 2

0.016893 rad

0.01689 rad

(b) Beam deflection at midspan: At midspan where x = 12 ft, the beam deflection is:

15 kips

2.5 kips/ft

EI vmidspan

(12 ft)3

(6 ft) 4 (990 kip-ft 2 )(12 ft)

7,695 kip-ft 3

6

24

7,695 kip-ft 3

vmidspan

0.131305 ft 1.576 in.

58,604.164 kip-ft 2

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.37 consists of a W21 50 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 984 in.4].

For the loading shown, use discontinuity functions

to compute (a) the slope of the beam at A and (b)

the deflection of the beam at B.

Fig. P10.37

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the right.

MA

(7 kips/ft)(11 ft)(5.5 ft) (4 kips/ft)(9 ft)(15.5 ft)

C y (20 ft)

Cy

Fy

Ay

Cy

Ay

49.075 kips

(7 kips/ft)(11 ft) (4 kips/ft)(9 ft)

63.925 kips

w( x) 63.925 kips x 0 ft

4 kips/ft x 11 ft

7 kips/ft x 0 ft

4 kips/ft x 20 ft

M ( x)

49.075 kips x 20 ft

0

1

V ( x) 63.925 kips x 0 ft

7 kips/ft x 0 ft

7 kips/ft x 11 ft

4 kips/ft x 11 ft

7 kips/ft x 11 ft

1

0

4 kips/ft x 20 ft

49.075 kips x 20 ft

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

1

2

2

63.925 kips x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 11 ft

2

2

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

2

2

x 11 ft

x 20 ft

49.075 kips x 20 ft

2

2

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

1

2

2

EI 2 M ( x) 63.925 kips x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 11 ft

dx

2

2

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

2

2

x 11 ft

x 20 ft

49.075 kips x 20 ft

2

2

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 63.925 kips

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

2

3

3

EI

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 11 ft

dx

2

6

6

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

49.075 kips

3

3

2

x 11 ft

x 20 ft

x 20 ft

C1

6

6

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

63.925 kips

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

3

4

4

EI v

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 11 ft

6

24

24

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

49.075 kips

4

4

3

x 11 ft

x 20 ft

x 20 ft

C1 x C2

24

24

6

(a)

(b)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 20 ft). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 20 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

63.925 kips

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

0

(20 ft)3

(20 ft)4

(9 ft)4

(9 ft)4 C1 (20 ft)

6

24

24

24

2

C1

1,969.3396 kip-ft

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 63.925 kips

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

2

3

3

EI

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 11 ft

x 11 ft

dx

2

6

6

6

4 kips/ft

49.075 kips

3

2

x 20 ft

x 20 ft

1,969.3396 kip-ft 2

6

2

63.925 kips

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

3

4

4

4

EI v

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 11 ft

x 11 ft

6

24

24

24

4 kips/ft

49.075 kips

4

3

x 20 ft

x 20 ft

(1,969.3396 kip-ft 2 ) x

24

6

(a) Beam slope at A: For the W21 50 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 198,166.658 kip-ft2.

The beam slope at A is:

dv

EI

1,969.3396 kip-ft 2

dx A

dv

dx

1,969.3396 kip-ft 2

198,166.658 kip-ft 2

0.009938 rad

0.00994 rad

(b) Beam deflection at B: At midspan where x = 11 ft, the beam deflection is:

63.925 kips

7 kips/ft

EI vB

(11 ft)3

(11 ft) 4 (1,969.3396 kip-ft 2 )(11 ft)

6

24

11,752.33123 kip-ft 3

vB

0.059305 ft 0.712 in.

198,166.658 kip-ft 2

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.38 consists of a W200 59 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 60.8 106

mm4]. For the loading shown, use discontinuity

functions to compute (a) the deflection of the beam

at C and (b) the deflection of the beam at F.

Fig. P10.38

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

MA

(20 kN)(2 m) (8 kN/m)(6 m)(7 m)

(10 kN)(12 m)

Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy

Ay

Dy (8 m)

62 kN

20 kN (8 kN/m)(6 m) 10 kN

16 kN

w( x) 16 kN x 0 m

8 kN/m x 10 m

20 kN x 2 m

0

8 kN/m x 4 m

10 kN x 12 m

0

0

1

V ( x) 16 kN x 0 m

20 kN x 2 m

8 kN/m x 4 m

62 kN x 8 m

8 kN/m x 10 m

M ( x) 16 kN x 0 m

8 kN/m

x 10 m

2

10 kN x 12 m

20 kN x 2 m

2

62 kN x 8 m

10 kN x 12 m

8 kN/m

x 4m

2

62 kN x 8 m

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

8 kN/m

1

1

2

EI 2 M ( x) 16 kN x 0 m

20 kN x 2 m

x 4m

62 kN x 8 m

dx

2

8 kN/m

2

1

x 10 m

10 kN x 12 m

2

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 16 kN

20 kN

8 kN/m

62 kN

2

2

3

2

EI

x 0m

x 2m

x 4m

x 8m

dx

2

2

6

2

8 kN/m

10

kN

3

2

x 10 m

x 12 m

C1

6

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

(a)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI v

16 kN

20 kN

8 kN/m

3

3

x 0m

x 2m

x 4m

6

6

24

8 kN/m

10 kN

4

3

x 10 m

x 12 m

C1 x C2

24

6

62 kN

x 8m

6

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 m) and at the roller support (x = 8 m). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

16 kN

20 kN

8 kN/m

0

(8 m)3

(6 m)3

(4 m) 4 C1 (8 m)

6

6

24

2

C1

70 kN-m

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 16 kN

20 kN

8 kN/m

2

2

EI

x 0m

x 2m

x 4m

dx

2

2

6

8 kN/m

10 kN

3

2

x 10 m

x 12 m

70 kN-m 2

6

2

16 kN

20

kN

8 kN/m

3

3

4

EI v

x 0m

x 2m

x 4m

6

6

24

8 kN/m

10 kN

4

3

x 10 m

x 12 m

(70 kN-m 2 ) x

24

6

62 kN

x 8m

2

62 kN

x 8m

6

(a) Beam deflection at C: For the W200 59 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 12,160 kN-m2.

At C where x = 4 m, the beam deflection is:

16 kN

20 kN

EI vC

(4 m)3

(2 m)3 (70 kN-m 2 )(4 m)

6

6

3

136 kN-m

vC

136 kN-m3

12,160 kN-m 2

0.011184 m

11.18 mm

Ans.

16 kN

20 kN

8 kN/m

62 kN

EI vF

(12 m)3

(10 m)3

(8 m) 4

(4 m)3

6

6

24

6

8 kN/m

(2 m) 4 (70 kN-m 2 )(12 m)

24

264 kN-m 3

vF

264 kN-m3

12,160 kN-m 2

0.021711 m

21.7 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

30,000 ksi] shaft shown in Fig. P10.39 supports

two belt pulleys. Assume that the bearing at B

can be idealized as a pin support and that the

bearing at D can be idealized as a roller support.

For the loading shown, use discontinuity

functions to compute:

(a) the shaft deflection at pulley A.

(b) the shaft deflection at pulley C.

Fig. P10.39

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

M B (90 lb)(5 in.) (120 lb)(10 in.) Dy (20 in.) 0

Dy

Fy

By

Dy

By

37.5 lb

90 lb 120 lb

172.5 lb

w( x)

90 lb x 0 in.

172.5 lb x 5 in.

120 lb x 15 in.

37.5 lb x 25 in.

V ( x)

M ( x)

90 lb x 0 in.

90 lb x 0 in.

172.5 lb x 5 in.

172.5 lb x 5 in.

0

1

120 lb x 15 in.

120 lb x 15 in.

0

1

37.5 lb x 25 in.

37.5 lb x 25 in.

0

1

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

1

1

1

1

EI 2 M ( x)

90 lb x 0 in. 172.5 lb x 5 in. 120 lb x 15 in.

37.5 lb x 25 in.

dx

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv

90 lb

172.5 lb

120 lb

37.5 lb

2

2

2

2

EI

x 0 in.

x 5 in.

x 15 in.

x 25 in.

C1 (a)

dx

2

2

2

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

90 lb

172.5 lb

120 lb

3

3

3

EI v

x 0 in.

x 5 in.

x 15 in.

6

6

6

37.5 lb

3

x 25 in.

C1 x C2

(b)

6

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 5 in.) and at the roller support (x = 25 in.). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 5 in. into Eq. (b) to obtain:

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

90 lb

(5 in.)3 C1 (5 in.) C2

6

C1 (5 in.) C2 1,875.0 lb-in.3

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 25 in. into Eq. (b) to obtain:

90 lb

172.5 lb

120 lb

0

(25 in.)3

(20 in.)3

(10 in.)3 C1 (25 in.) C2

6

6

6

C1 (25 in.) C2 24,375.0 lb-in.3

0

(c)

(d)

Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:

C1 1,125 lb-in.2

and

C2

3,750 lb-in.3

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

90 lb

172.5 lb

120 lb

2

2

2

EI

x 0 in.

x 5 in.

x 15 in.

dx

2

2

2

37.5 lb

2

x 25 in.

1,125 lb-in.2

2

90 lb

172.5 lb

120 lb

3

3

3

EI v

x 0 in.

x 5 in.

x 15 in.

6

6

6

37.5 lb

3

x 25 in.

(1,125 lb-in.2 ) x 3,750 lb-in.3

6

Section properties:

I

(0.5 in.) 4

3.06796 10

64

EI 92.0388 103 lb-in.2

in.4

30,000 ksi

30 106 psi

EI vA

3,750 lb-in.3

vA

3,750 lb-in.3

92.0388 103 lb-in.2

0.040744 in.

0.0407 in.

90 lb

172.5 lb

EI vC

(15 in.)3

(10 in.)3 (1,125 lb-in.2 )(15 in.) 3,750 lb-in.3

6

6

8,750 lb-in.3

vC

0.095069 in. 0.0951 in.

92.0388 103 lb-in.2

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

consists of a W8 31 structural steel wide-flange

shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 110 in.4]. For the

loading shown, use discontinuity functions to

compute (a) the slope of the beam at A and (b) the

deflection of the beam at A.

Fig. P10.40

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to

the right.

Fy C y (3.5 kips/ft)(10 ft) 0

Cy

MC

35 kips

MC

100 kip-ft

Load function w(x):

w( x) 75 kip-ft x 0 ft

2

1

35 kips x 15 ft

3.5 kips/ft x 5 ft

0

2

100 kip-ft x 15 ft

1

1

V ( x) 75 kip-ft x 0 ft

3.5 kips/ft x 5 ft

3.5 kips/ft x 15 ft

35 kips x 15 ft

M ( x)

75 kip-ft x 0 ft

35 kips x 15 ft

100 kip-ft x 15 ft

3.5 kips/ft

x 5 ft

2

100 kip-ft x 15 ft

3.5 kips/ft

x 15 ft

2

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

3.5 kips/ft

0

EI 2 M ( x) 75 kip-ft x 0 ft

x 5 ft

dx

2

1

3.5 kips/ft x 15 ft

3.5 kips/ft

x 15 ft

2

35 kips x 15 ft

100 kip-ft x 15 ft

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv

3.5 kips/ft

3.5 kips/ft

1

3

3

EI

75 kip-ft x 0 ft

x 5 ft

x 15 ft

dx

6

6

35 kips

2

1

x 15 ft

100 kip-ft x 15 ft

C1

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

75 kip-ft

3.5 kips/ft

3.5 kips/ft

2

4

4

EI v

x 0 ft

x 5 ft

x 15 ft

2

24

24

35 kips

100 kip-ft

3

2

x 15 ft

x 15 ft

C1 x C2

6

2

(a)

(b)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the

slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 15 ft). Substitute the boundary

condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 15 ft into Eq. (a) to obtain:

3.5 kips/ft

0 (75 kip-ft)(15 ft)1

(10 ft)3 C1

6

C1

541.666667 kip-ft 2

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 15 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

75 kip-ft

3.5 kips/ft

0

(15 ft)2

(10 ft)4 ( 541.666667 kip-ft 2 )(15 ft) C2

2

24

C2 1,145.833334 kip-ft 3

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

3.5 kips/ft

3.5 kips/ft

1

3

3

EI

75 kip-ft x 0 ft

x 5 ft

x 15 ft

dx

6

6

35 kips

2

1

x 15 ft

100 kip-ft x 15 ft

541.666667 kip-ft 2

2

75 kip-ft

3.5 kips/ft

3.5 kips/ft

2

4

4

EI v

x 0 ft

x 5 ft

x 15 ft

2

24

24

35 kips

100 kip-ft

3

2

x 15 ft

x 15 ft

(541.666667 kip-ft 2 ) x 1,145.833334 kip-ft 3

6

2

(a) Beam slope at A: For the W8 31 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 22,152.777 kip-ft2. At

the tip of the overhang where x = 0 ft, the beam slope is:

dv

EI

541.666667 kip-ft 2

dx A

dv

dx

541.666667 kip-ft 2

22,152.777 kip-ft 2

0.024451 rad

0.0245 rad

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at A: At the tip of the overhang where x = 0 ft, the beam deflection is:

EI vA 1,145.833334 kip-ft 3

vA

1,145.833334 kip-ft 3

22,152.777 kip-ft 2

0.051724 ft

0.621 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.41 consists of a W14 34 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 340 in.4].

For the loading shown, use discontinuity functions

to compute (a) the slope of the beam at E and (b)

the deflection of the beam at C.

Fig. P10.41

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the right.

8 ft

M B 12 (6 kips/ft)(8 ft)

(4 kips/ft)(10 ft)(13 ft)

3

E y (22 ft) 0

Ey

Fy

By

Ey

By

20.727 kips

1

2

43.273 kips

6 kips/ft

w( x)

x 0 ft

8 ft

4 kips/ft x 16 ft

6 kips/ft

x 8 ft

8 ft

4 kips/ft x 26 ft

6 kips/ft x 8 ft

0

M ( x)

43.273 kips x 8 ft

1

20.727 kips x 30 ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

2

2

V ( x)

x 0 ft

x 8 ft

6 kips/ft x 8 ft

2(8 ft)

2(8 ft)

1

43.273 kips x 8 ft

4 kips/ft x 16 ft

4 kips/ft x 26 ft

20.727 kips x 30 ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

3

3

2

x 0 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

43.273 kips x 8 ft

6(8 ft)

6(8 ft)

2

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

2

2

1

x 16 ft

x 26 ft

20.727 kips x 30 ft

2

2

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

3

3

2

EI 2 M ( x)

x 0 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

dx

6(8 ft)

6(8 ft)

2

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

1

2

43.273 kips x 8 ft

x 16 ft

x 26 ft

2

2

20.727 kips x 30 ft

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

43.273 kips

4

4

3

x 0 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

24(8 ft)

24(8 ft)

6

2

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

20.727 kips

3

3

2

x 16 ft

x 26 ft

x 30 ft

C1

6

6

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

43.273 kips

5

5

4

3

EI v

x 0 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

120(8 ft)

120(8 ft)

24

6

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

20.727 kips

4

4

3

x 16 ft

x 26 ft

x 30 ft

C1 x C2

24

24

6

EI

dv

dx

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 8 ft) and at the roller support (x = 30 ft). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

6 kips/ft

0

(8 ft)5 C1 (8 ft) C2

120(8 ft)

C1 (8 ft) C2

204.80 kips-ft 3

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

43.273 kips

0

(30 ft)5

(22 ft)5

(22 ft) 4

(22 ft) 3

120(8 ft)

120(8 ft)

24

6

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

(14 ft) 4

(4 ft) 4 C1 (30 ft) C2

24

24

C1 (30 ft) C2

9,334.351 kip-ft 3

(c)

(d)

Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:

C1

433.598 kip-ft 2

and

C2 3,673.582 kip-ft 3

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

43.273 kips

4

4

3

2

EI

x 0 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

dx

24(8 ft)

24(8 ft)

6

2

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

20.727 kips

3

3

2

x 16 ft

x 26 ft

x 30 ft

433.598 kip-ft 2

6

6

2

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

43.273 kips

5

5

4

3

EI v

x 0 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

x 8 ft

120(8 ft)

120(8 ft)

24

6

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

20.727 kips

4

4

3

x 16 ft

x 26 ft

x 30 ft

24

24

6

2

3

(433.598 kip-ft ) x 3,673.582 kip-ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(a) Beam slope at E: For the W14 34 structural steel wide-flange shape, EI = 68,472.219 kip-ft2.

The beam slope at E is:

dv

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

43.273 kips

EI

(30 ft)4

(22 ft) 4

(22 ft)3

(22 ft) 2

dx E

24(8 ft)

24(8 ft)

6

2

dv

dx

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

(14 ft)3

(4 ft)3 433.598 kip-ft 2

6

6

2

907.801 kip-ft

0.013258 rad 0.01326 rad

68,472.219 kip-ft 2

Ans.

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

6 kips/ft

43.273 kips

EI vC

(16 ft)5

(8 ft)5

(8 ft) 4

(8 ft) 3

120(8 ft)

120(8 ft)

24

6

(433.598 kip-ft 2 )(16 ft) 3,673.582 kip-ft 3

vC

4,896.157 kip-ft 3

68, 472.219 kip-ft 2

0.071506 ft

0.858 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the

deflection of the beam at A and (b) the deflection

of the beam at midspan (i.e., x = 2.5 m). Assume a

constant value of EI = 1,500 kN-m2 for the beam.

Fig. P10.42

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

M B 9 kN-m 12 (18 kN/m)(3 m)(1 m) C y (3 m) 0

Cy

Fy

By

Cy

By

6 kN

1

2

(18 kN/m)(3 m)

21 kN

w( x)

9 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m

x 1m

3m

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m

x 4m

3m

6 kN x 4 m

1

0

V ( x)

9 kN-m x 0 m

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m x 1 m

18 kN/m

x 1m

2(3 m)

M ( x)

9 kN-m x 0 m

18 kN/m

x 1m

6(3 m)

18 kN/m

x 4m

2(3 m)

21 kN x 1 m

18 kN/m x 1 m

18 kN/m

x 4m

6(3 m)

6 kN x 4 m

18 kN/m

x 1m

2

3

6 kN x 4 m

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

18 kN/m

0

1

EI 2 M ( x)

9 kN-m x 0 m

21 kN x 1 m

x 1m

dx

2

18 kN/m

18 kN/m

3

3

1

x 1m

x 4m

6 kN x 4 m

6(3 m)

6(3 m)

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv

21 kN

18 kN/m

1

2

3

EI

9 kN-m x 0 m

x 1m

x 1m

dx

2

6

18 kN/m

18 kN/m

6 kN

4

4

2

x 1m

x 4m

x 4m

C1

24(3 m)

24(3 m)

2

(a)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9 kN-m

21 kN

18 kN/m

2

3

4

EI v

x 0m

x 1m

x 1m

2

6

24

18 kN/m

18 kN/m

6 kN

5

5

3

x 1m

x 4m

x 4m

C1 x C2

120(3 m)

120(3 m)

6

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 1 m) and at the roller support (x = 4 m). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 1 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

9 kN-m

0

(1 m)2 C1 (1 m) C2

2

(c)

C1 (1 m) C2 4.5 kN-m3

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

9 kN-m

21 kN

18 kN/m

18 kN/m

0

(4 m) 2

(3 m)3

(3 m) 4

(3 m)5 C1 (4 m) C2

2

6

24

120(3 m)

C1 (4 m) C2 26.10 kN-m3

Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:

C1 7.2 kN-m 2

and

C2

2.7 kN-m3

(d)

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

21 kN

18 kN/m

1

2

3

EI

9 kN-m x 0 m

x 1m

x 1m

dx

2

6

18 kN/m

18 kN/m

6 kN

4

4

2

x 1m

x 4m

x 4m

7.2 kN-m 2

24(3 m)

24(3 m)

2

9 kN-m

21 kN

18 kN/m

2

3

4

EI v

x 0m

x 1m

x 1m

2

6

24

18 kN/m

18 kN/m

6 kN

5

5

3

x 1m

x 4m

x 4m

(7.2 kN-m 2 ) x 2.7 kN-m 3

120(3 m)

120(3 m)

6

(a) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A is:

EI vA

2.7 kN-m3

vA

2.7 kN-m3

1,500 kN-m 2

0.001800 m

Ans.

1.800 mm

9 kN-m

21 kN

18 kN/m

EI vmidspan

(2.5 m) 2

(1.5 m)3

(1.5 m) 4

2

6

24

18 kN/m

(1.5 m)5 (7.2 kN-m 2 )(2.5 m) 2.7 kN-m3

120(3 m)

4.429688 kN-m3

vmidspan

4.429688 kN-m3

1,500 kN-m 2

0.002953 m

2.95 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of

the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at

A. Assume a constant value of EI = 133,000 kipft2 for the beam.

Fig. P10.43

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

Fy

Cy

1

2

(4 kips/ft)(9 ft) 0

Cy

MC

1

2

18 kips

MC

198 kip-ft

w( x)

4 kips/ft x 0 ft

4 kips/ft

x 0 ft

9 ft

18 kips x 14 ft

4 kips/ft

x 9 ft

9 ft

198 kip-ft x 14 ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

1

2

V ( x)

4 kips/ft x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 9 ft

2(9 ft)

2(9 ft)

0

M ( x)

18 kips x 14 ft

4 kips/ft

x 0 ft

2

18 kips x 14 ft

198 kip-ft x 14 ft

4 kips/ft

3

x 0 ft

6(9 ft)

198 kip-ft x 14 ft

4 kips/ft

x 9 ft

6(9 ft)

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

2

EI 2 M ( x)

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

dx

2

6(9 ft)

1

4 kips/ft

x 9 ft

6(9 ft)

198 kip-ft x 14 ft

18 kips x 14 ft

198 kip-ft x 14 ft

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

3

4

EI

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 9 ft

dx

6

24(9 ft)

24(9 ft)

18 kips

x 14 ft

2

C1

(a)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4

5

EI v

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 9 ft

24

120(9 ft)

120(9 ft)

18 kips

198 kip-ft

3

2

x 14 ft

x 14 ft

C1 x C2

6

2

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the

slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 14 ft). Substitute the boundary

condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 14 ft into Eq. (a) to obtain:

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

0

(14 ft)3

(14 ft) 4

(5 ft) 4 C1

6

24(9 ft)

24(9 ft)

C1 1,129.5 kip-ft 2

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

0

(14 ft) 4

(14 ft)5

(5 ft)5 (1,129.5 kip-ft 2 )(14 ft) C2

24

120(9 ft)

120(9 ft)

C2

11,390.7 kip-ft 3

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

3

4

4

EI

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 9 ft

dx

6

24(9 ft)

24(9 ft)

18 kips

2

1

x 14 ft

198 kip-ft x 14 ft

1,129.5 kip-ft 2

2

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

4

5

5

EI v

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 9 ft

24

120(9 ft)

120(9 ft)

18 kips

198 kip-ft

3

2

x 14 ft

x 14 ft

(1,129.5 kip-ft 2 ) x 11,390.7 kip-ft 3

6

2

(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B (i.e., x = 9 ft) is:

dv

4 kips/ft

4 kips/ft

EI

(9 ft)3

(9 ft) 4 1,129.5 kip-ft 2

dx B

6

24(9 ft)

dv

dx

765 kip-ft 2

133,000 kip-ft 2

0.005752 rad

0.00575 rad

765 kip-ft 2

Ans.

EI vA

11,390.7 kip-ft 3

vA

11,390.7 kip-ft 3

133,000 kip-ft 2

0.085644 ft

1.028 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of

the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at

C. Assume a constant value of EI = 34106 lb-ft2

for the beam.

Fig. P10.44

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

1

MB

(7,000 lb/ft)(9 ft)(3 ft) Dy (14 ft) 0

2

Dy

Fy

By

6,750 lbs

1

2

Dy

By

24,750 lbs

w( x)

24,750 lbs x 4 ft

7,000 lb/ft

x 13 ft

9 ft

7,000 lb/ft x 4 ft

1

6,750 lbs x 18 ft

7,000 lb/ft

x 4 ft

9 ft

7,000 lb/ft

0

1

2

V ( x) 24,750 lbs x 4 ft

7,000 lb/ft x 4 ft

x 4 ft

2(9 ft)

7,000 lb/ft

2

0

x 13 ft

6,750 lbs x 18 ft

2(9 ft)

7,000 lb/ft

7,000 lb/ft

1

2

3

M ( x) 24,750 lbs x 4 ft

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

2

6(9 ft)

7,000 lb/ft

3

1

x 13 ft

6,750 lbs x 18 ft

6(9 ft)

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

7,000 lb/ft

7,000 lb/ft

1

2

EI 2 M ( x) 24,750 lbs x 4 ft

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

dx

2

6(9 ft)

7,000 lb/ft

3

1

x 13 ft

6,750 lbs x 18 ft

6(9 ft)

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 24,750 lbs

7,000 lb/ft

7,000 lb/ft

2

3

4

EI

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

dx

2

6

24(9 ft)

7,000 lb/ft

6,750 lbs

4

2

x 13 ft

x 18 ft

C1

24(9 ft)

2

(a)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

24,750 lbs

7,000 lb/ft

7,000 lb/ft

3

4

EI v

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

6

24

120(9 ft)

7,000 lb/ft

6,750 lbs

5

3

x 13 ft

x 18 ft

C1 x C2

120(9 ft)

6

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 4 ft) and at the roller support (x = 18 ft). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C1 (4 ft) C2 0

(c)

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 18 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

24,750 lbs

7,000 lb/ft

7,000 lb/ft

7,000 lb/ft

0

(14 ft)3

(14 ft) 4

(14 ft)5

(5 ft)5

6

24

120(9 ft)

120(9 ft)

C1 (18 ft) C2

C1 (18 ft) C2

3,579,975 lb-ft 3

(d)

Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:

C1

255,712.5 lb-ft 2

and

C2 1,022,850 lb-ft 3

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 24,750 lbs

7,000 lb/ft

7,000 lb/ft

2

3

4

EI

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

dx

2

6

24(9 ft)

7,000 lb/ft

6,750 lbs

4

2

x 13 ft

x 18 ft

255,712.5 lb-ft 2

24(9 ft)

2

24,750 lbs

7,000 lb/ft

7,000 lb/ft

3

4

5

EI v

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

x 4 ft

6

24

120(9 ft)

7,000 lb/ft

6,750 lbs

5

3

x 13 ft

x 18 ft

(255,712.5 lb-ft 2 ) x 1,022,850 lb-ft 3

120(9 ft)

6

(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B is:

dv

EI

255,712.5 lb-ft 2

dx B

dv

dx

255,712.5 lb-ft 2

34 106 lb-ft 2

0.0075210 rad

0.00752 rad

Ans.

24,750 lbs

7,000 lb/ft

7,000 lb/ft

EI vC

(9 ft)3

(9 ft) 4

(9 ft)5

6

24

120(9 ft)

(255,712.5 lb-ft 2 )(13 ft) 1,022,850 lb-ft 3

vC

825,187.5 kip-ft 3

34 106 lb-ft 2

0.0242702 ft

0.291 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of

the beam at A and (b) the deflection of the beam at

B. Assume a constant value of EI = 370,000 kipft2 for the beam.

Fig. P10.45

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

1

MA

(8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(8 ft)

2

1

2

Cy

Fy

Ay

Cy

Ay

48 kips

1

2

(8 kips/ft)(24 ft)

48 kips

w( x)

48 kips x 0 ft

8 kips/ft

x 0 ft

12 ft

8 kips/ft x 12 ft

8 kips/ft

1

x 12 ft

12 ft

8 kips/ft

0

8 kips/ft x 12 ft

x 12 ft

12 ft

1

8 kips/ft

1

1

x 24 ft

48 kips x 24 ft

12 ft

8 kips/ft

2(8 kips/ft)

1

1

48 kips x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 12 ft

12 ft

12 ft

8 kips/ft

1

1

x 24 ft

48 kips x 24 ft

12 ft

8 kips/ft

2(8 kips/ft)

0

2

2

V ( x) 48 kips x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 12 ft

2(12 ft)

2(12 ft)

8 kips/ft

2

0

x 24 ft

48 kips x 24 ft

2(12 ft)

8 kips/ft

2(8 kips/ft)

1

3

3

M ( x) 48 kips x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 12 ft

6(12 ft)

6(12 ft)

8 kips/ft

3

1

x 24 ft

48 kips x 24 ft

6(12 ft)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

8 kips/ft

2(8 kips/ft)

1

3

EI 2 M ( x) 48 kips x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 12 ft

dx

6(12 ft)

6(12 ft)

8 kips/ft

3

1

x 24 ft

48 kips x 24 ft

6(12 ft)

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv 48 kips

8 kips/ft

2(8 kips/ft)

2

4

4

EI

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 12 ft

dx

2

24(12 ft)

24(12 ft)

8 kips/ft

48 kips

4

2

x 24 ft

x 24 ft

C1

24(12 ft)

2

Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:

48 kips

8 kips/ft

2(8 kips/ft)

3

5

5

EI v

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 12 ft

6

120(12 ft)

120(12 ft)

8 kips/ft

48 kips

5

3

x 24 ft

x 24 ft

C1 x C2

120(12 ft)

6

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 24 ft). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 24 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:

48 kips

8 kips/ft

2(8 kips/ft)

0

(24 ft)3

(24 ft)5

(12 ft)5 C1 (24 ft)

6

120(12 ft)

120(12 ft)

C1

2,880 kip-ft 2

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv 48 kips

8 kips/ft

2(8 kips/ft)

2

4

4

EI

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 12 ft

dx

2

24(12 ft)

24(12 ft)

8 kips/ft

48 kips

4

2

x 24 ft

x 24 ft

2,880 kip-ft 2

24(12 ft)

2

48 kips

8 kips/ft

2(8 kips/ft)

3

5

5

EI v

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 12 ft

6

120(12 ft)

120(12 ft)

8 kips/ft

48 kips

5

3

x 24 ft

x 24 ft

(2,880 kip-ft 2 ) x

120(12 ft)

6

(a) Beam slope at A: The beam slope at A is:

dv

EI

2,880 kip-ft 2

dx A

dv

dx

2,880 kip-ft 2

370,000 kip-ft 2

0.0077838 rad

0.00778 rad

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

48 kips

8 kips/ft

EI vB

(12 ft)3

(12 ft)5 (2,880 kip-ft 2 )(12 ft)

22,118.4 kip-ft 3

6

120(12 ft)

vB

370,000 kip-ft 2

0.0597795 ft

0.717 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of

the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at

B. Assume a constant value of EI = 110,000 kNm2 for the beam.

Fig. P10.46

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

Fy Ay (15 kN/m)(4 m) 12 (25 kN/m)(4 m) 0

Cy

MA

110 kN

1

2

2(4 m)

3

253.33 kN-m

(25 kN/m)(4 m)

MA

MA

w( x)

253.33 kN-m x 0 m

110 kN x 0 m

25 kN/m

1

x 4m

25 kN/m x 4 m

4m

Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

15 kN/m x 4 m

V ( x)

15 kN/m x 4 m

M ( x)

253.33 kN-m x 0 m

25 kN/m

x 4m

2(4 m)

253.33 kN-m x 0 m

15 kN/m

x 4m

2

110 kN x 0 m

25 kN/m

x 0m

2(4 m)

15 kN/m

x 0m

2

25 kN/m

2

x 4m

2

25 kN/m

x 0m

4m

15 kN/m x 0 m

25 kN/m x 4 m

110 kN x 0 m

25 kN/m

x 4m

6(4 m)

15 kN/m x 0 m

25 kN/m

x 0m

6(4 m)

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

15 kN/m

0

1

2

EI 2 M ( x)

253.33 kN-m x 0 m

110 kN x 0 m

x 0m

dx

2

25 kN/m

15

kN/m

25

kN/m

25 kN/m

3

2

3

x 0m

x 4m

x 4m

x 4m

6(4 m)

2

6(4 m)

2

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI

dv

dx

110 kN

15 kN/m

25 kN/m

2

3

4

x 0m

x 0m

x 0m

2

6

24(4 m)

25 kN/m

25 kN/m

4

3

(a)

x 4m

x 4m

C1

24(4 m)

6

253.33 kN-m x 0 m

15 kN/m

x 4m

6

253.33 kN-m

110 kN

15 kN/m

25 kN/m

2

3

4

5

EI v

x 0m

x 0m

x 0m

x 0m

2

6

24

120(4 m)

15 kN/m

25 kN/m

25 kN/m

4

5

4

(b)

x 4m

x 4m

x 4m

C1 x C2

24

120(4 m)

24

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the

slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 m). Substitute the boundary

condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (a) to obtain:

C1 0

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

C2 0

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

110 kN

15 kN/m

25 kN/m

1

2

3

4

EI

253.33 kN-m x 0 m

x 0m

x 0m

x 0m

dx

2

6

24(4 m)

15 kN/m

25 kN/m

25 kN/m

3

4

3

x 4m

x 4m

x 4m

6

24(4 m)

6

253.33 kN-m

110 kN

15 kN/m

25 kN/m

2

3

4

5

EI v

x 0m

x 0m

x 0m

x 0m

2

6

24

120(4 m)

15 kN/m

25 kN/m

25 kN/m

4

5

4

x 4m

x 4m

x 4m

24

120(4 m)

24

(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B is:

dv

110 kN

EI

( 253.33 kN-m)(4 m)1

(4 m)2

dx B

2

15 kN/m

(4 m)3

6

25 kN/m

(4 m)4

24(4 m)

360 kN-m 2

dv

dx

2,120 kN-m 2

110,000 kN-m 2

0.003273 rad

0.00327 rad

253.33 kN-m

110 kN

15 kN/m

EI vB

(4 m) 2

(4 m)3

(4 m) 4

2

6

24

Ans.

25 kN/m

(4 m) 5

120(4 m)

1,066.67 kN-m3

vB

1,066.67 kN-m3

110,000 kN-m 2

0.009697 m

9.70 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the

deflection of the beam at A and (b) the deflection

of the beam at C. Assume a constant value of EI =

24,000 kN-m2 for the beam.

Fig. P10.47

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the

right.

M B (35 kN)(2.5 m) (25 kN/m)(4.0 m)(2.0 m)

1

2

(45 kN/m)(4.0 m)

Dy

Fy

By

Dy

1

2

2(4.0 m)

3

64.09 kN

35 kN (25 kN/m)(4.0 m)

(45 kN/m)(4.0 m)

By

Dy (5.5 m)

160.91 kN

w( x)

35 kN x 0 m

160.91 kN x 2.5 m

25 kN/m x 6.5 m

45 kN/m x 6.5 m

25 kN/m x 2.5 m

45 kN/m

x 2.5 m

4.0 m

45 kN/m

x 6.5 m

4.0 m

45 kN/m x 6.5 m

M ( x)

35 kN x 0 m

45 kN/m

x 2.5 m

2(4.0 m)

64.09 kN x 8 m

35 kN x 0 m

45 kN/m

x 6.5 m

2(4.0 m)

64.09 kN x 8 m

160.91 kN x 2.5 m

70 kN/m

x 6.5 m

2

25 kN/m

2

x 2.5 m

2

45 kN/m

45 kN/m

3

x 2.5 m

x 6.5 m

6(4.0 m)

6(4.0 m)

160.91 kN x 2.5 m

25 kN/m

x 6.5 m

2

45 kN/m

x 6.5 m

2

64.09 kN x 8 m

0

0

V ( x)

35 kN x 0 m

160.91 kN x 2.5 m

25 kN/m x 2.5 m

25 kN/m x 6.5 m

25 kN/m

x 2.5 m

2

45 kN/m

x 6.5 m

6(4.0 m)

45 kN/m

x 2.5 m

6(4.0 m)

64.09 kN x 8 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

25 kN/m

1

1

EI 2 M ( x)

35 kN x 0 m

160.91 kN x 2.5 m

x 2.5 m

dx

2

45 kN/m

70 kN/m

45 kN/m

3

2

3

x 2.5 m

x 6.5 m

x 6.5 m

6(4.0 m)

2

6(4.0 m)

64.09 kN x 8 m

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv

35 kN

160.91 kN

25 kN/m

2

2

3

EI

x 0m

x 2.5 m

x 2.5 m

dx

2

2

6

45 kN/m

70

kN/m

45 kN/m

4

3

x 2.5 m

x 6.5 m

x 6.5 m

24(4.0 m)

6

24(4.0 m)

64.09 kN

2

x 8m

C1

2

35 kN

160.91 kN

25 kN/m

3

3

4

EI v

x 0m

x 2.5 m

x 2.5 m

6

6

24

45 kN/m

70 kN/m

45 kN/m

5

4

x 2.5 m

x 6.5 m

x 6.5 m

120(4.0 m)

24

120(4.0 m)

64.09 kN

3

x 8m

C1 x C2

6

(a)

(b)

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the

deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 2.5 m) and at the roller support (x = 8 m). Substitute the

boundary condition v = 0 at x = 2.5 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

35 kN

0

(2.5 m)3 C1 (2.5 m) C2

6

(c)

C1 (2.5 m) C2 91.145833 kN-m3

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

35 kN

160.91 kN

25 kN/m

45 kN/m

0

(8 m)3

(5.5 m)3

(5.5 m) 4

(5.5 m)5

6

6

24

120(4.0 m)

70 kN/m

45 kN/m

(1.5 m) 4

(1.5 m)5 C1 (8 m) C2

24

120(4.0 m)

C1 (8 m) C2

65.666667 kN-m3

(d)

Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C1 and C2:

C1

28.511 kN-m 2

and

C2 162.424 kN-m3

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

35 kN

160.91 kN

25 kN/m

2

2

3

EI

x 0m

x 2.5 m

x 2.5 m

dx

2

2

6

45 kN/m

70 kN/m

45 kN/m

4

3

4

x 2.5 m

x 6.5 m

x 6.5 m

24(4.0 m)

6

24(4.0 m)

64.09 kN

2

x 8m

28.511 kN-m 2

2

35 kN

160.91 kN

25 kN/m

3

3

4

EI v

x 0m

x 2.5 m

x 2.5 m

6

6

24

45 kN/m

70 kN/m

45 kN/m

5

4

x 2.5 m

x 6.5 m

x 6.5 m

120(4.0 m)

24

120(4.0 m)

64.09 kN

3

x 8m

(28.511 kN-m 2 ) x 162.424 kN-m3

6

EI v A 162.424 kN-m3

vA

162.424 kN-m3

24,000 kN-m 2

0.006768 m

6.77 mm

Ans.

35 kN

160.91 kN

25 kN/m

EI vC

(6.5 m)3

(4.0 m)3

(4.0 m) 4

6

6

24

45 kN/m

(4.0 m)5 (28.511 kN-m 2 )(6.5 m) 162.424 kN-m3

120(4.0 m)

271.1797 kN-m3

vC

271.1797 kN-m3

24,000 kN-m 2

0.0011299 m

11.30 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of

the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at

A. Assume a constant value of EI = 54,000 kN-m2

for the beam.

Fig. P10.48

Solution

Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to

the right.

Fy C y (20 kN/m)(3 m) 12 (30 kN/m)(3 m) 0

Cy

MC

105 kN

1

2

MC

MC

240 kN-m

w( x)

20 kN/m x 0 m

30 kN/m

x 0m

3m

20 kN/m x 3 m

30 kN/m x 3 m

105 kN x 4 m

240 kN-m x 4 m

Shear-force function V(x) and bending-moment function M(x):

30 kN/m

1

2

V ( x)

20 kN/m x 0 m

x 0m

20 kN/m x 3 m

2(3 m)

30 kN/m x 3 m

M ( x)

105 kN x 4 m

240 kN-m x 4 m

30 kN/m

x 3m

3m

30 kN/m

x 3m

2(3 m)

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

20 kN/m

2

3

x 0m

x 0m

x 3m

2

6(3 m)

2

30 kN/m

2

1

0

x 3m

105 kN x 4 m

240 kN-m x 4 m

2

30 kN/m

x 3m

6(3 m)

From Eq. (10.1), we can write:

d 2v

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

20 kN/m

2

3

2

EI 2 M ( x)

x 0m

x 0m

x 3m

dx

2

6(3 m)

2

30 kN/m

30 kN/m

3

2

1

0

x 3m

x 3m

105 kN x 4 m

240 kN-m x 4 m

6(3 m)

2

Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:

dv

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

3

4

3

4

EI

x 0m

x 0m

x 3m

x 3m

dx

6

24(3 m)

6

24(3 m)

30 kN/m

105 kN

3

2

1

(a)

x 3m

x 4m

240 kN-m x 4 m

C1

6

2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

20 kN/m

4

5

EI v

x 0m

x 0m

x 3m

24

120(3 m)

24

30 kN/m

105 kN

240 kN-m

4

3

2

x 3m

x 4m

x 4m

24

6

2

30 kN/m

x 3m

120(3 m)

(b)

C1 x C2

Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection

v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the

slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 4 m). Substitute the boundary

condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (a) to obtain:

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

30 kN/m

0

(4 m)3

(4 m) 4

(1 m)3

(1 m) 4

(1 m)3 C1

6

24(3 m)

6

24(3 m)

6

C1 311.25 kN-m2

Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

0

(4 m) 4

(4 m)5

(1 m) 4

(1 m)5

24

120(3 m)

24

120(3 m)

30 kN/m

(1 m) 4 (311.25 kN-m 2 )(4 m) C2

24

C2

948.50 kN-m3

The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:

dv

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

3

4

3

4

EI

x 0m

x 0m

x 3m

x 3m

dx

6

24(3 m)

6

24(3 m)

30 kN/m

105 kN

3

2

1

x 3m

x 4m

240 kN-m x 4 m

311.25 kN-m 2

6

2

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

4

5

4

5

EI v

x 0m

x 0m

x 3m

x 3m

24

120(3 m)

24

120(3 m)

30 kN/m

105 kN

240 kN-m

4

3

2

x 3m

x 4m

x 4m

24

6

2

3

(311.25 kN-m)x 948.50 kN-m

(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B is:

dv

20 kN/m

30 kN/m

EI

(3 m)3

(3 m) 4

dx B

6

24(3 m)

311.25 kN-m 2

187.5 kN-m 2

dv

dx

187.5 kN-m 2

54,000 kN-m 2

0.003472 rad

0.00347 rad

Ans.

EI vA

948.50 kN-m3

vA

948.50 kN-m3

54,000 kN-m 2

0.017565 m

17.56 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at

point H. Assume that EI = 8 104 kN-m2 is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.49a

Solution

Determine beam slope at A.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

A

6 EI

Values:

M = 150 kN-m, L = 8 m, EI = 8 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML (150 kN-m)(8 m)

A

0.00250 rad

6 EI 6(8 104 kN-m 2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point

H. Assume that EI = 8 104 kN-m2 is constant

for each beam.

Fig. P10.49b

Solution

Determine beam deflection at A.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vA

8 EI

Values:

w = 6 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 8 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

(6 kN/m)(4 m)4

vA

0.00240 m

8EI

8(8 104 kN-m2 )

Determine beam slope at A. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL3

A

(slope magnitude)

6 EI

Values:

w = 6 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 8 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL3

(6 kN/m)(4 m)3

A

0.00080 rad

6EI 6(8 104 kN-m2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at

point H. Assume that EI = 8 104 kN-m2 is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.49c

Solution

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vH

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 30 kN-m, L = 12 m, b = 4 m, x = 4 m,

EI = 8 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vH

( L b2 x2 )

6 LEI

(12 m) 2 (4 m) 2 (4 m) 2

4

2

6(12 m)(8 10 kN-m )

0.00933 m 9.33 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at

point H. Assume that EI = 8 104 kN-m2 is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.49d

Solution

Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vH ,cant

(assuming fixed support at B)

3EI

Values:

P = 15 kN, L = 4 m, EI = 8 104 kN-m2

Computation:

vH ,cant

PL3

(15 kN)(4 m)3

0.004000 m

3EI

3(8 104 kN-m2 )

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = (15 kN)(4 m) = 60 kN-m, L = 8 m,

EI = 8 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML (60 kN-m)(8 m)

B

0.002000 rad

3EI 3(8 104 kN-m 2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at

point H. Assume that EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2

is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.50a

Solution

Determine beam deflection at B.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML2

vB

2 EI

Values:

M = 40 kip-ft, L = 9 ft, EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML2

(40 kip-ft)(9 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3

vB

0.23328 in.

2EI

2(1.2 107 kip-in.2 )

Determine beam slope at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

EI

Values:

M = 40 kip-ft, L = 9 ft, EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (40 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)2

B

0.004320 rad

EI

(1.2 107 kip-in.2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at

point H. Assume that EI = 1.2 107 kipin.2 is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.50b

Solution

Determine beam slope at C.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pa( L2 a 2 )

(slope magnitude)

C

6 LEI

Values:

P = 25 kips, L = 18 ft, a = 12 ft,

EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pa( L2 a 2 )

C

6 LEI

(25 kips)(12 ft)

(18 ft) 2 (12 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 2 0.00600 rad

7

2

6(18 ft)(1.2 10 kip-in. )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point

H. Assume that EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2 is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.50c

Solution

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wx 2

vH

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

24 EI

Values:

w = 2.5 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, x = 9 ft,

EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wx 2

vH

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )

24 EI

(2.5 kips/ft)(9 ft)2

6(15 ft)2 4(15 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3

7

2

24(1.2 10 kip-in. )

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown below, determine the beam

deflection at point H. Assume that EI =

1.2 107 kip-in.2 is constant for each

beam.

Fig. P10.50d

Solution

Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vH ,cant

(assuming fixed support at A)

8EI

Values:

w = 5 kips/ft, L = 8 ft, EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

vH ,cant

wL4

(5 kips/ft)(8 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

0.36864 in.

8EI

8(1.2 107 kip-in.2 )

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

A

3EI

Values:

M = (5 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 160 kip-ft, L = 22 ft,

EI = 1.2 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (160 kip-ft)(22 ft)(12 in./ft)2

A

0.014080 rad

3EI

3(1.2 107 kip-in.2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at

point H. Assume that EI = 6 104 kN-m2

is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.51a

Solution

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vH

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 60 kN-m, L = 12 m, x = 6 m,

EI = 6 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vH

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 60 kN-m)(6 m)

2(12 m) 2 3(12 m)(6 m) (6 m) 2

6(12 m)(6 104 kN-m 2 )

0.009000 m 9.00 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point

H. Assume that EI = 6 104 kN-m2 is constant

for each beam.

Fig. P10.51b

Solution

Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vH ,cant

(assuming fixed support at A)

8EI

Values:

w = 7.5 kN/m, L = 3 m, EI = 6 104 kN-m2

Computation:

vH ,cant

wL4

(7.5 kN/m)(3 m)4

0.00126563 m

8EI

8(6 104 kN-m2 )

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

A

3EI

Values:

M = (7.5 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) = 33.75 kN-m,

L = 6 m, EI = 6 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML (33.75 kN-m)(6 m)

A

0.001125 rad

3EI

3(6 104 kN-m 2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point

H. Assume that EI = 6 104 kN-m2 is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.51c

Solution

Determine beam deflection at B.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

3EI

Values:

P = 30 kN, L = 3 m, EI = 6 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL3

(30 kN)(3 m)3

vB

0.004500 m

3EI

3(6 104 kN-m2 )

Determine beam slope at B.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL2

B

(slope magnitude)

2 EI

Values:

P = 30 kN, L = 3 m, EI = 6 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL2

(30 kN)(3 m)2

B

0.002250 rad

2EI 2(6 104 kN-m2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]

Ans.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

5 PL3

Relevant equation from Appendix C: vH

48 EI

4

Values: P = 30 kN, L = 6 m, EI = 6 10 kN-m2

5PL3

5(30 kN)(6 m)3

Computation: vH

0.011250 m 11.25 mm

48EI

48(6 104 kN-m2 )

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at

point H. Assume that EI = 6 104 kN-m2 is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.51d

Solution

Determine beam slope at C.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

C

(2 L a)2 (slope magnitude)

24 LEI

Values:

w = 5 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 6 m,

EI = 6 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 2

(5 kN/m)(6 m)2

2

C

(2L a)2

2(9 m) (6 m) 0.00200 rad

4

2

24LEI

24(9 m)(6 10 kN-m )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at

point H. Assume that EI = 3.0 106 kipin.2 is constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.52a

Solution

Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML2

vH ,cant

(assuming fixed support at A)

2 EI

Values:

M = 50 kip-ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

vH ,cant

ML2

(50 kip-ft)(6 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3

0.51840 in.

2EI

2(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

A

3EI

Values:

M = 50 kip-ft, L = 18 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (50 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)2

A

0.01440 rad

3EI

3(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point

H. Assume that EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2 is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.52b

Solution

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Px 2

vH

(3L x) (elastic curve)

6 EI

Values:

P = 10 kips, L = 10 ft, x = 7 ft,

EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

Px 2

vH

(3L x)

6 EI

(10 kips)(7 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 3

6(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point

H. Assume that EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2 is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.52c

Solution

Determine beam slope at A.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

A

6 EI

Values:

M = (2 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 64 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (64 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

A

0.009216 rad

6EI

6(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, determine the beam deflection at point

H. Assume that EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2 is

constant for each beam.

Fig. P10.52d

Solution

Determine beam deflection at B.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vB

8 EI

Values:

w = 1.5 kips/ft, L = 10 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

wL4

(1.5 kips/ft)(10 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

vB

1.0800 in.

8EI

8(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )

Determine beam slope at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL3

B

(slope magnitude)

6 EI

Values:

w = 1.5 kips/ft, L = 10 ft, EI = 3.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

wL3 (1.5 kips/ft)(10 ft)3 (12 in./ft)2

B

0.01200 rad

6EI

6(3.0 106 kip-in.2 )

Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P10.53 consists of a W24 94

structural steel wide-flange shape [E =

29,000 ksi; I = 2,700 in.4]. For the loading

shown, determine the beam deflection at

point C.

Fig. P10.53

Solution

Consider distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vC

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 3.2 kips/ft, L = 28 ft, a = 21 ft,

EI = 7.830 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wa 3

vC

(4 L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

4(28 ft) 2 7(21 ft)(28 ft) 3(21 ft)2 0.333822 in.

24(28 ft)(7.830 107 kip-in.2 )

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Px

vC

(3L2 4 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

48EI

Values:

P = 36 kips, L = 28 ft, x = 7 ft,

EI = 7.830 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Px

vC

(3L2 4 x 2 )

48EI

(36 kips)(7 ft)(12 in./ft)3

3(28 ft)2 4(7 ft) 2 0.249799 in.

7

2

48(7.830 10 kip-in. )

Beam deflection at C

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P10.54 consists of a W460 82

structural steel wide-flange shape [E = 200

GPa; I = 370 106 mm4]. For the loading

shown, determine the beam deflection at

point C.

Fig. P10.54

Solution

Consider distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vC

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 26 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 6 m,

EI = 7.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 3

vC

(4 L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

4(8 m) 2 7(6 m)(8 m) 3(6 m) 2 0.011068 m

24(8 m)(7.40 104 kN-m 2 )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vC

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 60 kN, L = 8 m, b = 3 m, x = 2 m,

EI = 7.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vC

( L b2 x 2 )

6 LEI

(60 kN)(3 m)(2 m)

(8 m) 2 (3 m) 2 (2 m) 2 0.005169 m

4

2

6(8 m)(7.40 10 kN-m )

Beam deflection at C

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P10.55 consists of a W410 60

structural steel wide-flange shape [E = 200

GPa; I = 216 106 mm4]. For the loading

shown, determine the beam deflection at

point B.

Fig. P10.55

Solution

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Values:

P = 60 kN, L = 9 m, a = 3 m, b = 6 m,

EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

(60 kN)(3 m)(6 m)

(9 m) 2 (3 m)2 (6 m) 2 0.016667 m

4

2

6(9 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )

Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 45 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 6 m,

EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

(45 kN-m)(6 m)

2(9 m) 2 3(9 m)(6 m) (6 m) 2 0.004167 m

4

2

6(9 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )

Beam deflection at B

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P10.56 consists of a W21 44

structural steel wide-flange shape [E =

29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.4]. For the loading

shown, determine the beam deflection at

point B.

Fig. P10.56

Solution

Consider uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vB

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 5 kips/ft, L = 24 ft, a = 16 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wa 3

vB

(4 L2 7 aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

4(24 ft) 2 7(16 ft)(24 ft) 3(16 ft) 2 0.965066 in.

24(24 ft)(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 200 kip-ft, L = 24 ft, x = 8 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

(200 kip-ft)(8 ft)(12 in./ft)3

2(24 ft) 2 3(24 ft)(8 ft) (8 ft) 2 0.502638 in.

7

2

6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

Beam deflection at B

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.57 consists of a rectangular

structural steel tube shape [E = 29,000

ksi; I = 476 in.4]. For the loading shown,

determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point B.

(b) the beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.57

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point B

Consider uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vB

8 EI

Values:

w = 2 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 1.3804 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wL4

(2 kips/ft)(6 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

vB

0.040559 in.

8EI

8(1.3804 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Px 2

vB

(3L x) (elastic curve)

6 EI

Values:

P = 12 kips, L = 10 ft, x = 6 ft,

EI = 1.3804 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Px 2

(12 kips)(6 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3

vB

(3L x)

3(10 ft) (6 ft) 0.216313 in.

6EI

6(1.3804 107 kip-in.2 )

Beam deflection at B

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL3

B

6 EI

Values:

w = 2 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 1.3804 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wL3

(2 kips/ft)(6 ft)3 (12 in./ft) 2

B

7

2

6 EI

6(1.3804 10 kip-in. )

vC 0.040559 in. (4 ft)(12 in./ft)(751.0866 106 rad) 0.076611 in.

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vC

3EI

Values:

P = 12 kips, L = 10 ft, EI = 1.3804 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

PL3

(12 kips)(10 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3

vC

0.500724 in.

3EI

3(1.3804 107 kip-in.2 )

Beam deflection at C

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.58 consists of a rectangular structural

steel tube shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 400

106 mm4]. For the loading shown,

determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point B.

Fig. P10.58

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vA

8 EI

Values:

w = 25 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 8.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

(25 kN/m)(4 m)4

vA

0.010000 m

8EI

8(8.0 104 kN-m2 )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

PL2

vB

and B

3EI

2 EI

Values:

P = 55 kN, L = 2.5 m, EI = 8.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL3

(55 kN)(2.5 m)3

vB

0.003581 m

3EI

3(8.0 104 kN-m 2 )

PL2

(55 kN)(2.5 m) 2

0.002148 rad

2 EI 2(8.0 104 kN-m 2 )

Beam deflection at A

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wx 2

vB

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

24 EI

Values:

w = 25 kN/m, L = 4 m, x = 2.5 m,

EI = 8.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wx 2

vB

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )

24 EI

(25 kN/m)(2.5 m) 2

6(4.0 m) 2 4(4.0 m)(2.5 m) (2.5 m) 2 0.005066 m

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

3EI

Values:

P = 55 kN, L = 2.5 m, EI = 8.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL3

(55 kN)(2.5 m)3

vB

0.003581 m

3EI

3(8.0 104 kN-m2 )

Beam deflection at B

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

29,000 ksi] shaft shown in Fig. P10.59

supports two pulleys. For the loading

shown, determine:

(a) the shaft deflection at point B.

(b) the shaft deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.59

Solution

Section properties:

I

64

Consider concentrated load at pulley B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

3EI

Values:

P = 200 lb, L = 10 in., EI = 3.47543 106 lb-in.2

Computation:

PL3

(200 lb)(10 in.)3

vB

0.019182 in.

3EI

3(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )

Consider concentrated load at pulley C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Px 2

vB

(3L x) (elastic curve)

6 EI

Values:

P = 120 lb, L = 25 in., x = 10 in.,

EI = 3.47543 106 lb-in.2

Computation:

Px 2

(120 lb)(10 in.)2

vB

(3L x)

3(25 in.) (10 in.) 0.037405 in.

6EI

6(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )

Shaft deflection at B

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider concentrated load at pulley B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

PL2

vB

and B

(magnitude)

3EI

2 EI

Values:

P = 200 lb, L = 10 in., EI = 3.47543 106 lb-in.2

Computation:

PL3

(200 lb)(10 in.)3

vB

0.019182 in.

3EI

3(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )

PL2

(200 lb)(10 in.) 2

0.0028773 rad

2 EI 2(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )

Consider concentrated load at pulley C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vC

3EI

Values:

P = 120 lb, L = 25 in.,

EI = 3.47543 106 lb-in.2

Computation:

PL3

(120 lb)(25 in.)3

vC

0.179834 in.

3EI

3(3.47543 106 lb-in.2 )

Shaft deflection at C

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.60 consists of a rectangular structural

steel tube shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 1,710

in.4]. For the loading shown, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point B.

Fig. P10.60

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML2

vA

2 EI

Values:

M = 200 kip-ft, L = 15 ft,

EI = 4.959 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML2

(200 kip-ft)(15 ft) 2 (12 in./ft)3

vA

0.784029 in.

2EI

2(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

PL2

vB

and B

(slope magnitude)

3EI

2 EI

Values:

P = 18 kips, L = 9 ft, EI = 4.959 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

PL3

(18 kips)(9 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3

vB

0.152415 in.

3EI

3(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )

B

0.0021169 rad

2 EI

2(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )

v A 0.152415 in. (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0021169 rad) 0.304830 in.

Beam deflection at A

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx 2

vB

(elastic curve)

2 EI

Values:

M = 200 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, x = 9 ft,

EI = 4.959 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx 2

(200 kip-ft)(9 ft)2 (12 in./ft)3

vB

0.282250 in.

2EI

2(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

3EI

Values:

P = 18 kips, L = 9 ft,

EI = 4.959 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

PL3

(18 kips)(9 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3

vB

0.152415 in.

3EI

3(4.959 107 kip-in.2 )

Beam deflection at B

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.61 consists of a W21 44

structural steel wide-flange shape [E =

29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.4]. For the loading

shown, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.61

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vA

(assuming fixed support at B)

8 EI

Values:

w = 4 kips/ft, L = 8 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wL4

(4 kips/ft)(8 ft)4 (12 in./ft)3

vA

0.144760 in.

8EI

8(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by distributed load on overhang.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = (4 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 128 kip-ft,

L = 22 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (128 kip-ft)(22 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

B

0.0055290 rad

3EI

3(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

vA (8 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0055290 rad) 0.530786 in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL2

B

(slope magnitude)

16 EI

Values:

P = 45 kips, L = 22 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

PL2

(45 kips)(22 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 2

B

0.0080182 rad

16 EI

16(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

v A (8 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0080182 rad) 0.769744 in.

Beam deflection at A

vA 0.144760 in. 0.530786 in. 0.769744 in. 0.094198 in. 0.0942 in.

Ans.

Consider distributed load on overhang.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (4 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 128 kip-ft,

L = 22 ft, x = 11 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

(128 kip-ft)(11 ft)(12 in./ft)3

2(22 ft) 2 3(22 ft)(11 ft) (11 ft) 2 0.273687 in.

7

2

6(22 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vC

48 EI

Values:

P = 45 kips, L = 22 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

PL3

(45 kips)(22 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3

vC

0.705598 in.

48EI

48(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

Beam deflection at C

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P10.62 consists of a W530 66

structural steel wide-flange shape [E =

200 GPa; I = 351 106 mm4]. For the

loading shown, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point B.

(b) the beam deflection at point D.

Fig. P10.62

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point B

Consider distributed load between supports. [Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

5wL4

vB

384 EI

Values:

w = 55 kN/m, L = 7.2 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

5wL4

5(55 kN/m)(7.2 m)4

vB

0.027415 m

384EI

384(7.02 104 kN-m2 )

Consider distributed load on overhang. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (55 kN/m)(2.8 m)(1.4 m) = 215.6 kN-m,

L = 7.2 m, x = 3.6 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

(215.6 kN-m)(3.6 m)

2(7.2 m) 2 3(7.2 m)(3.6 m) (3.6 m) 2 0.009951 m

Beam deflection at B

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider distributed load between supports. [Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL3

C

(slope magnitude)

24 EI

Values:

w = 55 kN/m, L = 7.2 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL3

(55 kN/m)(7.2 m)3

C

0.0121846 rad

24 EI 24(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

vD (2.8 m)(0.0121846 rad) 0.034117 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

C

3EI

Values:

M = (55 kN/m)(2.8 m)(1.4 m) = 215.6 kN-m,

L = 7.2 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML (215.6 kN-m)(7.2 m)

C

0.0073709 rad

3EI 3(7.02 107 kN-m 2 )

Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vD

(assuming fixed support at C)

8EI

Values:

w = 55 kN/m, L = 2.8 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

(55 kN/m)(2.8 m) 4

vD

0.006020 m

8EI

8(7.02 104 kN-m2 )

Beam deflection at D

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.63 consists of a W21 44 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.4].

For a loading of w = 6 kips/ft, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.63

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Determine cantilever deflection due to linearly distributed load on overhang.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linear load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

w0 L4

vA

(assuming fixed support at B)

30 EI

Values:

w0 = 6 kips/ft, L = 12 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

w0 L4

vA

30EI

30(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.293139 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = (6 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 144 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (144 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

B

3EI

3(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

vA

0.0050892 rad

0.732847 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL3

(slope magnitude)

B

24 EI

Values:

w = 6 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:

wL3

B

24 EI

vA

24(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.0085880 rad

1.236679 in.

Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by uniform load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

6 EI

Values:

M = (6 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (108 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

B

6 EI

6(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

vA

0.0019085 rad

0.274818 in.

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.293139 in. 0.732847 in. 1.236679 in. 0.274818 in. 0.064124 in.

0.0641 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider deflection at C from moment caused by linear load on overhang.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (6 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 144 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

(144 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft) 3

2(18 ft) 2

7

2

6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

0.206112 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

5wL4

vC

384 EI

Values:

w = 6 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

5wL4

5( 6 kips/ft)(18 ft)4 (12 in./ft)2

vC

0.579693 in.

384EI

384(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider deflection at C resulting from moment caused by uniform load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (6 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

(108 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft) 3

2(18 ft) 2

7

2

6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

0.154585 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.219 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.64 consists of a W21 44 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.4].

For a loading of w = 8 kips/ft, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point C.

(b) the beam deflection at point E.

Fig. P10.64

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point C

Consider deflection at C from moment caused by linear load on overhang.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 192 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

(192 kip-ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)3

2(18 ft) 2

7

2

6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

0.274816 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

5wL4

vC

384 EI

Values:

w = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

5wL4

5( 8 kips/ft)(18 ft) 4 (12 in./ft) 2

vC

0.772924 in.

384 EI

384(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

Consider deflection at C resulting from moment caused by uniform load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (8 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 144 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vC

Mx

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

2(18 ft) 2

7

2

6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

0.206113 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.292 in.

Ans.

Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by linear load on overhang.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

D

6 EI

Values:

M = (8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 192 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML

D

6 EI

vE

6(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.0033928 rad

0.244282 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL3

(slope magnitude)

D

24 EI

Values:

w = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wL3

D

24 EI

vE

24(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.0114507 rad

0.824448 in.

Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by uniform load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

D

3EI

Values:

M = (8 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 144 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:

ML (144 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

D

3EI

3(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

vE

0.0050892 rad

0.366422 in.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vE

(assuming fixed support at D)

8EI

Values:

w = 8 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wL4

vE

8 EI

8(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.091605 in.

Beam deflection at E

vE 0.244282 in. 0.824448 in. 0.366422 in. 0.091605 in.

0.122139 in.

0.1221 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.65 supports two

belt pulleys. Assume that the bearing at B can

be idealized as a roller support and that the

bearing at D can be idealized as a pin support.

For the loading shown, determine:

(a) the shaft deflection at pulley A.

(b) the shaft deflection at pulley C.

Fig. P10.65

Solution

Section properties:

I

64

(30 mm)4

39,760.78 mm4

Determine cantilever deflection due to pulley A load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vA

(assuming fixed support at B)

3EI

Values:

P = 700 N, L = 500 mm,

EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2

Computation:

PL3

vA

3EI

3(7.95216 109 N-mm2 )

3.6678 mm

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = (700 N)(500 mm) = 350,000 N-mm,

L = 1,800 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2

Computation:

ML (350,000 N-mm)(1,800 mm)

B

3EI

3(7.95216 109 N-mm 2 )

vA

0.0264079 rad

13.2040 mm

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load.]

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

PL2

(slope magnitude)

B

16 EI

Values:

P = 1,000 N, L = 1,800 mm,

EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2

Computation:

PL2

(1,000 N)(1,800 mm) 2

B

16 EI 16(7.95216 109 N-mm 2 )

vA

0.0254648 rad

12.7324 mm

Shaft deflection at A

vA

4.1393 mm

4.14 mm

Ans.

Consider pulley A load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (700 N)(500 mm) = 350,000 N-mm,

L = 1,800 mm, x = 900 mm,

EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 350,000 N-mm)(900 mm)

2(1,800 mm) 2 3(1,800 mm)(900 mm) (900 mm) 2

9

2

6(1,800 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )

8.9127 mm

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vC

48 EI

Values:

P = 1,000 N, L = 1,800 mm,

EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2

Computation:

PL3

vC

48EI

48(7.95216 109 N-mm2 )

15.2789 mm

Shaft deflection at C

vC

8.9127 mm 15.2789 mm

6.3662 mm

6.37 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

consists of a W530 92 structural steel wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 552 106 mm4].

For the loading shown, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point B.

Fig. P10.66

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Consider an upward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 4-m span.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vA

8 EI

Values:

w = 85 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 1.104 105 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

vA

8EI

( 85 kN/m)(4 m)4

8(1.104 105 kN-m2 )

0.024638 m

Consider a downward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span BC.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

wL3

vB

and

(magnitude)

B

8EI

6 EI

Values:

w = 85 kN/m, L = 2.5 m, EI = 1.104 105 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

vB

8EI

B

vA

wL3

6 EI

(85 kN)(2.5 m) 4

8(1.104 105 kN-m 2 )

(85 kN)(2.5 m)3

6(1.104 105 kN-m 2 )

0.003759 m

0.0020050 rad

0.006767 m

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.024638 m 0.006767 m

0.017871 m

17.87 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider an upward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 4-m span.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wx 2

vB

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

24 EI

Values:

w = 85 kN/m, L = 4 m, x = 2.5 m,

EI = 1.104 105 kN-m2

Computation:

wx 2

vB

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )

24 EI

( 85 kN/m)(2.5 m) 2

6(4 m) 2

5

2

24(1.104 10 kN-m )

0.012481 m

Consider a downward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span BC.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vB

8 EI

Values:

w = 85 kN/m, L = 2.5 m, EI = 1.104 105 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

vB

8EI

8(1.104 105 kN-m2 )

0.003759 m

Beam deflection at B

vB

0.012481 m 0.003759 m

0.008722 m

8.72 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

= 200 GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.67

supports two belt pulleys. Assume that

the bearing at A can be idealized as a pin

support and that the bearing at E can be

idealized as a roller support. For the

loading shown, determine the shaft

deflection at pulley B.

Fig. P10.67

Solution

Section properties:

I

(30 mm)4

39,760.78 mm4

64

Shaft deflection at pulley B

Consider pulley B load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Values:

P = 750 N, L = 1,000 mm, a = 300 mm,

b = 700 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2

Computation:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

(750 N)(300 mm)(700 mm)

(1,000 mm) 2 (300 mm) 2 (700 mm) 2

9

2

6(1,000 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )

1.38642 mm

Consider pulley D load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vB

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 500 N, L = 1,000 mm, x = 300 mm,

b = 200 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vB

( L b2 x2 )

6 LEI

(500 N)(200 mm)(300 mm)

(1,000 mm) 2 (200 mm) 2 (300 mm) 2

9

2

6(1,000 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )

0.54702 mm

Shaft deflection at B

vB

1.38642 mm 0.54702 mm

1.93344 mm

1.933 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

= 200 GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.68

supports two belt pulleys. Assume that

the bearing at A can be idealized as a pin

support and that the bearing at E can be

idealized as a roller support. For the

loading shown, determine the shaft

deflection at pulley D.

Fig. P10.68

Solution

Section properties:

I

64

(30 mm)4

39,760.78 mm4

Consider pulley B load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vD

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 750 N, L = 1,000 mm, x = 200 mm,

b = 300 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vD

( L b2 x2 )

6 LEI

(750 N)(300 mm)(200 mm)

(1,000 mm) 2 (300 mm) 2 (200 mm) 2

9

2

6(1,000 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )

0.82053 mm

Consider pulley D load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vD

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Values:

P = 500 N, L = 1,000 mm, a = 800 mm,

b = 200 mm, EI = 7.95216 109 N-mm2

Computation:

Pab 2

vD

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

(500 N)(800 mm)(200 mm)

(1,000 mm) 2 (800 mm) 2 (200 mm) 2

9

2

6(1,000 mm)(7.95216 10 N-mm )

0.53654 mm

Shaft deflection at D

vD

0.82053 mm 0.53654 mm

1.35707 mm

1.357 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.69 consists of a W410 60 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 216 106

mm4]. For the loading shown, determine the

beam deflection at point B.

Fig. P10.69

Solution

Beam deflection at point B

Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 180 kN-m, L = 6 m, x = 1.5 m,

EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 180 kN-m)(1.5 m)

2(6 m) 2 3(6 m)(1.5 m) (1.5 m) 2

0.008203 m

4

2

6(6 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Values:

P = 70 kN, L = 6 m, a = 1.5 m, b = 4.5 m,

EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

(70 kN)(1.5 m)(4.5 m)

(6 m) 2 (1.5 m) 2 (4.5 m) 2

0.004102 m

6(6 m)(4.32 104 kN-m 2 )

Consider uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

vB

(2 x3 6Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)

24LEI

Values:

w = 80 kN/m, L = 6 m, a = 3 m, x = 4.5 m,

EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vB

wa 2

(2 x3 6 Lx 2

24 LEI

a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)

(80 kN/m)(3 m) 2

2(4.5)3 6(6)(4.5) 2

4

2

24(6.0 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )

0.010156 m

Beam deflection at B

vB

0.006055 m

6.06 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.70 consists of a W410 60 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 216 106

mm4]. For the loading shown, determine the

beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.70

Solution

Beam deflection at point C

Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 180 kN-m, L = 6 m, x = 3.0 m,

EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 180 kN-m)(3.0 m)

2(6 m) 2

4

2

6(6 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )

0.009375 m

Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vC

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 70 kN, L = 6 m, x = 3.0 m, b = 1.5 m,

EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vC

( L b2 x2 )

6 LEI

(70 kN)(1.5 m)(3.0 m)

(6 m)2

4

2

6(6 m)(4.32 10 kN-m )

(1.5 m) 2

(3.0 m) 2

0.005013 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vC

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 80 kN/m, L = 6 m, a = 3 m,

EI = 4.32 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 3

vC

(4 L2

24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(6 m) 2

24(6.0 m)(4.32 10 4 kN-m 2 )

0.015625 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.011263 m

11.26 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.71 consists of a W530 66 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 106

mm4]. If w = 80 kN/m, determine

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.71

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Determine cantilever deflection due to concentrated load on overhang AB.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vA

(assuming fixed support at B)

3EI

Values:

P = 35 kN, L = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL3

(35 kN)(4 m)3

vA

0.0106363 m

3EI

3(7.02 104 kN-m2 )

Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by concentrated load on overhang

AB. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kN-m, L = 8 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML

(140 kN-m)(8 m)

0.0053181 rad

B

3EI 3(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

vA

(4 m)(0.0053181 rad)

0.0212726 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

wa 2

(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)

B

24LEI

Values:

w = 80 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:

wa 2

(2 L2

B

24 LEI

vA

a2 )

(80 kN/m)(4 m) 2

2(8 m) 2

4

2

24(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

(4 m)(0.0106363 rad)

(4 m) 2

0.0106363 rad

0.0425451 m

Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by uniform load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

6 EI

Values:

M = (80 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 160 kN-m,

L = 8 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML

(160 kN-m)(8 m)

B

6 EI 6(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

vA

(4 m)(0.0030389 rad)

0.0030389 rad

0.0121557 m

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.0106363 m 0.0212726 m 0.0425451 m 0.0121557 m

0.0015195 m

Ans.

1.520 mm

Consider concentrated moment from overhang AB.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kN-m, L = 8 m,

x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 140 kN-m)(4 m)

2(8 m) 2

6(8 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

0.0079772 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

wa3

vC

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 80 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 3

vC

(4 L2

24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(8 m) 2

4

2

24(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

0.0303894 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (80 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 160 kN-m,

L = 8 m, x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 160 kN-m)(4 m)

2(8 m) 2

4

2

6(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

0.0091168 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.0132954 m

13.30 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.72 consists of a W530 66 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 106

mm4]. If w = 90 kN/m, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point C.

(b) the beam deflection at point E.

Fig. P10.72

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point C

Consider concentrated moment from overhang AB.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kN-m, L = 8 m,

x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 140 kN-m)(4 m)

2(8 m) 2

4

2

6(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

0.0079772 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

wa3

vC

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 90 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 3

vC

(4 L2

24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(8 m) 2

4

2

24(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

0.0341881 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (90 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 180 kN-m,

L = 8 m, x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

( 180 kN-m)(4 m)

2(8 m)2

4

2

6(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m) 2

0.0102564 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.0159545 m

15.95 mm

Ans.

Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by concentrated load on overhang

AB. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

D

6 EI

Values:

M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kN-m, L = 8 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML

(140 kN-m)(8 m)

D

6 EI 6(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

vE

(2 m)(0.0026591 rad)

0.0026591 rad

0.0053181 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

wa 2

(2 L a)2 (slope magnitude)

D

24 LEI

Values:

w = 90 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 2

(90 kN/m)(4 m)2

2

2

(2

L

a

)

2(8 m) (4 m)

0.0153846 rad

D

4

2

24 LEI

24(8 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

vE

(2 m)(0.0153846 rad)

0.0307692 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by uniform load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

D

3EI

Values:

M = (90 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 180 kN-m,

L = 8 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML

(180 kN-m)(8 m)

0.0068376 rad

D

3EI 3(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

vE

(2 m)(0.0068376 rad)

0.0136753 m

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vE

(assuming fixed support at D)

8EI

Values:

w = 90 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

wL4

(90 kN/m)(2 m) 4

0.0025641 m

Computation: vE

8 EI

8(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

Beam deflection at E

vE

0.0053181 m 0.0307692 m 0.0136753 m 0.0025641 m

0.0092117 m

9.21 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.73 consists of a W16 40

structural steel wide-flange shape [E =

29,000 ksi; I = 518 in.4]. For the loading

shown, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point C.

(b) the beam deflection at point F.

Fig. P10.73

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point C

Consider 40-kip concentrated load at B.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vC

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 40 kips, L = 18 ft, b = 4 ft, x = 10 ft,

EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vC

(L

6 LEI

b2

x2 )

(18 ft) 2

6(18 ft)(1.5022 107 kip-in.2 )

(4 ft) 2

(10 ft) 2

0.354467 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vC

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 30 kips, L = 18 ft, b = 6 ft, x = 8 ft,

EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vC

(L

6 LEI

b2

x2 )

(18 ft)2

7

2

6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kip-in. )

(6 ft) 2

(8 ft) 2

0.343560 in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (20 kips)(6 ft) = 120 kip-ft, L = 18 ft,

x = 10 ft, EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

2(18 ft) 2

6(18 ft)(1.5022 107 kip-in.2 )

0.265850 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.432177 in.

0.432 in.

Ans.

Consider 40-kip concentrated load at B.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pa( L2 a 2 )

(slope magnitude)

E

6 LEI

Values:

P = 40 kips, L = 18 ft, a = 4 ft,

EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pa( L2 a 2 )

E

6 LEI

vF

(18 ft) 2

7

2

6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kip-in. )

(4 ft) 2

0.0043740 rad

0.314930 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pa( L2 a 2 )

(slope magnitude)

E

6 LEI

Values:

P = 30 kips, L = 18 ft, x = 8 ft, a = 12 ft,

EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pa( L2 a 2 )

E

6 LEI

vF

(18 ft) 2

7

2

6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kip-in. )

(12 ft) 2

0.0057516 rad

0.414113 in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider deflection at F resulting from rotation at E caused by 20-kip load on overhang EF.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

E

3EI

Values:

M = (20 kips)(6 ft) = 120 kip-ft, L = 18 ft,

EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (120 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

E

3EI

3(1.5022 107 kip-in.2 )

vF

0.0069019 rad

0.496935 in.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vF

(assuming fixed support at E)

3EI

Values:

P = 20 kips, L = 6 ft, EI = 1.5022 107 kip-in.2

Computation: vF

PL3

3EI

3(1.5022 107 kip-in.2 )

0.165645 in.

Beam deflection at F

vF 0.314930 in. 0.414113 in. 0.496935 in. 0.165645 in.

0.066463 in.

0.0665 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

consists of a rectangular structural steel tube

shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 170 106 mm4]. For

the loading shown, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point B.

Fig. P10.74

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vA

8 EI

Values:

w = 65 kN/m, L = 6 m, EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

vA

8EI

( 65 kN/m)(6 m)4

8(3.4 104 kN-m2 )

0.309706 m

Consider 90-kN concentrated load at A. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

vA

3EI

Values:

P = 90 kN, L = 6 m, EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL3

vA

3EI

3(3.4 104 kN-m2 )

0.190588 m

Consider 30-kN concentrated load at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

PL2

vB

and

(magnitude)

B

3EI

2 EI

Values:

P = 30 kN, L = 3.5 m, EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL3

vB

3EI

3(3.4 104 kN-m2 )

0.012610 m

(a)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vA

PL2

2 EI

(30 kN)(3.5 m) 2

2(3.4 104 kN-m 2 )

0.0054044 rad

0.026121 m

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

ML2

ML

vB

and

(slope magnitude)

B

2 EI

EI

Values:

M = 225 kN-m, L = 3.5 m, EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML2

(225 kN-m)(3.5 m)2

vB

0.040533 m

2EI

2(3.4 104 kN-m2 )

ML (225 kN-m)(3.5 m)

0.0231618 rad

B

EI

(3.4 104 kN-m 2 )

vA

(b)

0.098438 m

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.005441 m

5.44 mm

Ans.

Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wx 2

vB

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

24 EI

Values:

w = 65 kN/m, L = 6 m, x = 3.5 m,

EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wx 2

vB

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )

24 EI

( 65 kN/m)(3.5 m) 2

6(6 m) 2

4

2

24(3.4 10 kN-m )

0.140759 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 90-kN concentrated load at A. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

Px 2

vB

(3L x) (elastic curve)

6 EI

Values:

P = 90 kN, L = 6 m, x = 3.5 m,

EI = 3.4 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Px 2

vB

(3L x)

6EI

3(6 m) (3.5 m)

6(3.4 104 kN-m2 )

0.078364 m

Previously calculated in Eq. (a).

Consider 225 kN-m concentrated moment at B.

Previously calculated in Eq. (b).

Beam deflection at B

vB

9.25 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.75 consists of a rectangular structural steel

tube shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 350 106 mm4].

For the loading shown, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point C.

(b) the beam deflection at point E.

Fig. P10.75

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point C

Consider 315 kN-m concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 315 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 6 m,

EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 315 kN-m)(6 m)

2(9 m)2

4

2

6(9 m)(7.0 10 kN-m )

3(9 m)(6 m) (6 m) 2

0.018000 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

vC

(2 x3 6 Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)

24LEI

Values:

w = 120 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 3 m, x = 6 m,

EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 2

vC

(2 x3 6 Lx 2 a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)

24 LEI

(120 kN/m)(3 m)2

2(6 m)3

24(9 m)(7.0 104 kN-m 2 )

6(9 m)(6 m) 2

(3 m) 2 (6 m) 4(9 m) 2 (6 m) (3 m) 2 (9 m)

0.028929 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 100-kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vC

(L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Values:

P = 100 kN, L = 9 m, a = 6 m, b = 3 m,

EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Pab 2

vC

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

(100 kN)(6 m)(3 m)

(9 m) 2 (6 m) 2 (3 m) 2

0.017143 m

4

2

6(9 m)(7.0 10 kN-m )

Consider 60 kN/m uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (60 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) = 270 kN-m,

L = 9 m, x = 3 m, EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 270 kN-m)(3 m)

2(9 m) 2

4

2

6(9 m)(7.0 10 kN-m )

3(9 m)(3 m) (3 m) 2

0.019286 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.008786 m

8.79 mm

Ans.

Consider 315 kN-m concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

D

6 EI

Values:

M = 315 kN-m, L = 9 m,

EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML ( 315 kN-m)(9 m)

D

6 EI 6(7.0 104 kN-m 2 )

vE

0.0067500 rad

0.020250 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)

D

24LEI

Values:

w = 120 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 3 m,

EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 2

(2 L2

D

24 LEI

vE

a2 )

2(9 m) 2

4

2

24(9 m)(7.0 10 kN-m )

(3 m)(0.0109286 rad)

(3 m) 2

0.0109286 rad

0.032786 m

Consider 100-kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pa( L2 a 2 )

(slope magnitude)

D

6 LEI

Values:

P = 100 kN, L = 9 m, a = 6 m,

EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Pa( L2 a 2 )

D

6 LEI

vE

(100 kN)(6 m)

(9 m) 2

6(9 m)(7.0 104 kN-m 2 )

(3 m)(0.0071429 rad)

(6 m) 2

0.0071429 rad

0.021429 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

D

3EI

Values:

M = (60 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) = 270 kN-m,

L = 9 m, EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML

D

3EI

vE

(270 kN-m)(9 m)

3(7.0 104 kN-m 2 )

(3 m)(0.0115714 rad)

0.0115714 rad

0.034714 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Determine cantilever deflection due to 60 kN/m uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vE

(assuming fixed support at D)

8EI

Values:

w = 60 kN/m, L = 3 m, EI = 7.0 104 kN-m2

Computation: vE

wL4

8EI

8(7.0 104 kN-m2 )

0.008679 m

Beam deflection at E

vE

0.020250 m 0.032786 m 0.021429 m 0.034714 m 0.008679 m

0.009429 m

9.43 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

consists of a rectangular structural steel tube

shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 95 106 mm4]. For the

loading shown, determine the beam deflection at

point B.

Fig. P10.76

Solution

Consider the downward 50 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vB

8 EI

Values:

w = 50 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

(50 kN/m)(2 m)4

vB

0.0052632 m

8EI

8(1.9 104 kN-m2 )

Consider an upward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 5-m span.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wx 2

vB

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

24 EI

Values:

w = 25 kN/m, L = 5 m, x = 2 m,

EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wx 2

vB

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 )

24 EI

( 25 kN/m)(2 m) 2

6(5 m) 2 4(5 m)(2 m) (2 m) 2

0.0250000 m

24(1.9 104 kN-m 2 )

Consider a downward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vB

8 EI

Values:

w = 25 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

vB

8EI

8(1.9 104 kN-m2 )

0.0026316 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 20-kN concentrated load at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

3EI

Values:

P = 20 kN, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL3

( 20 kN)(2 m)3

vB

0.0028070 m

3EI

3(1.9 104 kN-m2 )

Consider 50-kN concentrated load at C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

Px 2

vB

(3L x) (elastic curve)

6 EI

Values:

P = 50 kN, L = 5 m, x = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Px2

(50 kN)(2 m)2

vB

(3L x)

3(5 m) (2 m)

0.0228070 m

6EI

6(1.9 104 kN-m2 )

Beam deflection at B

vB

0.0052632 m 0.0250000 m 0.0026316 m 0.0028070 m 0.0228070 m

0.0028947 m

2.89 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

consists of a rectangular structural steel tube

shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 95 106 mm4]. For the

loading shown, determine the beam deflection at

point C.

Fig. P10.77

Solution

Consider the downward 50 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

wL3

vB

and B

(slope magnitude)

8 EI

6 EI

Values:

w = 50 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

(50 kN/m)(2 m) 4

vB

0.0052632 m

8 EI

8(1.9 10 4 kN-m 2 )

wL3

(50 kN/m)(2 m)3

0.0035088 rad

B

6 EI 6(1.9 104 kN-m 2 )

vC

0.0157895 m

Consider an upward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 5-m span.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vC

8EI

Values:

w = 25 kN/m, L = 5 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wL4

vC

8EI

( 25 kN/m)(5 m)4

8(1.9 104 kN-m2 )

0.1027961 m

Consider a downward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

wL3

vB

and B

(slope magnitude)

8 EI

6 EI

Values:

w = 25 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

vB

B

vC

wL4

8 EI

wL3

6 EI

(25 kN/m)(2 m) 4

8(1.9 10 4 kN-m 2 )

6(1.9 104 kN-m 2 )

0.0026316 m

0.0017544 rad

0.0078948 m

Consider 20-kN concentrated load at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

PL2

vB

and B

(slope magnitude)

3EI

2 EI

Values:

P = 20 kN, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL3

( 20 kN)(2 m)3

vB

0.0028070 m

3EI

3(1.9 10 4 kN-m 2 )

PL2

(20 kN)(2 m) 2

0.0021053 rad

B

2 EI 2(1.9 104 kN-m 2 )

vC

0.0091228 m

Consider 50-kN concentrated load at C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

vC

3EI

Values:

P = 50 kN, L = 5 m, EI = 1.9 104 kN-m2

Computation:

PL3

vC

3EI

3(1.9 104 kN-m2 )

0.1096491 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.0157895 m 0.1027961 m 0.0078948 m 0.0091228 m 0.1096491 m

0.0214145 m

21.4 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.78 consists of a W10 30 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 170 in.4].

If w = 5 kips/ft, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.78

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Consider cantilever beam deflection of 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML2

vA

2 EI

Values:

M = 85 kip-ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML2

vA

2EI

2(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.134069 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = 85 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (85 kip-ft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

B

3EI

3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

vA

0.0124138 rad

0.446897 in.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vA

8 EI

Values:

w = 5 kips/ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:

wL4

vA

8EI

8(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.017744 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = (5 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 22.5 kip-ft,

L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (22.5 kip-ft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

0.0032860 rad

B

3EI

3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

vA

0.118296 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

(2 L a)2 (slope magnitude)

B

24 LEI

Values:

w = 5 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

B

vA

wa 2

(2 L a) 2

24 LEI

2(15 ft) (5 ft)

24(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.0063387 rad

0.228195 in.

Consider 25-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pb( L2 b2 )

(slope magnitude)

B

6 LEI

Values:

P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, b = 5 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pb( L2 b 2 )

B

6 LEI

vA

(15 ft) 2

6(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

(5 ft) 2

0.0081136 rad

0.292089 in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.134069 in. 0.446897 in. 0.017744 in. 0.118296 in. 0.228195 in. 0.292089 in.

0.196722 in.

Ans.

0.1967 in.

Consider 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 85 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, x = 5 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

2(15 ft) 2

6

2

6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

0.413793 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (5 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 22.5 kip-ft,

L = 15 ft, x = 5 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

2(15 ft) 2

6(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.109533 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vC

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 5 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:

wa 3

vC

(4 L2

24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(15 ft) 2

24(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.273834 in.

Consider 25-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vC

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, b = 5 ft, x = 5 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vC

(L

6 LEI

b2

x2 )

(15 ft)2

6

2

6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

(5 ft) 2

(5 ft) 2

0.425963 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC 0.413793 in. 0.109533 in. 0.273834 in. 0.425963 in.

0.176471 in.

0.1765 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.79 consists of a W10 30 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 170 in.4].

If w = 9 kips/ft, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point D.

Fig. P10.79

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Consider cantilever beam deflection of 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML2

vA

2 EI

Values:

M = 85 kip-ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML2

vA

2EI

2(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.134069 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = 85 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (85 kip-ft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

B

3EI

3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

vA

0.0124138 rad

0.446897 in.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vA

8 EI

Values:

w = 9 kips/ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:

wL4

vA

8 EI

8(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.031939 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = (9 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 40.5 kip-ft,

L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (40.5 kip-ft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft)2

0.0059148 rad

B

3EI

3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

vA

0.212933 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

(2 L a)2 (slope magnitude)

B

24 LEI

Values:

w = 9 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

B

vA

wa 2

(2 L a) 2

24 LEI

2(15 ft) (5 ft)

24(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.0114097 rad

0.410748 in.

Consider 25-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pb( L2 b2 )

(slope magnitude)

B

6 LEI

Values:

P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, b = 5 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pb( L2 b 2 )

B

6 LEI

vA

(15 ft) 2

6

2

6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

(5 ft) 2

0.0081136 rad

0.292089 in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.134069 in. 0.446897 in. 0.031939 in. 0.212933 in. 0.410748 in. 0.292089 in.

0.123001 in.

Ans.

0.1230 in.

Consider 85 kip-ft concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vD

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 85 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, x = 10 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vD

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

2(15 ft) 2

6

2

6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

0.331034 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vD

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (9 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 40.5 kip-ft,

L = 15 ft, x = 10 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vD

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

2(15 ft) 2

6(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.157729 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

vD

(2 x3 6Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)

24 LEI

Values:

w = 9 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft, x = 10 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:

wa 2

vD

(2 x3

24 LEI

6 Lx 2

a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)

2(10 ft)3

24(15 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

(5 ft) 2 (10 ft) 4(15 ft)2 (10 ft) (5 ft) 2 (15 ft)

0.410751 in.

Consider 25-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vD

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Values:

P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, a = 10 ft, b = 5 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pab 2

vD

(L

6 LEI

a2

b2 )

(15 ft) 2

6

2

6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

(10 ft) 2

(5 ft) 2

0.486815 in.

Beam deflection at D

vD 0.331034 in. 0.157729 in. 0.410751 in. 0.486815 in.

0.408803 in.

0.409 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P10.80 consists of a W10 30 structural

steel wide-flange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I =

170 in.4]. For the loading shown, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.80

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Consider cantilever beam deflection of linearly distributed load on overhang AB.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linearly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

w0 L4

vA

30 EI

Values:

w0 = 8 kips/ft, L = 9 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

w0 L4

vA

30EI

30(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.613247 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = (8 kips/ft)(9 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (108 kip-ft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

B

3EI

3(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

vA

0.0189274 rad

2.044157 in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider linearly distributed load from 8 kips/ft to 0 kips/ft over span BD.

[Appendix C, SS beam with linearly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

w0 L3

(slope magnitude)

B

45 EI

Values:

w0 = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

w0 L3

B

45EI

vA

45(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.0302838 rad

3.270652 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)

B

24LEI

Values:

w = 4 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, a = 9 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

wa 2

(2 L2

B

24 LEI

a2 )

2(18 ft) 2

24(18 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

vA

(9 ft) 2

0.0124211 rad

1.341478 in.

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.613247 in. 2.044157 in. 3.270652 in. 1.341478 in. 1.954726 in.

1.955 in.

Ans.

Consider moment at B caused by linearly distributed load on overhang AB.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

Values:

M = (8 kips/ft)(9 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kip-ft,

L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

2(18 ft) 2

6(18 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.766559 in.

Consider linearly distributed load from 8 kips/ft to 0 kips/ft over span BD.

[Appendix C, SS beam with linearly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

w0 x

vC

(7 L4 10 L2 x 2 3 x 4 )

360 LEI

Values:

w0 = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

w0 x

vC

(7 L4 10 L2 x 2

360 LEI

3x 4 )

7(18 ft) 4 10(18 ft) 2 (9 ft) 2

6

2

360(18 ft)(4.93 10 kip-in. )

3(9 ft) 4

1.916398 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vC

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 4 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, a = 9 ft,

EI = 4.93 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

wa 3

vC

(4 L2

24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(18 ft) 2

24(18 ft)(4.93 106 kip-in.2 )

0.958199 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

2.108037 in.

2.11 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P10.81 consists of a W21 44

structural steel wide-flange shape [E =

29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.4]. For the loading

shown, determine:

(a) the beam deflection at point A.

(b) the beam deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.81

Solution

(a) Beam deflection at point A

Consider cantilever beam deflection of downward 4 kips/ft uniform load over AB.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vA

8 EI

Values:

w = 4 kips/ft, L = 12 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wL4

vA

8EI

8(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.732847 in.

Consider cantilever beam deflection of upward 4 kips/ft uniform load over 6-ft segment.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

wL3

v

and

(slope magnitude)

8 EI

6 EI

Values:

w = 4 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wL4

v

8EI

wL3

6 EI

vA

8(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

(4 kips/ft)(6 ft)3 (12 in./ft) 2

6(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.045803 in.

0.0008482 rad

0.106873 in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

Values:

M = (4 kips/ft)(6 ft)(9 ft) = 216 kip-ft,

L = 24 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML (216 kip-ft)(24 ft)(12 in./ft) 2

B

3EI

3(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

vA

0.0101784 rad

1.465693 in.

Consider 42-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pb( L2 b2 )

(slope magnitude)

B

6 LEI

Values:

P = 42 kips, L = 24 ft, b = 18 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pb( L2 b 2 )

B

6 LEI

vA

(24 ft) 2

7

2

6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

(18 ft) 2

0.0077929 rad

1.122172 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)

B

24LEI

Values:

w = 4 kips/ft, L = 24 ft, a = 6 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

wa 2

(2 L2

B

24 LEI

vA

a )

2(24 ft) 2

7

2

24(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

(6 ft) 2

0.0016434 rad

0.236648 in.

Beam deflection at A

vA

0.732847 in. 0.106873 in. 1.465693 in. 1.122172 in. 0.236648 in.

0.732847 in.

0.733 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider moment at B caused by downward 4 kips/ft uniform load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = (4 kips/ft)(6 ft)(9 ft) = 216 kip-ft,

L = 24 ft, x = 12 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

2(24 ft) 2

6(24 ft)(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

0.549635 in.

Consider 42-kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vC

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 42 kips, L = 24 ft, b = 6 ft,

x = 12 ft, EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vC

(L

6 LEI

b2

x2 )

(24 ft) 2

7

2

6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kip-in. )

(6 ft) 2

(12 ft) 2

0.587804 in.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

vC

(2 x3 6 Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)

24LEI

(elastic curve)

Values:

w = 4 kips/ft, L = 24 ft, a = 6 ft, x = 12 ft,

EI = 2.4447 107 kip-in.2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Computation:

wa 2

vC

(2 x 3

24 LEI

6 Lx 2

a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)

(4 kips/ft)(6 ft) 2 (12 in./ft) 3

24(24 ft)(2.4447 107 kip-in.2 )

4(24 ft) 2 (12 ft) (6 ft) 2 (24 ft)

0.175578 in.

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.213747 in.

0.214 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.82 consists of a W530 66 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 106

mm4]. If w = 85 kN/m, determine the beam

deflection at point B.

Fig. P10.82

Solution

Beam deflection at point B

Consider 300 kN-m concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 300 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 4 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 300 kN-m)(4 m)

2(9 m) 2

4

2

6(9 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

3(9 m)(4 m) (4 m) 2

0.022159 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vB

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 85 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 4 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 3

vB

(4 L2

24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(9 m) 2

4

2

24(9 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

0.043052 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 140-kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vB

( L b 2 x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 140 kN, L = 9 m, b = 3 m, x = 4 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Pbx 2

vB

( L b2 x 2 )

6 LEI

(140 kN)(3 m)(4 m)

(9 m) 2

6(9 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

(3 m)2

(4 m)2

0.024818 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 175 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 5 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 175 kN-m)(5 m)

2(9 m) 2

6(9 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

3(9 m)(5 m) (5 m) 2

0.012003 m

Beam deflection at B

vB

0.033708 m

33.7 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

P10.83 consists of a W530 66 structural steel

wide-flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 106

mm4]. If w = 115 kN/m, determine the beam

deflection at point C.

Fig. P10.83

Solution

(b) Beam deflection at point C

Consider 300 kN-m concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 300 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 6 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 300 kN-m)(6 m)

2(9 m) 2

4

2

6(9 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

3(9 m)(6 m) (6 m) 2

0.017094 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

vC

(2 x3 6 Lx 2 a 2 x 4L2 x a 2 L)

24LEI

Values:

w = 115 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 4 m, x = 6 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa 2

vC

(2 x3

24 LEI

6 Lx 2

a 2 x 4 L2 x a 2 L)

(115 kN/m)(4 m) 2

2(6 m)3

4

2

24(9 m)(7.02 10 kN-m )

6(9 m)(6 m) 2

(4 m) 2 (6 m) 4(9 m) 2 (6 m) (4 m)2 (9 m)

0.046597 m

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 140-kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vC

(L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Values:

P = 140 kN, L = 9 m, a = 6 m, b = 3 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Pab 2

vC

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

(140 kN)(6 m)(3 m)

(9 m) 2

6(9 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

(6 m) 2

(3 m) 2

0.023932 m

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 175 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 3 m,

EI = 7.02 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vC

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

6 LEI

( 175 kN-m)(3 m)

2(9 m) 2

6(9 m)(7.02 104 kN-m 2 )

3(9 m)(3 m) (3 m) 2

0.012464 m

Beam deflection at C

vC

0.040971 m

41.0 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

component of an earth retention system at an

excavation site. The soldier beam is subjected to

a soil loading that is linearly distributed from

520 lb/ft to 260 lb/ft, as shown in Fig. P10.84.

The soldier beam can be idealized as a

cantilever with a fixed support at A. Added

support is supplied by a tieback anchor at B,

which exerts a force of 5,000 lb on the soldier

beam. Determine the horizontal deflection of the

soldier beam at point C. Assume EI = 5 108 lbin.2.

Fig. P10.84

Solution

Consider 260 lb/ft uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vC

8EI

Values:

w = 260 lb/ft, L = 25 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2

Computation:

wL4

vC

8EI

8(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

43.875 in.

Consider a linearly distributed load that varies from 260 lb/ft at A to 0 lb/ft at C.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linearly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

w0 L4

vC

30 EI

Values:

w0 = 260 lb/ft, L = 25 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2

Computation:

w0 L4

vC

30EI

30(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

11.700 in.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider 5,000-lb concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

PL2

vB

and

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

2 EI

Values:

P = 5,000 lb, L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2

Computation:

PL3 (5,000 lb)(18 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3

vB

3EI

3(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

B

vC

PL2

2 EI

2(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

33.592320 in.

0.2332800 rad

Beam deflection at C

vC

43.875 in. 11.700 in. 53.187840 in.

53.187840 in.

2.387160 in.

2.39 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

component of an earth retention system at an

excavation site. The soldier beam is subjected to a

uniformly distributed soil loading of 260 lb/ft, as

shown in Fig. P10.85. The soldier beam can be

idealized as a cantilever with a fixed support at A.

Added support is supplied by a tieback anchor at B,

which exerts a force of 4,000 lb on the soldier beam.

Determine the horizontal deflection of the soldier

beam at point C. Assume EI = 5 108 lb-in.2.

Fig. P10.85

Solution

Consider 260 lb/ft uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vC

8EI

Values:

w = 260 lb/ft, L = 25 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2

Computation:

wL4

vC

8EI

8(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

43.875 in.

Consider 4,000-lb concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

PL2

vB

and

(slope magnitude)

B

3EI

2 EI

Values:

P = 4,000 lb, L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 108 lb-in.2

Computation:

PL3 (4,000 lb)(18 ft)3 (12 in./ft)3

vB

26.873856 in.

3EI

3(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

B

vC

PL2

2 EI

2(5.0 108 lb-in.2 )

0.1866240 rad

Beam deflection at C

vC

43.875 in. 42.550272 in.

1.324728 in.

42.550272 in.

1.325 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.1. Use the doubleintegration method to determine the

magnitude of the moment M0 required to

make the slope at the left end of the beam

zero.

Fig. P11.1

Solution

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) wx

M ( x)

M0

x

2

M0

wx 2

2

Integration:

d 2v

wx 2

EI 2 M ( x) M 0

dx

2

3

dv

wx

EI

M0x

C1

dx

6

M 0 x 2 wx 4

EI v

C1 x C2

2

24

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv

w( L)3

at x L,

0

M 0 ( L)

C1 0

dx

6

C1

wL3

6

dv

wx 3

EI

M0x

dx

6

M 0L

wL3

6

M 0L

Constraint:

At x = 0, the slope of the beam is to be zero; therefore,

dv

w(0)3 wL3

EI

M 0 (0)

M 0L 0

dx A

6

6

M0

wL2

6

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

end of the cantilever beam shown in Fig.

P11.2, the slope of the beam is zero. Use the

double-integration method to determine the

magnitude of the moment M0.

Fig. P11.2

Solution

Moment equation:

M a a M ( x) Px M 0

M ( x)

Px M 0

Integration:

d 2v

EI 2 M ( x) Px M 0

dx

dv Px 2

EI

M 0 x C1

dx

2

Px3 M 0 x 2

EI v

C1 x C2

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv

P ( L) 2

at x L,

0

M 0 ( L) C1 0

dx

2

C1

PL2

2

dv Px 2

EI

M0x

dx

2

M 0L

PL2

2

M 0L

Constraint:

At x = 0, the slope of the beam is to be zero; therefore,

dv

P (0) 2

PL2

EI

M 0 (0)

M 0L 0

dx A

2

2

M0

PL

2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

end of the cantilever beam shown in Fig.

P11.3, the deflection at the right end of the

beam is zero. Use the double-integration

method to determine the magnitude of the

load P.

Fig. P11.3

Solution

Moment equation:

Ma

w( L

x)

x

2

w

( L x) 2

2

M ( x)

P( L

x) M ( x)

P( L x)

Integration:

d 2v

w

EI 2 M ( x)

( L x) 2 P( L x)

dx

2

dv w

P

EI

( L x )3

( L x) 2 C1

dx 6

2

w

P

EI v

( L x) 4

( L x)3 C1x C2

24

6

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv

w

P

at x 0,

0

( L 0)3

( L 0) 2

dx

6

2

C1

at x

0, v

wL3

6

0

C2

wL4

24

PL2

2

w

( L 0) 4

24

C1

P

( L 0)3 C1 (0) C2

6

PL3

6

w

P

wLx3 PL2 x wL4

EI v

( L x) 4

( L x )3

24

6

6

2

24

3

4

w

wLx

wL P

PL2 x

4

3

( L x)

( L x)

24

6

24 6

2

PL3

6

PL3

6

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Constraint:

At x = L, the deflection of the beam is to be zero; therefore,

w

wL( L)3 wL4 P

PL2 ( L)

4

3

EI vB

( L L)

( L L)

24

6

24 6

2

which simplifies to

wL4 wL4 PL3 PL3

wL4 PL3

EI vB

0

6

24

2

6

8

3

Therefore, the magnitude of P is

3wL

P

8

PL3

6

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.4. Use the doubleintegration method to determine the

reactions at supports A and B.

Fig. P11.4

Solution

Beam FBD:

Fy Ay

MA

By

MA

0

By L M 0

Moment equation:

Ma a

M ( x) M 0

By ( L

x)

M ( x)

By ( L

x)

M0

Integration:

d 2v

EI 2 M ( x) By ( L x) M 0

dx

By

dv

EI

( L x) 2 M 0 x C1

dx

2

By

M 0 x2

3

EI v

( L x)

C1 x C2

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

at x

at x

at x

0,

dv

dx

0, v

L, v

By

2

By

By

( L 0) 2

( L 0)

(L

L)

M 0 (0) C1

M 0 (0) 2

2

M 0 L2

3M 0

By

3

2

2L

Backsubstitute into equilibrium equations:

Fy

MA

Ay

By

MA

By L

MA

M0

2

Ay

M0

M0

(cw)

2

C1 (0) C2

M 0 ( L) 2

2

By L3

By L2

2

( L)

By L2

C1

0

2

By L3

C2

By L3

6

3M 0

2L

By

3M 0

2L

MA

By L

Ans.

Ay

M0

3M 0

L

2L

3M 0

2L

M0

Ans.

0

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.5.

(a) Use the double-integration method to

determine the reactions at supports A and B.

(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.

Fig. P11.5

Solution

Beam FBD:

Fy Ay

MA

By

MB

wL

By L wL

L

2

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

wx

x

2

Ay x

wx 2

2

M ( x)

Integration:

d 2v

wx 2

EI 2 M ( x)

Ay x

dx

2

2

dv

wx 3 Ay x

EI

C1

dx

6

2

3

wx 4 Ay x

EI v

C1 x C2

24

6

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

3

w(0) 4 Ay (0)

at x 0, v 0

C1 (0) C2

24

6

at x

dv

L,

dx

Ay ( L) 2

w( L)3

6

Ay x

C1

C2

C1

wL3

6

Ay L2

C1

wL3

24

Ay L2

w( L) 4 Ay ( L)

at x L, v 0

C1 ( L)

24

6

Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to find:

wL3

3wL

and

Ay

48

8

Backsubstitute into equilibrium equations:

C1

Fy

MA

Ay

By

MB

MB

wL

By L wL

wL2

8

By

L

2

wL2

(cw)

8

wL

Ay

wL

MB

2

6

3wL

8

3wL

8

wL2

2

(a)

(b)

Ans.

5wL

8

By L

By

wL2

2

5wL2

8

5wL

8

Ans.

wL2

8

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.6. Use the doubleintegration method to determine the

reactions at supports A and B.

Fig. P11.6

Solution

Beam FBD:

Fy

Ay

MA

w0 L

0

2

w0 L 2 L

By L

2

3

By

MB

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x)

w0 x 2 x

2L 3

M ( x)

w0 x3

6L

Ay x

Ay x

Integration:

d 2v

w0 x3

EI 2 M ( x)

Ay x

dx

6L

2

dv

w0 x 4 Ay x

EI

C1

dx

24 L

2

3

w0 x5 Ay x

EI v

C1 x C2

120 L

6

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

3

w0 (0)5 Ay (0)

at x 0, v 0

C1 (0) C2

120 L

6

at x

at x

dv

L,

dx

L, v

0

0

w0 ( L)4

24 L

Ay ( L)2

w0 ( L)5

120 L

Ay ( L)3

2

6

C1

C1 ( L)

C2

C1

w0 L3

24

Ay L2

C1

w0 L3

120

Ay L2

2

6

(a)

(b)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

C1

w0 L3

120

and

Ay

w0 L

10

w0 L

w0 L

Fy Ay By

0

By

Ay

2

2

MA

MB

MB

By L

w0 L 2 L

2

3

w0 L2

15

w0 L2

(cw)

15

w0 L

10

w0 L

2

MB

w0 L

10

w0 L2

3

Ans.

4w0 L

10

By L

w0 L2

3

By

2w0 L2

5

2w0 L

5

Ans.

w0 L2

15

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.7. Use the fourth-order

integration method to determine the reaction

at roller support B.

Fig. P11.7

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

w0 x 2

EI 4

dx

L2

d 3v

w0 x 3

EI 3

C1

dx

3L2

d 2v

w0 x 4

EI 2

C1 x C2

dx

12 L2

dv

w0 x5 C1 x 2

EI

C2 x C3

dx

60 L2

2

w0 x 6 C1 x3 C2 x 2

EI v

C3 x C4

360 L2

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

w0 (0)6 C1 (0)3 C2 (0) 2

at x 0, v 0

C3 (0) C4

360 L2

6

2

dv

w0 (0)5 C1 (0) 2

at x 0,

0

C2 (0) C3 0

dx

60 L2

2

w0 ( L)6 C1 ( L)3 C2 ( L) 2

at x L, v 0

0

360 L2

6

2

d 2v

w0 ( L)4

0

C1 ( L) C2

dx 2

12 L2

Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to obtain:

at x

L, M

EI

2C2

w0 L2

60

w0 L2

12

C1L

w0 L2

12

w0 L2

30

4w0 L2

60

Roller reaction at B:

d 3v

w0 ( L)3

VB EI 3

dx x L

3L2

C1

7 w0 L

60

C4

C3

C1L 3C2

C1L C2

w0 L2

60

w0 L2

12

(a)

(b)

w0 L2

30

C2

7w0 L2

60

7w0 L

60

20w0 L

60

7w0 L

60

13w0 L

60

By

13w0 L

60

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.8. Use the fourth-order

integration method to determine the reaction

at roller support A.

Fig. P11.8

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

w0 x 2

EI 4

dx

L2

d 3v

w0 x 3

EI 3

C1

dx

3L2

d 2v

w0 x 4

EI 2

C1 x C2

dx

12 L2

dv

w0 x5 C1 x 2

EI

C2 x C3

dx

60 L2

2

w0 x 6 C1 x3 C2 x 2

EI v

C3 x C4

360 L2

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

w0 (0)6 C1 (0)3 C2 (0) 2

at x 0, v 0

C3 (0) C4

360 L2

6

2

d 2v

w0 (0) 4

at x 0, M EI 2 0

C1 (0) C2 0

dx

12 L2

dv

w0 ( L)5 C1 ( L)2

at x L,

0

C3 0

dx

60 L2

2

at x

L, v

w0 ( L)6

360 L2

C1 ( L)3

6

C3 ( L)

C4

C2

C1L2

2C3

w0 L3

30

(a)

C1L2

6C3

w0 L3

60

(b)

4C3

C1L2

w0 L3

30

w0 L3

60

w0 L3

60

C3

w0 L3

30

w0 L3

120

5w0 L3

120

C1

Roller reaction at A:

d 3v

w0 (0)3

VA EI 3

dx x 0

3L2

w0 L

24

w0 L

24

w0 L3

240

5w0 L

120

w0 L

24

Ay

w0 L

24

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.9. Use the fourth-order

integration method to determine the

reaction at roller support A.

Fig. P11.9

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

x

EI 4

w0 sin

dx

2L

3

d v 2w0 L

x

EI 3

cos

C1

dx

2L

d 2v 4w0 L2

x

EI 2

sin

C1 x C2

2

dx

2L

dv

8w0 L3

x C1 x 2

EI

cos

C2 x C3

3

dx

2L

2

16w0 L4

x C1 x3 C2 x 2

EI v

sin

C3 x C4

4

2L

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

16w0 L4

(0) C1 (0)3 C2 (0) 2

at x 0, v 0

sin

C3 (0) C4 0

4

2L

6

2

d 2v

4w0 L2

(0)

at x 0, M EI 2 0

sin

C1 (0) C2 0

2

dx

2L

dv

8w0 L3

( L) C1 ( L) 2

at x L,

0

cos

C3 0

C1L2 2C3

3

dx

2L

2

at x

L, v

16w0 L4

sin

C1 ( L)3

6

( L)

2L

C3 ( L)

C1L2

6C3

C4

C2

(a)

96w0 L3

4

(b)

4C3

2

C1L

96w0 L3

4

24w0 L3

4

Roller reaction at A:

d 3v

2w0 L

(0)

VA EI 3

cos

dx x 0

2L

C3

24w0 L3

4

48w0 L

C1

48w0 L

4

Ay

2w0 L

48w0 L

4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.10. Use the fourth-order

integration method to determine the

reactions at supports A and B.

Fig. P11.10

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

x

EI 4 w0 cos

dx

2L

3

d v 2w0 L

x

EI 3

sin

C1

dx

2L

d 2v

4w0 L2

x

EI 2

cos

C1 x C2

2

dx

2L

dv

8w0 L3

x C1x 2

EI

sin

C2 x C3

3

dx

2L

2

16w0 L4

x C1 x3 C2 x 2

EI v

cos

C3 x C4

4

2L

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv

8w0 L3

(0) C1 (0) 2

at x 0,

0

sin

3

dx

2L

2

4

16w0 L

(0) C1 (0)3

at x 0, v 0

cos

4

2L

6

at x

dv

L,

dx

at x

L, v

8w0 L3

16w0 L4

C2 (0) C3

C2 (0) 2

2

C4

( L)

sin

2L

C1 ( L) 2

2

C2 ( L)

( L)

2L

C1 ( L)3

6

C2 ( L)2

2

cos

C3

0

C4

0

16 w0 L4

C1L 2C2

16w0 L4

4

C1L 3C2

16w0 L2

3

96w0 L2

4

(a)

(b)

C2

C1L

16w0 L2

96w0 L2

C2

48w0 L2

192w0 L2

C1

d 3v

2w0 L

(0)

VA EI 3

sin

dx x 0

2L

Ay

48w0 L

4

48w0 L

4

16w0 L2

4

48w0 L

48w0 L

4

4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

VB

EI

d 3v

dx3

2w0 L

sin

x L

2w0 L

By

MA

EI

d 2v

dx 2

( L)

2L

cos

x 0

4 w0 L2

(0)

2L

MB

EI

d 2v

dx 2

4 w0 L2

4

4 w0 L2

2

x L

48w0 L2

4

MB

4

32 w0 L2

4

24

96

Ans.

16 w0 L2

4

6

2

24 4

( L)

2L

cos

2w0 L

48w0 L(0)

16 w0 L2

MA

96 24

4 w0 L2

48w0 L

48w0 L( L )

4

16 w0 L2

4

3 (ccw)

(cw)

Ans.

16w0 L2

16 w0 L2

4

6

12 6

16 w0 L2

4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.11. Use the fourth-order

integration method to determine the

reactions at supports A and B.

Fig. P11.11

Solution

Integrate the load distribution:

d 4v

x

EI 4 w0 sin

dx

L

3

d v

w0 L

x

EI 3

cos

C1

dx

L

d 2v

w0 L2

x

EI 2

sin

C1 x C2

2

dx

L

dv w0 L3

x C1 x 2

EI

cos

C2 x C3

3

dx

L

2

w0 L4

x C1 x 3 C2 x 2

EI v

sin

C3 x C4

4

L

6

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv

w0 L3

(0) C1 (0) 2

at x 0,

0

cos

C2 (0) C3 0

3

dx

L

2

w0 L4

(0) C1 (0)3 C2 (0) 2

at x 0, v 0

sin

C3 (0) C4

4

L

6

2

dv

dx

at x

L,

at x

L, v

w0 L3

cos

w0 L4

sin

C1 ( L)2

2

( L)

L

( L)

L

C2 ( L)

C1 ( L)3

6

C2 ( L)2

2

w0 L3

w0 L3

3

( L)

w0 L3

C3

C4

C1L 2C2

0

C1L 3C2

4w0 L2

3

6w0 L2

3

(a)

(b)

C2

C1L

6w0 L2

4w0 L2

C2

4w0 L2

3

2w0 L2

C1

d 3v

w0 L

(0)

VA EI 3

cos

dx x 0

L

Ay

w0 L

2w0 L2

3

w0 L

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

VB

EI

d 3v

dx3

w0 L

x L

EI

d 2v

dx 2

w0 L2

2

EI

d 2v

dx 2

sin

x 0

Ans.

w0 L2

2

x L

MB

sin

2w0 L2

(0)

L

2w0 L2

MA

MB

w0 L

w0 L

By

MA

( L)

L

cos

Ans.

(cw)

( L)

L

2w0 L2

2w0 L2

2w0 L2

3

(ccw)

2w0 L2

3

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.12.

(a) Use the double-integration method to

determine the reactions at supports A and C.

(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.

(c) Determine the deflection in the middle

of the span.

Fig. P11.12

Solution

Beam FBD:

from symmetry,

Ay

P

2

Cy

and

MA

MC

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) M A

P

x

2

M ( x)

Px

2

MA

Integration:

d 2v

Px

EI 2 M ( x)

MA

dx

2

dv Px 2

EI

M A x C1

dx

4

Px3 M A x 2

EI v

C1 x C2

12

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv

P(0) 2

at x 0,

0

M A (0) C1 0

dx

4

P(0)3 M A (0) 2

at x 0, v 0

C2 0

12

2

(a) Beam reaction forces:

P

Ay C y

2

C1

C2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

L dv

at x

,

0

2 dx

MA

PL

8

P ( L / 2) 2

4

MA

L

2

PL

(ccw)

8

Px3 M A x 2 Px3 PLx 2

EI v

12

2

12

16

2

Px

v

3L 4 x

48EI

0

MC

PL

(cw)

8

Ans.

Px 2

3L 4 x

48

vB

P( L / 2) 2

3L 4( L / 2)

48EI

PL3

192 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.13.

(a) Use the double-integration method to

determine the reactions at supports A and B.

(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.

(c) Determine the deflection in the middle

of the span.

Fig. P11.13

Solution

Beam FBD:

from symmetry,

Ay

wL

2

By

and

MA

MB

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) M A

M ( x)

wx

wx 2

2

x

2

wLx

2

wL

x

2

MA

Integration:

d 2v

wx 2 wLx

EI 2 M ( x)

MA

dx

2

2

dv

wx3 wLx 2

EI

M A x C1

dx

6

4

wx 4 wLx3 M A x 2

EI v

C1 x C2

24

12

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv

w(0)3 wL(0) 2

at x 0,

0

M A (0) C1 0

dx

6

4

w(0) 4 wL(0)3 M A (0) 2

at x 0, v 0

C2 0

24

12

2

(a) Beam reaction forces:

wL

Ay By

2

C1

C2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

L dv

at x

,

0

2 dx

MA

wL2

12

w( L / 2)3

6

wL( L / 2) 2

4

wL2

(ccw)

12

wx 4 wLx 3 M A x 2

EI v

24

12

2

2

wx

v

( x L) 2

24 EI

MB

wx 4

24

wLx 3

12

wL2 x 2

24

MA

L

2

wL2

12

wx 2 2

x

24

0

wL2

(cw)

12

2 Lx

L2

Ans.

wx 2

( x L) 2

24

vx

L/2

w( L / 2) 2

24 EI

L

2

L)

wL4

384 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.14.

(a) Use the double-integration method to

determine the reactions at supports A and C.

(b) Determine the deflection in the middle

of the span.

Fig. P11.14

Solution

Beam FBD:

from symmetry,

Ay

w0 L

2

Cy

and

MA

MC

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) M A

M ( x)

w0 x 2 x

2L 3

w0 x3

6L

w0 Lx

2

w0 L

x

2

MA

Integration:

d 2v

w0 x3 w0 Lx

EI 2 M ( x)

MA

dx

6L

2

dv

w0 x 4 w0 Lx 2

EI

M A x C1

dx

24 L

4

w0 x5 w0 Lx3 M A x 2

EI v

C1 x C2

120 L

12

2

Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:

dv

w0 (0) 4 w0 L(0) 2

at x 0,

0

dx

24 L

4

5

w0 (0)

w0 L(0)3

at x 0, v 0

120 L

12

(a) Beam reaction forces:

w0 L

Ay C y

2

M A (0) C1

M A (0) 2

2

C2

0

0

C1

C2

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

dv

at x L,

0

dx

MA

5w0 L2

24

w0 ( L) 4

24 L

w0 L( L) 2

4

5w0 L2

(ccw)

24

M A ( L)

MC

w0 x 5 w0 Lx 3 M A x 2

w0 x 5

EI v

120 L

12

2

120 L

5

2 3

2 w0 x

20w0 L x

25w0 L3 x 2

240 L

240 L

240 L

2

w0 x

v

2 x 3 20 L2 x 25L3

240 L EI

0

5w0 L2

24

5w0 L2

(cw)

24

Ans.

w0 Lx 3 5w0 L2 x 2

12

48

2

w0 x

2 x 3 20 L2 x 25 L3

240 L

vB

w0 ( L)2

2( L)3

240 L EI

20 L ( L) 25L

7 w0 L4

240 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.15.

(a) Use the double-integration method to

determine the reactions at supports A and C.

(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.

(c) Determine the deflection in the middle

of the span.

Fig. P11.15

Solution

Beam FBD:

Fy Ay

MA

Cy

MC

Cy L

Moment equation:

M a a M ( x) Ay x

M ( x)

Mb

M ( x)

M ( x)

L

2

Ay x

Ay x

Ay x

P x

L

2

Px

PL

2

L

2

Integration:

For beam segment AB:

d 2v

EI 2 M ( x) Ay x

dx

2

dv Ay x

EI

C1

dx

2

Ay x3

EI v

C1 x C2

6

L

2

d 2v

PL

EI 2 M ( x) Ay x Px

dx

2

2

2

dv Ay x

Px

PLx

EI

C3

dx

2

2

2

Ay x 3 Px3 PLx 2

EI v

C3 x C4

6

6

4

Ay (0)3

at x 0, v 0

C1 (0) C2 0

6

at x

at x

L,

dv

dx

L, v

0

0

Ay ( L)2

2

Ay ( L)

6

P ( L) 2

2

P ( L )3

6

PL( L)

2

PL( L) 2

4

C2

C3

C3

Ay L

2

( L) C4

C4

Ay L2

2

Ay L3

3

PL3

12

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

L dv

dv

at x

,

2 dx AB dx BC

Ay ( L / 2) 2

C1

Ay ( L / 2) 2

P( L / 2) 2

2

2

C1

PL2

8

Ay L

2

6

8

2

6

eliminate terms and rearrange:

Ay L3 Px 3 PLx 2 PL2 x

3

6

4

8

Substitute x = L/2 to obtain:

Ay L3 P( L / 2)3 PL( L / 2) 2

6

Ay

L

at x

, vB AB vB BC

2

Ay x3 PL2 x Ay L2 x Ay x3 Px3 PLx 2

Ay L2

PL( L / 2)

2

Ay L2 x

Ay L3

PL3

12

PL3

12

PL2 ( L / 2)

8

PL3

12

5 PL3

48

5P

16

5P

Ay

Cy

16

11P

16

L

PL 11PL

MC P

Cy L

2

2

16

Ans.

3PL

16

Ay x3 PL2 x Ay L2 x 5Px3 PL2 x 5PL2 x

EI v

6

8

2

96

8

32

Px

v

5 x 2 3L2

96 EI

MC

5Px 3

96

3PL

16

3PL

(cw)

16

Ans.

3PL2 x

96

vB

P( L / 2)

L

5

96 EI

2

3L2

7 PL3

768EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.16.

(a) Use the double-integration method to

determine the reactions at supports A and C.

(b) Draw the shear-force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam.

Fig. P11.16

Solution

Beam FBD:

Fy Ay

MA

Cy

MA

Cy L M 0

Moment equation:

M a a M ( x) Ay x

M ( x)

Mb

M ( x)

M ( x)

Cy

Ay x

MA

Ay

0

MA

Ay x M A

Ay x M A

M0

M0

Integration:

For beam segment AB:

d 2v

EI 2 M ( x) Ay x M A

dx

2

dv Ay x

EI

M A x C1

dx

2

Ay x 3 M A x 2

EI v

C1 x C2

6

2

L

2

L

2

d 2v

EI 2 M ( x) Ay x M A M 0

dx

2

dv Ay x

EI

M A x M 0 x C3

dx

2

Ay x3 M A x 2 M 0 x 2

EI v

C3 x C4

6

2

2

Ay (0)3 M A (0) 2

at x 0, v 0

C1 (0) C2 0

6

2

Ay (0) 2

dv

at x 0,

0

M A (0) C1 0

dx

2

C2

C1

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

L dv

dv

at x

,

2 dx AB dx BC

Ay x 2

2

M Ax

Ay x 2

2

C3

M Ax

M 0 x C3

M 0L

2

L

at x

, vB AB vB BC

2

Ay x3 M A x 2 Ay x 3 M A x 2 M 0 x 2 M 0 Lx

6

2

6

2

2

2

C4

C4

M 0 L2

8

Ay ( L)3 M A ( L)2 M 0 ( L)2 M 0 L

M 0 L2

at x L, v 0

( L)

6

2

2

2

8

Also, the beam moment equilibrium equation can be written as:

Ay L M A

M0

M0

M0

9M 0 9M 0

MA

(cw)

Ay

8

8

8L

8L

Ay L 3M A

Cy

9M 0

8L

3M 0

4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P11.17.

(a) Use the double-integration method to

determine the reactions at supports A and C.

(b) Draw the shear-force and bending-moment

diagrams for the beam.

Fig. P11.17

Solution

Beam FBD:

Fy

Ay

MA

Cy

MC

wL

2

Cy L

0

wL L

2 4

Moment equation:

Ma

M ( x) wx

M ( x)

Mb

M ( x)

M ( x)

x

2

wx 2

2

Ay x

Ay x

wL

x

2

wL

x

2

L

4

L

4

Ay x

Ay x

Integration:

For beam segment AB:

d 2v

wx 2

EI 2 M ( x)

Ay x

dx

2

2

dv

wx 3 Ay x

EI

C1

dx

6

2

3

wx 4 Ay x

EI v

C1 x C2

24

6

L

2

0

L

2

d 2v

wL

EI 2 M ( x)

x

dx

2

dv

EI

dx

EI v

wL

x

4

wL

x

12

3

w(0) 4 Ay (0)

at x 0, v 0

C1 (0) C2 0

24

6

L

4

L

4

L

4

Ay x 2

2

Ay x3

6

Ay x

C3

C3 x C4

C2

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Equate the slope expressions for the two beam segments:

2

2

Ay x 2

wx3 Ay x

wL

L

C1

x

C3

6

2

4

4

2

Set x = L/2 and solve for the constant C1:

C1

wx3

6

C3

C1

wL

x

4

L

4

w( L / 2)3

6

C3

wL L

4 2

L

4

C3

wL3

48

wL3

64

C3

9wL3

64

wL3

192

C3

Equate the deflection expressions for the two beam segments:

3

3

Ay x3

wx 4 Ay x

wL

L

C1 x

x

C3 x C4

24

6

12

4

6

Set x = L/2 and solve for the constant C4:

3

w( L / 2) 4

wL3 L

wL L L

L

C3

C3

C4

24

192 2

12 2 4

2

wL4

384

wL4

384

L

2

C3

wL4

768

L

2

C3

C4

wL4

768

C4

at x

dv

L,

dx

wL

L

4

L

4

Ay ( L)2

2

C3

Ay L2

2

at x = L, v = 0

wL

L

12

27 wL4

768

L

4

Ay L3

6

27 wL4

768

Ay ( L)3

C3 ( L)

6

9wL3

64

Ay L3

6

Ay L2

9wL4

64

( L)

Ay L3

2

Ay L3

6

wL4

768

wL4

768

wL4

768

3 Ay L3

6

Ay L3

3

0

26 wL4

768

82wL4

768

108wL4

768

Ay

41wL

128

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

9wL3

C3

64

and for C1:

C1

5wL3

256

41wL3

256

5wL3

256

wL3

192

11wL3

768

41wL

Ay

128

Ans.

wL

wL 41wL

Ay

2

2

128

Beam moment reaction:

Cy

MC

wL2

8

Cy L

wL2

8

23wL

128

23wL2

128

Cy

7 wL2

128

23wL

128

MC

Ans.

7 wL2

128

7 wL2

(cw)

128

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P11.18. Assume EI = 200,000 kN-m2. Use

discontinuity functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at A and C.

(b) the beam deflection at B.

Fig. P11.18

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

Fy Ay C y 150 kN

Ay

MA

C y 150 kN

(150 kN)(7 m) C y (12 m) M A

MA

C y (12 m)

(a)

0

(b)

1,050 kN-m

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

MA x 0 m

V ( x)

w x dx

MA x 0 m

M x

V ( x)dx

MA x 0 m

d 2v

M ( x) M A

dx 2

dv

1

EI

MA x 0 m

dx

MA

2

EI v

x 0m

2

EI

x 0m

Ay

2

Ay

6

Ay x 0 m

Ay x 0 m

Ay x 0 m

x 0m

x 0m

Ay x 0 m

150 kN x 7 m

150 kN x 7 m

150 kN x 7 m

150 kN x 7 m

C y x 12 m

C y x 12 m

C y x 12 m

C y x 12 m

Cy

150 kN

2

2

x 7m

x 12 m

C1

2

2

Cy

150 kN

3

3

x 7m

x 12 m

C1 x C2

6

6

(c)

(d)

dv

at x 0 m,

0

C1 0

dx

at x 0 m, v 0

C2 0

at x 12 m, v

M A (72 m 2 )

Ay

MA

(12 m) 2

(12 m)3

2

6

Ay (288 m3 ) 3,125 kN-m3

0

150 kN

(5 m)3

6

(e)

Solve equations (a), (b), and (c) simultaneously to obtain the results:

Ay

MA

88.3247 kN

88.3 kN

309.8958 kN-m

Cy

61.6753 kN

61.7 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(b) Beam deflection at B: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at B (x = 7 m) is computed as follows:

309.8958 kN-m

88.3247 kN

EI vB

(7 m) 2

(7 m)3

2

6

3

2,543.2219 kN-m

vB

2,543.2219 kN-m3

200, 000 kN-m 2

0.0127161 m

12.72 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.19. Assume EI = 200,000 kNm2. Use discontinuity functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at A and B.

(b) the beam deflection at C.

Fig. P11.19

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

Fy Ay By 0

Ay

MA

(a)

By

750 kN-m By (5 m) M A

MA

By (5 m)

0

(b)

750 kN-m

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

MA x 0 m

V ( x)

w x dx

MA x 0 m

M x

V ( x)dx

MA x 0 m

d 2v

EI 2 M ( x) M A

dx

dv

1

EI

MA x 0 m

dx

MA

2

EI v

x 0m

2

x 0m

Ay

2

Ay

6

Ay x 0 m

Ay x 0 m

2

By

By x 5 m

By x 5 m

x 5m

2

By

By x 5 m

x 5m

By x 5 m

Ay x 0 m

x 0m

x 0m

Ay x 0 m

750 kN-m x 7.5 m

750 kN-m x 7.5 m

1

750 kN-m

x 7.5 m

2

C1

(c)

C1 x C2

(d)

dv

at x 0 m,

0

C1 0

dx

at x 0 m, v 0

C2 0

at x

5 m, v

Ay

MA

(5 m) 2

2

Ay (20.83333 m3 ) 0

0

M A (12.5 m )

(5 m)3

(e)

Solve equations (a), (b), and (c) simultaneously to obtain the results:

Ay

225.000 kN

MA

375.000 kN-m

225 kN

375 kN-m (cw)

By

225.000 kN

225 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(b) Beam deflection at C: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at C (x = 7.5 m) is computed as follows:

Ay

By

MA

EI vC

(7.5 m) 2

(7.5 m)3

(2.5 m) 3

2

6

6

4,687.500 kN-m3

vC

4,687.500 kN-m3

200,000 kN-m 2

0.023438 m

23.4 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

in Fig. P11.20. Assume EI = 100,000 kip-ft2. Use

discontinuity functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at A and E.

(b) the beam deflection at C.

Fig. P11.20

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

Fy Ay E y 20 kips 30 kips 20 kips

Ay

ME

Ey

0

(a)

70 kips

30 kips(14 ft) 20 kips(7 ft)

Ay (28 ft)

ME

ME

980 kip-ft

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

Ay x 0 ft

M E x 28 ft

V ( x)

w x dx

Ay x 0 ft

V ( x)dx

Ay x 0 ft

M E x 28 ft

d 2v

EI 2

dx

M ( x)

Ay x 0 ft

M E x 28 ft

EI

dv

dx

EI v

Ay

E y x 28 ft

20 kips x 7 ft

0

E y x 28 ft

30 kips x 14 ft

30 kips x 14 ft

20 kips x 21 ft

20 kips x 21 ft

20 kips x 21 ft

30 kips x 14 ft

20 kips x 21 ft

20 kips

30 kips

2

x 7 ft

x 14 ft

2

2

2

Ey

1

2

M E x 28 ft

x 28 ft

C1

2

Ay

20 kips

30 kips

3

3

3

x 0 ft

x 7 ft

x 14 ft

6

6

6

Ey

ME

2

3

x 28 ft

x 28 ft

C1 x C2

2

6

x 0 ft

E y x 28 ft

20 kips x 7 ft

30 kips x 14 ft

E y x 28 ft

20 kips x 7 ft

M E x 28 ft

M x

20 kips x 7 ft

20 kips

x 21 ft

2

(c)

20 kips

x 21 ft

6

(d)

at x 0 ft, v 0

C2 0

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x 28 ft, v 0

Ay

20 kips

(28 ft)3

(21 ft)3

6

6

dv

at x 28 ft,

0

dx

Ay

20 kips

(28 ft) 2

(21 ft) 2

2

2

30 kips

(14 ft)3

6

20 kips

(7 ft)3

6

C1 (28 ft)

30 kips

(14 ft) 2

2

20 kips

(7 ft) 2

2

C1

(e)

(f)

Solve equations (e) and (f) simultaneously to obtain:

C1

1,470.000 kip-ft 2

Ay

23.7500 kips

Ans.

23.8 kips

With the value of Ay, calculate Ey and ME from equations (a) and (b), respectively.

Ey

ME

46.2500 kips

46.3 kips

315.000 kip-ft

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at C: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at C (x = 14 ft) is computed as follows:

23.75 kips

20 kips

EI vC

(14 ft)3

(7 ft)3 (1, 470 kip-ft 2 )(14 ft)

6

6

3

10,861.6667 kip-ft

vC

10,861.6667 kip-ft 3

100,000 kip-ft 2

0.108617 ft

1.3034 in.

1.303 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.21. Assume EI = 100,000 kipft2. Use discontinuity functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at A and B.

(b) the beam deflection at x = 7 ft.

Fig. P11.21

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

1

Fy Ay By

(12 kips/ft)(16 ft)

2

Ay By 96 kips

MB

Ay (16 ft)

0

(a)

1

2(16 ft)

(12 kips/ft)(16 ft)

2

3

MB 0

Ay (16 ft) M B

1,024 kip-ft

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

Ay x 0 ft

M B x 16 ft

V ( x)

w x dx

Ay x 0 ft

V ( x)dx

Ay x 0 ft

M B x 16 ft

d 2v

EI 2

dx

M ( x)

Ay x 0 ft

M B x 16 ft

EI

dv

dx

EI v

Ay

By x 16 ft

By x 16 ft

12 kips/ft

x 0 ft

2(16 ft)

12 kips/ft

x 0 ft

6(16 ft)

12 kips/ft

x 0 ft

6(16 ft)

12 kips/ft

12 kips/ft

3

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

2

6

24(16 ft)

By

1

2

M B x 16 ft

x 16 ft

C1

2

Ay

12 kips/ft

12 kips/ft

3

4

5

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

x 0 ft

6

24

120(16 ft)

By

MB

2

3

x 16 ft

x 16 ft

C1 x C2

2

6

x 0 ft

12 kips/ft

x 0 ft

2

0

By x 16 ft

12 kips/ft

x 0 ft

2

0

12 kips/ft

x 0 ft

16 ft

By x 16 ft

12 kips/ft x 0 ft

M B x 16 ft

M x

12 kips/ft x 0 ft

(c)

(d)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x 0 ft, v 0

C2 0

at x 16 ft, v 0

Ay

12 kips/ft

(16 ft)3

(16 ft)4

6

24

dv

at x 16 ft,

0

dx

Ay

12 kips/ft

(16 ft)2

(16 ft)3

2

6

12 kips/ft

(16 ft)5

120(16 ft)

C1 (16 ft)

12 kips/ft

(16 ft) 4

24(16 ft)

C1

(e)

(f)

Solve equations (e) and (f) simultaneously to obtain:

C1

614.4000 kip-ft 2

Ay

52.8000 kips

Ans.

52.8 kips

With the value of Ay, calculate By and MB from equations (a) and (b), respectively.

By

MB

43.200 kips

43.2 kips

179.200 kip-ft

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at x = 7 ft: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at x = 7 ft is computed as follows:

52.8 kips

12 kips/ft

12 kips/ft

EI v

(7 ft)3

(7 ft) 4

(7 ft)5 (614.400 kip-ft 2 )(7 ft)

6

24

120(16 ft)

2,377.85625 kip-ft 3

v

2,377.85625 kip-ft 3

100,000 kip-ft 2

0.023779 ft

0.2853 in.

0.285 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.22. Assume EI = 200,000 kNm2. Use discontinuity functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at A and B.

(b) the beam deflection at C.

Fig. P11.22

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

1

Fy Ay By

(120 kN/m)(8 m)

2

Ay By 480 kN

0

(a)

1

2(8 m)

(120 kN/m)(8 m)

2

3

MA 0

MA

By (6 m) M A

By (6 m)

2,560 kN-m

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

V ( x)

w x dx

MA x 0 m

M x

V ( x)dx

MA x 0 m

M ( x)

MA x 0 m

d 2v

EI 2

dx

EI

dv

dx

EI v

MA x 0 m

MA

x 0m

2

MA x 0 m

Ay

2

Ay

6

Ay x 0 m

Ay x 0 m

120 kN/m

1

1

x 0m

By x 6 m

8m

120 kN/m

2

0

x 0m

By x 6 m

2(8 m)

120 kN/m

3

1

x 0m

By x 6 m

6(8 m)

120 kN/m

3

1

x 0m

By x 6 m

6(8 m)

By

120 kN/m

4

2

x 0m

x 6m

C1

24(8 m)

2

By

120 kN/m

5

3

x 0m

x 6m

C1 x C2

120(8 m)

6

Ay x 0 m

x 0m

x 0m

Ay x 0 m

(c)

(d)

dv

at x 0 m,

0

C1 0

dx

at x 0 m, v 0

C2 0

at x

6 m, v

MA

(6 m) 2

2

Ay

6

(6 m)3

120 kN/m

(6 m)5

120(8 m)

(e)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Solve equations (a), (b), and (e) simultaneously to obtain:

Ay

MA

66.5000 kN

66.5 kN

79.0000 kN-m

By

413.5000 kN

414 kN

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at C: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at C (x = 8 m) is computed as follows:

79.0 kN-m

66.5 kN

120 kN/m

413.5 kN

EI v

(8 m) 2

(8 m)3

(8 m)5

(2 m)3

2

6

120(8 m)

6

398.0000 kN-m3

v

398.0000 kN-m3

200, 000 kN-m 2

0.001990 m

1.990 mm

1.990 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI = 200,000 kN-m2 and use discontinuity

functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at A, C, and D.

(b) the beam deflection at B.

Fig. P11.23

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

Fy Ay C y Dy

Ay

MA

Cy

(120 kN/m)(6 m)

Dy

0

(a)

720 kN

Dy (10 m)

C y (6 m)

Dy (10 m)

2,160 kN-m

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

Ay x 0 m

Cy x 6 m

V ( x)

w x dx

Ay x 0 m

Cy x 6 m

M x

V ( x)dx

Ay x 0 m

EI

d 2v

dx 2

M ( x)

Ay x 0 m

dv

dx

EI v

Ay

Dy x 10 m

Dy x 10 m

Dy x 10 m

120 kN/m x 6 m

120 kN/m

x 6m

2

120 kN/m

x 6m

2

120 kN/m

120 kN/m

3

x 0m

x 6m

2

6

6

Cy

Dy

2

2

x 6m

x 10 m

C1

2

2

Ay

120 kN/m

120 kN/m

3

4

4

x 0m

x 0m

x 6m

6

24

24

Cy

Dy

3

3

x 6m

x 10 m

C1 x C2

6

6

x 0m

120 kN/m

x 0m

2

1

120 kN/m

x 0m

2

Cy x 6 m

EI

120 kN/m x 6 m

Dy x 10 m

120 kN/m x 0 m

Cy x 6 m

120 kN/m x 0 m

(c)

(d)

at x 0 m, v 0

C2 0

at x

6 m, v

Ay

6

(6 m)3

120 kN/m

(6 m) 4

24

C1 (6 m)

(e)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x 10 m, v 0

Ay

(10 m)3

6

120 kN/m

(10 m) 4

24

120 kN/m

(4 m) 4

24

Cy

6

(4 m)3

C1 (10 m)

(f)

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), and (f) simultaneously to obtain:

C1

756.000 kN-m 2

Ay

306.0000 kN

306 kN

Cy

495.0000 kN

495 kN

Dy

81.0000 kN

Ans.

81.0 kN

(b) Beam deflection at B: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at B (x = 3 m) is computed as follows:

306.00 kN

120 kN/m

EI vB

(3 m)3

(3 m) 4 (756.000 kN-m 2 )(3 m)

6

24

3

1, 296.0000 kN-m

vB

1, 296.0000 kN-m3

200,000 kN-m 2

0.006480 m

6.48 mm

6.48 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI = 100,000 kip-ft2 and use discontinuity

functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at A, C, and D.

(b) the beam deflection at B.

Fig. P11.24

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

Fy Ay C y Dy

Ay

MA

Cy

Dy

(a)

187 kips

C y (16 ft)

C y (16 ft)

Dy (32 ft)

Dy (32 ft)

Ay x 0 ft

V ( x)dx

Ay x 0 ft

M ( x)

Ay x 0 ft

C y x 16 ft

7 kips/ft x 32 ft

0

75 kips x 8 ft

Dy x 32 ft

C y x 16 ft

7 kips/ft

x 32 ft

2

Dy x 32 ft

C y x 16 ft

7 kips/ft x 32 ft

75 kips x 8 ft

7 kips/ft

x 16 ft

2

d 2v

EI 2

dx

75 kips x 8 ft

7 kips/ft x 16 ft

M x

(b)

75 kips x 8 ft

7 kips/ft x 16 ft

w x dx

3, 288 kip-ft

Discontinuity expressions:

w x Ay x 0 ft

V ( x)

Dy x 32 ft

C y x 16 ft

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

2

2

x 16 ft

x 32 ft

Dy x 32 ft

2

2

Cy

dv Ay

75 kips

2

2

2

EI

x 0 ft

x 8 ft

x 16 ft

dx 2

2

2

Dy

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

3

3

2

x 16 ft

x 32 ft

x 32 ft

C1

6

6

2

Ay

Cy

75 kips

3

3

3

EI v

x 0 ft

x 8 ft

x 16 ft

6

6

6

Dy

7 kips/ft

7 kips/ft

4

4

3

x 16 ft

x 32 ft

x 32 ft

C1 x C2

24

24

6

(c)

(d)

at x 0 ft, v 0

C2 0

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x 16 ft, v

at x

32 ft, v

Ay

6

(32 ft)3

Ay

6

(16 ft)3

75 kips

(24 ft)3

6

Cy

6

75 kips

(8 ft)3

6

(16 ft) 3

C1 (16 ft)

7 kips/ft

(16 ft) 4

24

C1 (32 ft)

(e)

(f)

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), and (f) simultaneously to obtain:

C1

601.3333 kip-ft 2

Ay

23.4688 kips

23.5 kips

Cy

121.5625 kips

121.6 kips

Dy

41.9688 kips

42.0 kips

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at B: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at B (x = 8 ft) is computed as follows:

23.4688 kips

EI vB

(8 ft)3 (601.3333 kip-ft 2 )(8 ft)

6

2,808.0000 kip-ft 3

vB

2,808.0000 kip-ft 3

100,000 kip-ft 2

0.028080 ft

0.3370 in.

0.337 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Fig. P11.25, assume EI = 100,000 kip-ft2 and use

discontinuity functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at B and D.

(b) the beam deflection at C.

Fig. P11.25

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

1

Fy By Dy

(5 kips/ft)(10 ft)

2

(5 kips/ft)(12 ft) 0

By

Dy

(a)

85 kips

1

10 ft

(5 kips/ft)(10 ft) 20 ft

2

3

(5 kips/ft)(12 ft)(14 ft)

By (20 ft) M D 0

MD

By (20 ft) M D

1,423.3333 kip-ft

Discontinuity expressions:

5 kips/ft

w x

x 0 ft

10 ft

By x 10 ft

M D x 30 ft

V ( x)

w x dx

5 kips/ft

x 0 ft

2(10 ft)

5 kips/ft x 22 ft

M x

EI

V ( x)dx

d 2v

dx 2

M ( x)

5 kips/ft

6(10 ft)

5 kips/ft

2

5 kips/ft

6(10 ft)

5 kips/ft

2

5 kips/ft

x 10 ft

10 ft

5 kips/ft x 10 ft

5 kips/ft

x 0 ft

10 ft

M D x 30 ft

(b)

x 0 ft

x 22 ft

x 0 ft

x 22 ft

Dy x 30 ft

1

5 kips/ft x 22 ft

5 kips/ft

x 10 ft

2(10 ft)

M D x 30 ft

5 kips/ft x 10 ft

5 kips/ft x 22 ft

5 kips/ft

x 10 ft

10 ft

Dy x 30 ft

2

5 kips/ft

x 10 ft

6(10 ft)

M D x 30 ft

5 kips/ft

x 10 ft

6(10 ft)

M D x 30 ft

By x 10 ft

Dy x 30 ft

3

By x 10 ft

Dy x 30 ft

By x 10 ft

Dy x 30 ft

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI

dv

dx

EI v

5 kips/ft

5 kips/ft

4

4

x 0 ft

x 10 ft

24(10 ft)

24(10 ft)

Dy

1

2

M D x 30 ft

x 30 ft

C1

2

5 kips/ft

5 kips/ft

5

5

x 0 ft

x 10 ft

120(10 ft)

120(10 ft)

Dy

MD

2

3

x 30 ft

x 30 ft

C1 x C2

2

6

By

2

x 10 ft

5 kips/ft

x 22 ft

6

(c)

By

6

x 10 ft

5 kips/ft

x 22 ft

24

(d)

at x 10 ft, v 0

at x

at x

5 kips/ft

(10 ft)5

120(10 ft)

30 ft, v 0

C1 (10 ft) C2

(e)

By

5 kips/ft

5 kips/ft

(30 ft)5

(20 ft)5

(20 ft)3

120(10 ft)

120(10 ft)

6

5 kips/ft

(8 ft) 4 C1 (30 ft) C2 0

24

dv

30 ft,

0

dx

By

5 kips/ft

5 kips/ft

5 kips/ft

(30 ft) 4

(20 ft) 4

(20 ft) 2

(8 ft)3

24(10 ft)

24(10 ft)

2

6

(f)

C1

(g)

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), (f), and (g) simultaneously to obtain:

C1

59.0000 kip-ft 2

C2

1,006.6667 kip-ft 3

By

65.8700 kips

65.9 kips

Dy

19.1300 kips

19.13 kips

MD

105.9333 kip-ft

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at C: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at C (x = 22 ft) is computed as follows:

5 kips/ft

5 kips/ft

65.8700 kips

EI vC

(22 ft)5

(12 ft)5

(12 ft)3

120(10 ft)

120(10 ft)

6

(59.0000 kip-ft 2 )(22 ft) 1,006.6667 kip-ft 3

1,757.4400 kip-ft 3

vC

1,757.4400 kip-ft 3

100,000 kip-ft 2

0.017574 ft

0.2109 in.

0.211 in.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI = 200,000 kN-m2 and use discontinuity

functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at B, C, and D.

(b) the beam deflection at A.

Fig. P11.26

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

Fy By C y Dy 120 kN (60 kN/m)(12 m)

By

MB

Cy

Dy

0

(a)

840 kN

C y (6 m)

C y (6 m)

Dy (12 m)

Dy (12 m)

3,960 kN-m

(b)

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

Cy x 9 m

V ( x)

w x dx

V ( x)dx

d 2v

dx 2

M ( x)

dv

dx

EI v

60 kN/m x 3 m

60 kN/m

x 3m

2

60 kN/m

x 3m

2

By

120 kN

60 kN/m

2

2

x 0m

x 3m

x 3m

2

2

6

Cy

Dy

2

2

x 9m

x 15 m

C1

2

2

By

120 kN

60 kN/m

3

3

4

x 0m

x 3m

x 3m

6

6

24

Cy

Dy

3

3

x 9m

x 15 m

C1 x C2

6

6

at x 3 m, v 0

120 kN

(3 m)3 C1 (3 m) C2 0

6

By x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

By x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

120 kN x 0 m

Cy x 9 m

EI

60 kN/m x 3 m

By x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

120 kN x 0 m

Cy x 9 m

EI

By x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

120 kN x 0 m

Cy x 9 m

M x

120 kN x 0 m

(c)

(d)

(e)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x

9 m, v

120 kN

(9 m)3

6

at x 15 m, v 0

By

120 kN

(15 m)3

6

(6 m)3

By

6

(12 m)3

60 kN/m

(6 m) 4

24

C1 (9 m) C2

60 kN/m

(12 m) 4

24

Cy

6

(6 m)3

C1 (15 m) C2

(f)

(g)

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), (f), and (g) simultaneously to obtain:

C1 900.0000 kN-m 2

C2

2,160.0000 kN-m3

By

330.0000 kN

330 kN

Cy

360.0000 kN

360 kN

Dy

150.0000 kN

150.0 kN

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at A: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at A (x = 0 m) is computed as follows:

EI v A

2,160.0000 kN-m3

vA

2,160.0000 kN-m3

200,000 kN-m 2

0.010800 m

10.80 mm

10.80 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

EI = 200,000 kN-m2 and use discontinuity

functions to determine:

(a) the reactions at B, C, and D.

(b) the beam deflection at A.

Fig. P11.27

Solution

Moment equation:

(a) Support reactions:

Fy By C y Dy

By

MB

Cy

Dy

(60 kN/m)(6 m)

0

(a)

360 kN

C y (6 m)

C y (6 m)

Dy (12 m)

Dy (12 m)

660 kN-m

Discontinuity expressions:

w x

420 kN-m x 0 m

1

Cy x 9 m

V ( x)

w x dx

V ( x)dx

d 2v

dx 2

M ( x)

By x 3 m

60 kN/m

x 9m

2

420 kN-m x 0 m

By x 3 m

60 kN/m x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

1

60 kN/m

x 3m

2

60 kN/m

2

1

x 9m

Dy x 15 m

2

By

dv

60 kN/m

1

2

3

EI

420 kN-m x 0 m

x 3m

x 3m

dx

2

6

Cy

D

60 kN/m

2

3

2

y

x 9m

x 9m

x 15 m

C1

2

6

2

By

420 kN-m

60 kN/m

2

3

4

EI v

x 0m

x 3m

x 3m

2

6

24

Cy

Dy

60 kN/m

3

4

3

x 9m

x 9m

x 15 m

C1 x C2

6

24

6

Cy x 9 m

60 kN/m

x 3m

2

Dy x 15 m

60 kN/m x 3 m

Dy x 15 m

By x 3 m

60 kN/m x 9 m

420 kN-m x 0 m

Cy x 9 m

EI

By x 3 m

60 kN/m x 9 m

420 kN-m x 0 m

Cy x 9 m

M x

(b)

(c)

(d)

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

at x 3 m, v 0

420 kN-m

(3 m) 2 C1 (3 m) C2 0

2

at x 9 m, v 0

By

420 kN-m

60 kN/m

(9 m) 2

(6 m)3

(6 m) 4

2

6

24

at x 15 m, v 0

(e)

C1 (9 m) C2

(f)

By

420 kN-m

60 kN/m

(15 m) 2

(12 m)3

(12 m) 4

2

6

24

Cy

60 kN/m

(6 m)3

(6 m) 4 C1 (15 m) C2 0

6

24

(g)

Solve equations (a), (b), (e), (f), and (g) simultaneously to obtain:

C1 1,590.0000 kN-m 2

C2

2,880.0000 kN-m3

By

245.0000 kN

245 kN

Cy

120.0000 kN

120 kN

Dy

5.0000 kN

5.00 kN

Ans.

(b) Beam deflection at A: From Eq. (d), the beam deflection at A (x = 0 m) is computed as follows:

EI vA

2,880.0000 kN-m3

vA

2,880.0000 kN-m3

200,000 kN-m2

0.014400 m

14.40 mm

14.40 mm

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2 is

constant for each beam.

(a) For the beam in Fig. P11.28a, determine

the concentrated upward force P required to

make the total beam deflection at B equal to

zero (i.e., vB = 0).

Fig. P11.28a

Solution

Downward deflection at B due to 15 kN/m uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vB

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 15 kN/m, L = 7 m, a = 3.5 m,

EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

wa3

vB

(4 L2

24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(7 m) 2

24(7 m)EI

234.472656 kN-m3

EI

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

48 EI

Values:

L = 7 m, EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

vB

PL3

48EI

P(7 m)3

48EI

P(7.145833 m3 )

EI

Compatibility equation at B:

234.472656 kN-m3 P(7.145833 m3 )

EI

EI

3

234.472656 kN-m

P

32.8125 kN

7.145833 m3

0

32.8 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2 is

constant for each beam.

(b) For the beam in Fig. P11.28b, determine

the concentrated moment M required to

make the total beam slope at A equal to zero

(i.e., A = 0).

Fig. P11.28b

Solution

Slope at A due to 32 kN concentrated load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL2

(slope magnitude)

A

2 EI

Values:

P = 32 kN, L = 4 m, EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

A

PL2

2 EI

2 EI

256 kN-m2

EI

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

A

EI

Values:

L = 4 m, EI = 3.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML M (4 m)

A

EI

EI

M (4 m)

EI

Compatibility equation at A:

256 kN-m 2 M (4 m)

0

EI

EI

256 kN-m 2

M

64.0 kN-m

4m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2 is

constant for each beam.

(a) For the beam in Fig. P11.29a, determine

the concentrated upward force P required to

make the total beam deflection at B equal to

zero (i.e., vB = 0).

Fig. P11.29a

Solution

Downward deflection at B due to 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vB

8 EI

Values:

w = 4 kips/ft, L = 13 ft, EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

vB

wL4

8EI

(4 kips/ft)(13 ft) 4

8EI

14,280.5 kip-ft 3

EI

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

3EI

Values:

L = 13 ft, EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

vB

PL3

3EI

P(13 ft)3

3EI

P(732.333333 ft 3 )

EI

Compatibility equation at B:

14,280.5 kip-ft 3 P(732.333333 ft 3 )

EI

EI

3

14,280.5 kip-ft

P

19.50 kips

732.333333 ft 3

0

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2 is

constant for each beam.

(b) For the beam in Fig. P11.29b, determine

the concentrated moment M required to

make the total beam slope at C equal to zero

(i.e., C = 0).

Fig. P11.29b

Solution

Slope at C due to 40-kip concentrated load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL2

(slope magnitude)

C

16 EI

Values:

P = 40 kips, L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

C

PL2

16 EI

16 EI

810 kip-ft 2

EI

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

C

3EI

Values:

L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML M (18 ft)

C

3EI

3EI

M (6 ft)

EI

Compatibility equation at C:

810 kip-ft 2 M (6 ft)

0

EI

EI

810 kip-ft 2

M

135.0 kip-ft

6 ft

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2

is constant for each beam.

(a) For the beam in Fig. P11.30a,

determine the concentrated downward

force P required to make the total beam

deflection at B equal to zero (i.e., vB = 0).

Fig. P11.30a

Solution

Upward deflection at B due to 105 kN-m concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 105 kN-m, L = 8 m, x = 4 m,

EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

Mx

vB

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

( 105 kN-m)(4 m)

2(8 m)2 3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m)2

6(8 m)EI

420 kN-m3

EI

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

48 EI

Values:

L = 8 m, EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

vB

PL3

48EI

P(8 m)3

48EI

P(10.666667 m3 )

EI

Compatibility equation at B:

420 kN-m3 P(10.666667 m3 )

0

EI

EI

420 kN-m3

P

39.375 kN 39.4 kN

10.666667 m3

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2 is

constant for each beam.

(b) For the beam in Fig. P11.30b, determine

the concentrated moment M required to

make the total beam slope at A equal to zero

(i.e., A = 0).

Fig. P11.30b

Solution

Slope at A due to 6 kN/m uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL3

(slope magnitude)

A

6 EI

Values:

w = 6 kN/m, L = 5 m, EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

A

wL3

6 EI

(6 kN/m)(5 m)3

6 EI

125 kN-m2

EI

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

A

EI

Values:

L = 5 m, EI = 5.0 104 kN-m2

Computation:

ML M (5 m)

A

EI

EI

Compatibility equation at A:

125 kN-m2 M (5 m)

0

EI

EI

125 kN-m 2

M

25.0 kN-m

5m

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2

is constant for each beam.

(a) For the beam in Fig. P11.31a,

determine the concentrated downward

force P required to make the total beam

deflection at B equal to zero (i.e., vB = 0).

Fig. P11.31a

Solution

Upward deflection at B due to 125 kip-ft concentrated moment.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML2

vB

2 EI

Values:

M = 125 kip-ft, L = 15 ft, EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

vB

ML2

2 EI

2 EI

14,062.5 kip-ft 3

EI

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

3EI

Values:

L = 15 ft, EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

vB

PL3

3EI

P(15 ft)3

3EI

P(1,125 ft 3 )

EI

Compatibility equation at B:

14,062.5 kip-ft 3 P(1,125 ft 3 )

0

EI

EI

14,062.5 kip-ft 3

P

12.50 kips

1,125 ft 3

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, assume that EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2

is constant for each beam.

(b) For the beam in Fig. P11.31b,

determine the concentrated moment M

required to make the total beam slope at A

equal to zero (i.e., A = 0).

Fig. P11.31b

Solution

Slope at A due to 7 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa 2

(2L2 a 2 ) (slope magnitude)

A

24LEI

Values:

w = 7 kips/ft, L = 23 ft, a = 15 ft,

EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

wa 2

(2 L2

A

24 LEI

a2 )

(7 kips/ft)(15 ft) 2

2(23 ft) 2

24(23 ft)EI

(15 ft) 2

2,376.766304 kip-ft 2

EI

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML

(slope magnitude)

A

3EI

Values:

L = 23 ft, EI = 8.0 106 kip-in.2

Computation:

ML M (23 ft)

A

3EI

3EI

M (7.666667 ft)

EI

Compatibility equation at A:

2,376.766304 kip-ft 2 M (7.666667 ft)

EI

EI

2

2,376.766304 kip-ft

M

310 kip-ft

7.666667 ft

0

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reactions

at supports A and B. Assume that EI is

constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.32

Solution

Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to concentrated moment M0.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

ML2

M 0 L2

vB

2 EI

2 EI

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

3

PL3 By L

vB

3EI 3EI

3

M 0 L2 By L

3M 0

0

By

2EI

3EI

2L

Ans.

Equilibrium equations

for entire beam:

Fy

MA

MA

Ay

By

MA

0

M0

By L M 0

Ay

By

3M 0

( L) M 0

2L

3M 0

2

By L

3M 0

2L

3M 0

2L

Ans.

M0

M0

2

(cw)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reactions

at supports A and B. Assume that EI is

constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.33

Solution

Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to linearly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linearly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

w0 L4

vB

30 EI

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

3

PL3 By L

vB

3EI 3EI

3

w0 L4 By L

w0 L

0

By

30 EI 3EI

10

w0 L

Fy Ay By

0

Ay

2

w0 L L

MA

MA

By L 0

2 3

MA

By L

w0 L2

6

w0 L

( L)

10

w0 L2

6

Ans.

w0 L

2

w0 L2

15

w0 L

10

w0 L2

15

4w0 L

10

(ccw)

2w0 L

5

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

derive an expression for the reactions at

supports A and B. Assume that EI is constant

for the beam.

Fig. P11.34

Solution

Choose the reaction force at A as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to concentrated load P.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Px 2

vA

(3L x) (elastic curve)

6 EI

3L

Let x L, L

2

P ( L) 2

3L

7 PL3

vA

3

L

6 EI

2

12 EI

Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to concentrated load Ay.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

3

PL3 Ay L

vA

3EI 3EI

Ay L3

7 PL3

12 EI

3EI

Ay

7P

4

Ans.

Fy Ay By P 0

By

MB

MB

MB

7P

4

Ay L

Ay L P

3P

4

3L

P

2

3L

2

3P

4

Ans.

7P

3PL

( L)

4

2

PL

4

PL

(ccw)

4

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

derive an expression for the reactions at

supports A and B. Assume that EI is constant

for the beam.

Fig. P11.35

Solution

Choose the reaction force at A as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wx 2

vA

(6 L2 4 Lx x 2 ) (elastic curve)

24 EI

Let x

L, L

vA

3L

2

w( L)2

3L

6

24 EI

2

3L

4

( L) ( L) 2

2

17 wL4

48EI

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

3

PL3 Ay L

vA

3EI 3EI

3

17wL4 Ay L

17 wL

0

Ay

48EI

3EI

16

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

3wL

Fy Ay By

0

By

2

3wL 3L

M B M B Ay L

0

2

4

MB

Ay L

9wL2

8

17 wL

( L)

16

9wL2

8

3wL

2

17wL

16

wL2

16

wL2

16

7wL

16

(cw)

7 wL

16

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reactions

at supports A and B. Assume that EI is

constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.36

Solution

Choose the reaction force at A as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at A due to concentrated load P.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

5 PL3

vA

48 EI

Let L 2 L

5 P (2 L)3

48 EI

vA

5 PL3

6 EI

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vA

3EI

Let L 2 L, P

Ay

vA

( Ay )(2 L)3

8 Ay L3

3EI

3EI

3

5PL3 8 Ay L

5P

0

Ay

6 EI

3EI

16

Ans.

Fy Ay By P 0

By

MB

MB

MB

5 P 11P 11P

16

16

16

Ay (2 L) P( L) 0

Ay (2L) P( L)

5PL

8

Ans.

PL

3PL

8

3PL

(cw)

8

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the

reactions at supports A and C. Assume that

EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.37

Solution

Choose the reaction force at C as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at C due to concentrated moment M0.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

ML2

ML

vB

and

B

2 EI

EI

2

M 0L M 0L

3M 0 L2

vC

( L)

2 EI

EI

2 EI

Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at C due to concentrated load Cy.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vC

3EI

Let L 2 L, P

Cy

vC

( C y )(2 L)3

8C y L3

3EI

3EI

3

3M 0 L2 8C y L

9M 0

0

Cy

2 EI

3EI

16 L

Ans.

Fy Ay C y 0

Ay

MA

MA

9M 0

16 L

M A M0

9M 0

16 L

C y (2 L)

C y (2L) M 0

Ans.

0

9M 0

(2 L) M 0

16 L

M0

8

M0

8

(cw)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the

reactions at supports A and C. Assume that

EI is constant for the beam.

Fig. P11.38

Solution

Choose the reaction force at C as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at C due to uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

wL4

wL3

vB

and

B

8EI

6 EI

4

3

wL wL

7 wL4

vC

( L)

8EI 6 EI

24 EI

Consider upward deflection of cantilever beam at C due to concentrated load Cy.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vC

3EI

Let L 2 L, P

Cy

vC

( C y )(2 L)3

8C y L3

3EI

3EI

3

7 wL4 8C y L

7 wL

0

Cy

24 EI

3EI

64

Ans.

Fy Ay C y wL 0

MA

Ay

wL

7 wL

64

MA

wL

L

2

MA

C y (2 L)

57 wL

64

C y (2 L)

wL2

2

Ans.

0

7 wL

(2 L)

64

wL2

2

18wL2

64

9wL2

32

9wL2

32

(ccw)

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction

forces at A, C, and D. Assume that EI is

constant for the beam. (Reminder: The

roller symbol implies that both upward and

downward displacement is restrained.)

Fig. P11.39

Solution

Choose the reaction force at C as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.

Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at C due to P.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vC

( L b2 x2 )

(elastic curve)

6 LEI

Let L 3L, b L, x L

P ( L)( L)

vC

(3L) 2 ( L) 2 ( L) 2

6(3L) EI

7 PL3

18 EI

PL

7 L2

18 EI

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at C due to concentrated load Cy.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vC

(L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Let L 3L, a 2 L, b L, P

Cy

vC

( C y )(2 L)( L)

6(3L) EI

2C y L

18 EI

4 L2

(3L) 2

(2 L) 2

( L) 2

8C y L3

18 EI

3

7 PL3 8C y L

7P

0

Cy

18EI 18EI

8

Ans.

Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a not-for-profit basis for testing or instructional purposes only

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

MA

PL C y (2 L)

Dy (3L)

PL C y (2 L)

Dy

Fy

Ay

Dy (3L)

Cy

Ay

P

4

P

4

Dy

P Cy

PL

7P

(2 L)

8

3PL

4

Ans.

0

Dy

7P

8

P

4

5P

8

3P

8

3P

8

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction

force at B. Assume that EI is constant for

the beam. (Reminder: The roller symbol

implies that both upward and downward

displacement is restrained.)

Fig. P11.40

Solution

Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to M0.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

(elastic curve)

6 LEI

Let L

2 L, x

vB

L, M

M0

( M 0 )( L)

2(2 L) 2 3(2 L)( L) ( L) 2

6(2 L) EI

M0

3L2

12 EI

M 0 L2

4 EI

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

48 EI

Let L 2 L, P

By

vB

( By )(2 L)3

By L3

48EI

6 EI

3

M 0 L2 By L

3M 0

0

By

4 EI

6EI

2L

3M 0

2L

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction

force at B. Assume that EI is constant for

the beam.

Fig. P11.41

Solution

Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.

Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vB

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Let L 3L, a

vB

2L

w(2 L)3

4(3L)2

24(3L) EI

wL2

6 L2

9 EI

2wL4

3EI

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Let L

3 L, a

vB

L, b

2 L, P

( By )( L)(2 L)

6(3L) EI

By

(3L) 2

( L) 2

3

2wL4 4By L

3wL

0

By

3EI

9EI

2

(2 L) 2

3wL

2

By L

9 EI

4 L2

4 By L3

9 EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction

force at B. Assume that EI is constant for

the beam. (Reminder: The roller symbol

implies that both upward and downward

displacement is restrained.)

Fig. P11.42

Solution

Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

(elastic curve)

6 LEI

Let L

2 L, x

vB

L, M

L

2

L

4

wL2

8

wL2

( L)

8

2(2 L)2 3(2 L)( L) ( L) 2

6(2 L) EI

wL2

3L2

96 EI

wL4

32 EI

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

48 EI

Let L 2 L, P

By

vB

( By )(2 L)3

By L3

48EI

6 EI

3

wL4 By L

3wL

0

By

32EI 6EI

16

3wL

16

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction

force at B. Assume that EI is constant for

the beam.

Fig. P11.43

Solution

Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.

Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to one concentrated load P.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vB

( L b2 x2 )

(elastic curve)

6 LEI

Let L

4 L, b

vB

L, x

2L

P( L)(2 L)

(4 L)2

6(4 L) EI

( L)

(2 L)

PL

11L2

12 EI

11PL3

12 EI

The second concentrated load will cause an additional deflection at B of the same magnitude.

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

48 EI

Let L 4 L, P

By

vB

( By )(4 L)3

64 By L3

16 By L3

48EI

48EI

12 EI

3

11PL3 11PL3 16By L

0

12 EI 12 EI

12 EI

By

11P

8

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

below, derive an expression for the reaction

force at B. Assume that EI is constant for

the beam.

Fig. P11.44

Solution

Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is simply supported.

Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vB

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Let L 5L, a

vB

3L

w(3L)3

4(5L) 2

24(5L) EI

7(3L)(5L) 3(3L) 2

27 wL2

22 L2

120 EI

99wL4

20 EI

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vB

( L b2 x2 )

(elastic curve)

6 LEI

Let L

5L, b

vB

L, x

3L, P

wL

3

wL

( L)(3L)

3

(5L)2

6(5L) EI

( L) 2

(3L)2

wL2

15L2

30 EI

wL4

2 EI

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Let L

5L, a

vB

3L, b

2 L, P

( By )(3L)(2 L)

6(5L) EI

By

(5L)

(3L)

3

99wL4 wL4 12 By L

0

By

20 EI 2 EI

5EI

(2 L)

109wL

48

By L

5EI

12 L

2.270833wL

12 By L3

5EI

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

W360 79 structural steel wide-flange shape [E =

200 GPa; I = 225 106 mm4]. For the loading

shown, determine:

(a) the reactions at A, B, and C.

(b) the magnitude of the maximum bending stress

in the beam.

Fig. P11.45

Solution

(a) Reactions at A, B, and C. Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released

beam is simply supported between A and C.

Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wa3

vB

(4L2 7aL 3a 2 )

24 LEI

Values:

w = 90 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 6 m

Calculation:

wa3

vB

(4 L2

24 LEI

7aL 3a 2 )

4(9 m) 2

24(9 m) EI

4,860 kN-m3

EI

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end of span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Mx

vB

(2 L2 3Lx x 2 )

(elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

M = 180 kN-m, L = 9 m, x = 3 m

Calculation:

Mx

vB

(2 L2

6 LEI

3Lx

x2 )

(180 kN-m)(3 m)

2(9 m) 2

6(9 m) EI

3(9 m)(3 m) (3 m) 2

900 kN-m 3

EI

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Values:

P = By, L = 9 m, a = 3 m, b = 6 m

Calculation:

Pab 2

vB

(L

6 LEI

a2

b2 )

( By )(3 m)(6 m)

6(9 m) EI

(9 m)2

(3 m) 2

(6 m) 2

(12 m3 ) By

EI

3

4,860 kN-m3 900 kN-m3 (12 m ) By

0

EI

EI

EI

5,760 kN-m3

By

480 kN 480 kN

12 m3

Ans.

M A By (3 m) C y (9 m) 180 kN-m (90 kN/m)(6 m)(6 m)

Cy

9m

220.0 kN

Fy

Ay

By

Ay

Cy

Ans.

220 kN

(90 kN/m)(6 m)

160.0 kN

160.0 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(b) Magnitude of maximum bending stress:

Section properties (from Appendix B):

I 225 106 mm4

d 353 mm

Maximum bending moment magnitude

Mmax = 300 kN-m

Bending stresses at maximum moment

(300 kN-m)(353 mm/2)(1,000)2

x

225 106 mm 4

235 MPa

Ans.

(300 kN-m)(1,000) 2

x

1, 270 103 mm3

236 MPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

W610 140 structural steel wide-flange shape [E

= 200 GPa; I = 1,120 106 mm4]. For the loading

shown, determine:

(a) the reactions at A, B, and D.

(b) the magnitude of the maximum bending stress

in the beam.

Fig. P11.46

Solution

(a) Reactions at A, B, and D. Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released

beam is simply supported between A and D.

Consider downward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wx

vB

( L3 2 Lx 2 x3 )

(elastic curve)

24 EI

Values:

w = 60 kN/m, L = 7.5 m, x = 1.5 m

Calculation:

wx

vB

( L3

24 EI

2 Lx 2

x3 )

(60 kN/m)(1.5 m)

(7.5 m)3

24 EI

2(7.5 m)(1.5 m) 2

(1.5 m)3

1, 468.125 kN-m3

EI

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pbx 2

vB

( L b2 x2 )

(elastic curve)

6 LEI

Values:

P = 125 kN, L = 7.5 m, b = 2.5 m, x = 1.5 m

Calculation:

Pbx 2

vB

(L

6 LEI

b2

x2 )

(7.5 m) 2

6(7.5 m) EI

(2.5 m) 2

(1.5 m) 2

497.396 kN-m 3

EI

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

Consider upward deflection of simply supported beam at B due to concentrated load By.

[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Pab 2

vB

( L a 2 b2 )

6 LEI

Values:

P = By, L = 7.5 m, a = 1.5 m, b = 6 m

Calculation:

Pab 2

vB

(L

6 LEI

a2

b2 )

( By )(1.5 m)(6 m)

6(7.5 m) EI

(7.5 m)

(1.5 m)

(6 m)

(3.6 m3 ) By

EI

3

1, 468.125 kN-m3 497.396 kN-m3 (3.6 m ) By

0

EI

EI

EI

1,965.521 kN-m3

By

545.978 kN 546 kN

3.6 m3

M A By (1.5 m) Dy (7.5 m) (60 kN/m)(7.5 m)(3.75 m) (125 kN)(5 m)

Dy

Ay

By

Ay

7.5 m

199.138 kN

Fy

Ans.

Dy

Ans.

199.1 kN

170.116 kN

170.1 kN

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

(b) Magnitude of maximum bending stress:

Section properties (from Appendix B):

I 1,120 106 mm4 d 617 mm

Mmax = 322.67 kN-m

Bending stresses at maximum moment

(322.67 kN-m)(617 mm/2)(1,000)2

x

1,120 106 mm 4

88.9 MPa

Ans.

(322.67 kN-m)(1,000) 2

x

3,640 103 mm3

88.6 MPa

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.47. Determine the reactions at A

and D for the beam. Assume EI = 12.8 106 lb-in.2.

Fig. P11.47

Solution

Choose the reaction force at D as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at D due to uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

wL4

wL3

vC

and

C

8EI

6 EI

Values:

w = 25 lb/in., L = 72 in.

Calculation:

wL4

vC

8EI

wL3

C

6 EI

vD

8EI

(25 lb/in.)(48 in.)3

6 EI

16,588,800 lb-in.3

EI

(24 in.)

16,588,800 lb-in.3

EI

460,800 lb-in.2

EI

460,800 lb-in.2

EI

27,648,000 lb-in.3

EI

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at D due to the 360-lb concentrated load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equations from Appendix C:

PL3

PL2

vB

and

B

3EI

2 EI

Values:

P = 360 lb, L = 24 in.

Calculation:

PL3

vB

3EI

PL2

B

2 EI

vD

3EI

(360 lb)(24 in.) 2

2 EI

1,658,880 lb-in.3

EI

1,658,880 lb-in.3

EI

103,680 lb-in.2

EI

103,680 lb-in.2

(48 in.)

EI

6,635,520 lb-in.3

EI

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vD

3EI

Values:

P = Dy, L = 72 in.

Calculation:

vD

PL3

3EI

( Dy )(72 in.)3

(124,416 in.3 ) Dy

3EI

EI

3

27,648,000 lb-in.3 6,635,520 lb-in.3 (124,416 in. ) Dy

EI

EI

EI

3

34,283,520 lb-in.

Dy

275.556 lb 276 lb

124,416 in.3

0

Ans.

Fy

MA

Ay

Dy

Ay

1, 284 lb

MA

MA

(275.556 lb)(72 in.) (25 lb/in.)(48 in.)(24 in.) (360 lb)(24 in.)

17,600 lb-in.

Dy (72 in.)

Ans.

Ans.

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

shown in Fig. P11.48. Assume EI = 24 106

kip-in.2. Determine:

(a) the reactions at B and C for the beam.

(b) the beam deflection at A.

Fig. P11.48

Solution

Choose the reaction force at B as the redundant; therefore, the released beam is a cantilever.

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to uniformly distributed load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

wL4

vB

8 EI

Values:

w = 8 kips/ft, L = 24 ft

Calculation:

vB

wL4

8EI

(8 kips/ft)(24 ft)4

8EI

331,776 kip-ft 3

EI

(a)

Consider downward deflection of cantilever beam at B due to the 40-kip concentrated load.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

Px 2

vB

(3L x) (elastic curve)

6 EI

Values:

P = 40 kips, L = 36 ft, x = 24 ft

Calculation:

vB

Px 2

(3L

6 EI

x)

3(36 ft) (24 ft)

6 EI

322,560 kip-ft 3

EI

to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that

permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]

Relevant equation from Appendix C:

PL3

vB

3EI

Values:

P = By, L = 24 ft

Calculation:

vB

PL3

3EI

( By )(24 ft)3

(4,608 ft 3 ) By

3EI

EI

(b)

3

331,776 kip-ft 3 322,560 kip-ft 3 (4,608 ft ) By

0

EI

EI

EI

654,336 kip-ft 3

By

142.0 kips 142.0 kips

4,608 ft 3

Fy By C y 40 kips (8 kips/ft)(24 ft)

Cy

MC

MC

90.0 kips

By (24 ft)

MC

Ans.

Ans.

0